File: | build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-16~++20221003111214+1fa2019828ca/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp |
Warning: | line 9985, column 44 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===// | ||||
2 | // | ||||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
6 | // | ||||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
8 | // | ||||
9 | // This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading. | ||||
10 | // | ||||
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
12 | |||||
13 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||
15 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
16 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" | ||||
17 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||
20 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" | ||||
21 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | ||||
22 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h" | ||||
23 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||
24 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||
25 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||
26 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||
27 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||
28 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||
29 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||
30 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||
31 | #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" | ||||
32 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h" | ||||
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | ||||
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" | ||||
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" | ||||
37 | #include <algorithm> | ||||
38 | #include <cstdlib> | ||||
39 | |||||
40 | using namespace clang; | ||||
41 | using namespace sema; | ||||
42 | |||||
43 | using AllowedExplicit = Sema::AllowedExplicit; | ||||
44 | |||||
45 | static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
46 | return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||
47 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||
48 | }); | ||||
49 | } | ||||
50 | |||||
51 | /// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function. | ||||
52 | static ExprResult CreateFunctionRefExpr( | ||||
53 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, const Expr *Base, | ||||
54 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(), | ||||
55 | const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()) { | ||||
56 | if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc)) | ||||
57 | return ExprError(); | ||||
58 | // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template | ||||
59 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||
60 | // called on both. | ||||
61 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||
62 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||
63 | // being used. | ||||
64 | if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc)) | ||||
65 | return ExprError(); | ||||
66 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) | ||||
67 | DeclRefExpr(S.Context, Fn, false, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo); | ||||
68 | if (HadMultipleCandidates) | ||||
69 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); | ||||
70 | |||||
71 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE, Base); | ||||
72 | if (auto *FPT = DRE->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
73 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||
74 | S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||
75 | DRE->setType(Fn->getType()); | ||||
76 | } | ||||
77 | } | ||||
78 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()), | ||||
79 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||
80 | } | ||||
81 | |||||
82 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||
83 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
84 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
85 | bool CStyle, | ||||
86 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
87 | |||||
88 | static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||
89 | QualType &ToType, | ||||
90 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
91 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
92 | bool CStyle); | ||||
93 | static OverloadingResult | ||||
94 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
95 | UserDefinedConversionSequence& User, | ||||
96 | OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions, | ||||
97 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
98 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||
99 | |||||
100 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
101 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
102 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
103 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||
104 | |||||
105 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
106 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||
107 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
108 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||
109 | |||||
110 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
111 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
112 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
113 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2); | ||||
114 | |||||
115 | /// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank | ||||
116 | /// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind. | ||||
117 | ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||
118 | static const ImplicitConversionRank | ||||
119 | Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||
120 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
121 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
122 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
123 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
124 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
125 | ICR_Exact_Match, | ||||
126 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||
127 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||
128 | ICR_Promotion, | ||||
129 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
130 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
131 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
132 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
133 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
134 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
135 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
136 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
137 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
138 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
139 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
140 | ICR_OCL_Scalar_Widening, | ||||
141 | ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion, | ||||
142 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
143 | ICR_Conversion, | ||||
144 | ICR_Writeback_Conversion, | ||||
145 | ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right -- | ||||
146 | // it was omitted by the patch that added | ||||
147 | // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion | ||||
148 | ICR_C_Conversion, | ||||
149 | ICR_C_Conversion_Extension | ||||
150 | }; | ||||
151 | return Rank[(int)Kind]; | ||||
152 | } | ||||
153 | |||||
154 | /// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of | ||||
155 | /// implicit conversion. | ||||
156 | static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) { | ||||
157 | static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = { | ||||
158 | "No conversion", | ||||
159 | "Lvalue-to-rvalue", | ||||
160 | "Array-to-pointer", | ||||
161 | "Function-to-pointer", | ||||
162 | "Function pointer conversion", | ||||
163 | "Qualification", | ||||
164 | "Integral promotion", | ||||
165 | "Floating point promotion", | ||||
166 | "Complex promotion", | ||||
167 | "Integral conversion", | ||||
168 | "Floating conversion", | ||||
169 | "Complex conversion", | ||||
170 | "Floating-integral conversion", | ||||
171 | "Pointer conversion", | ||||
172 | "Pointer-to-member conversion", | ||||
173 | "Boolean conversion", | ||||
174 | "Compatible-types conversion", | ||||
175 | "Derived-to-base conversion", | ||||
176 | "Vector conversion", | ||||
177 | "SVE Vector conversion", | ||||
178 | "Vector splat", | ||||
179 | "Complex-real conversion", | ||||
180 | "Block Pointer conversion", | ||||
181 | "Transparent Union Conversion", | ||||
182 | "Writeback conversion", | ||||
183 | "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion", | ||||
184 | "C specific type conversion", | ||||
185 | "Incompatible pointer conversion" | ||||
186 | }; | ||||
187 | return Name[Kind]; | ||||
188 | } | ||||
189 | |||||
190 | /// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion | ||||
191 | /// sequence to the identity conversion. | ||||
192 | void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() { | ||||
193 | First = ICK_Identity; | ||||
194 | Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
195 | Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
196 | DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||
197 | QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||
198 | ReferenceBinding = false; | ||||
199 | DirectBinding = false; | ||||
200 | IsLvalueReference = true; | ||||
201 | BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
202 | BindsToRvalue = false; | ||||
203 | BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
204 | ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
205 | CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
206 | } | ||||
207 | |||||
208 | /// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence | ||||
209 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the | ||||
210 | /// implicit conversions. | ||||
211 | ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const { | ||||
212 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match; | ||||
213 | if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank) | ||||
214 | Rank = GetConversionRank(First); | ||||
215 | if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank) | ||||
216 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Second); | ||||
217 | if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank) | ||||
218 | Rank = GetConversionRank(Third); | ||||
219 | return Rank; | ||||
220 | } | ||||
221 | |||||
222 | /// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is | ||||
223 | /// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is | ||||
224 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences | ||||
225 | /// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||
226 | bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const { | ||||
227 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||
228 | // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so | ||||
229 | // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is | ||||
230 | // a pointer. | ||||
231 | if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() && | ||||
232 | (getFromType()->isPointerType() || | ||||
233 | getFromType()->isMemberPointerType() || | ||||
234 | getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
235 | getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
236 | First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer)) | ||||
237 | return true; | ||||
238 | |||||
239 | return false; | ||||
240 | } | ||||
241 | |||||
242 | /// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this | ||||
243 | /// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is | ||||
244 | /// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++ | ||||
245 | /// 13.3.3.2p4). | ||||
246 | bool | ||||
247 | StandardConversionSequence:: | ||||
248 | isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const { | ||||
249 | QualType FromType = getFromType(); | ||||
250 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||
251 | |||||
252 | // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the | ||||
253 | // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence | ||||
254 | // and redo the conversion to get a pointer. | ||||
255 | if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
256 | FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||
257 | |||||
258 | if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||
259 | if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
260 | return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType(); | ||||
261 | |||||
262 | return false; | ||||
263 | } | ||||
264 | |||||
265 | /// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion | ||||
266 | /// or after one in an implicit conversion. | ||||
267 | static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
268 | const Expr *Converted) { | ||||
269 | // We can have cleanups wrapping the converted expression; these need to be | ||||
270 | // preserved so that destructors run if necessary. | ||||
271 | if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Converted)) { | ||||
272 | Expr *Inner = | ||||
273 | const_cast<Expr *>(IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, EWC->getSubExpr())); | ||||
274 | return ExprWithCleanups::Create(Ctx, Inner, EWC->cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), | ||||
275 | EWC->getObjects()); | ||||
276 | } | ||||
277 | |||||
278 | while (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) { | ||||
279 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||
280 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||
281 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||
282 | case CK_IntegralToBoolean: | ||||
283 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||
284 | case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral: | ||||
285 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||
286 | case CK_FloatingToBoolean: | ||||
287 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||
288 | Converted = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
289 | continue; | ||||
290 | |||||
291 | default: | ||||
292 | return Converted; | ||||
293 | } | ||||
294 | } | ||||
295 | |||||
296 | return Converted; | ||||
297 | } | ||||
298 | |||||
299 | /// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing | ||||
300 | /// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7. | ||||
301 | /// | ||||
302 | /// \param Ctx The AST context. | ||||
303 | /// \param Converted The result of applying this standard conversion sequence. | ||||
304 | /// \param ConstantValue If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||
305 | /// value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||
306 | /// \param ConstantType If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the | ||||
307 | /// type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion. | ||||
308 | /// \param IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion If true type-narrowing conversions | ||||
309 | /// from floating point types to integral types should be ignored. | ||||
310 | NarrowingKind StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind( | ||||
311 | ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *Converted, APValue &ConstantValue, | ||||
312 | QualType &ConstantType, bool IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) const { | ||||
313 | assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++")(static_cast <bool> (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"narrowing check outside C++\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
314 | |||||
315 | // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7: | ||||
316 | // A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ... | ||||
317 | QualType FromType = getToType(0); | ||||
318 | QualType ToType = getToType(1); | ||||
319 | |||||
320 | // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to | ||||
321 | // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of | ||||
322 | // the form 'Enum{init}'. | ||||
323 | if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||
324 | ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||
325 | |||||
326 | switch (Second) { | ||||
327 | // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it. | ||||
328 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||
329 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||
330 | goto FloatingIntegralConversion; | ||||
331 | if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||
332 | goto IntegralConversion; | ||||
333 | // -- from a pointer type or pointer-to-member type to bool, or | ||||
334 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||
335 | |||||
336 | // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or | ||||
337 | // | ||||
338 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point | ||||
339 | // type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual | ||||
340 | // value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce | ||||
341 | // the original value when converted back to the original type, or | ||||
342 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||
343 | FloatingIntegralConversion: | ||||
344 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) { | ||||
345 | return NK_Type_Narrowing; | ||||
346 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
347 | ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
348 | if (IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion) | ||||
349 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
350 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||
351 | assert(Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression")(static_cast <bool> (Initializer && "Unknown conversion expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Initializer && \"Unknown conversion expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
352 | |||||
353 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||
354 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||
355 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||
356 | |||||
357 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> IntConstantValue = | ||||
358 | Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) { | ||||
359 | // Convert the integer to the floating type. | ||||
360 | llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)); | ||||
361 | Result.convertFromAPInt(*IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue->isSigned(), | ||||
362 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven); | ||||
363 | // And back. | ||||
364 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = *IntConstantValue; | ||||
365 | bool ignored; | ||||
366 | Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue, | ||||
367 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored); | ||||
368 | // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||
369 | if (*IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) { | ||||
370 | ConstantValue = APValue(*IntConstantValue); | ||||
371 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||
372 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||
373 | } | ||||
374 | } else { | ||||
375 | // Variables are always narrowings. | ||||
376 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||
377 | } | ||||
378 | } | ||||
379 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
380 | |||||
381 | // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except | ||||
382 | // where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||
383 | // conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even | ||||
384 | // if it cannot be represented exactly), or | ||||
385 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||
386 | if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||
387 | Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) { | ||||
388 | // FromType is larger than ToType. | ||||
389 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||
390 | |||||
391 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||
392 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||
393 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||
394 | |||||
395 | if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) { | ||||
396 | // Constant! | ||||
397 | assert(ConstantValue.isFloat())(static_cast <bool> (ConstantValue.isFloat()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("ConstantValue.isFloat()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 397, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
398 | llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat(); | ||||
399 | // Convert the source value into the target type. | ||||
400 | bool ignored; | ||||
401 | llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert( | ||||
402 | Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType), | ||||
403 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored); | ||||
404 | // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of | ||||
405 | // values that can be represented. | ||||
406 | if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||
407 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||
408 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||
409 | } | ||||
410 | } else { | ||||
411 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||
412 | } | ||||
413 | } | ||||
414 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
415 | |||||
416 | // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type | ||||
417 | // that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where | ||||
418 | // the source is a constant expression and the actual value after | ||||
419 | // conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original | ||||
420 | // value when converted back to the original type. | ||||
421 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: | ||||
422 | IntegralConversion: { | ||||
423 | assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 423, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
424 | assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())(static_cast <bool> (ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
425 | const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
426 | const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType); | ||||
427 | const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
428 | const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType); | ||||
429 | |||||
430 | if (FromWidth > ToWidth || | ||||
431 | (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) || | ||||
432 | (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) { | ||||
433 | // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType. | ||||
434 | const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Ctx, Converted); | ||||
435 | |||||
436 | // If it's value-dependent, we can't tell whether it's narrowing. | ||||
437 | if (Initializer->isValueDependent()) | ||||
438 | return NK_Dependent_Narrowing; | ||||
439 | |||||
440 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> OptInitializerValue; | ||||
441 | if (!(OptInitializerValue = Initializer->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx))) { | ||||
442 | // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing. | ||||
443 | return NK_Variable_Narrowing; | ||||
444 | } | ||||
445 | llvm::APSInt &InitializerValue = *OptInitializerValue; | ||||
446 | bool Narrowing = false; | ||||
447 | if (FromWidth < ToWidth) { | ||||
448 | // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never | ||||
449 | // narrowing. | ||||
450 | if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative()) | ||||
451 | Narrowing = true; | ||||
452 | } else { | ||||
453 | // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about | ||||
454 | // signed vs. unsigned comparisons. | ||||
455 | InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend( | ||||
456 | InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1); | ||||
457 | // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness. | ||||
458 | llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue; | ||||
459 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth); | ||||
460 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned); | ||||
461 | ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth()); | ||||
462 | ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned()); | ||||
463 | // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion. | ||||
464 | if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue) | ||||
465 | Narrowing = true; | ||||
466 | } | ||||
467 | if (Narrowing) { | ||||
468 | ConstantType = Initializer->getType(); | ||||
469 | ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue); | ||||
470 | return NK_Constant_Narrowing; | ||||
471 | } | ||||
472 | } | ||||
473 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
474 | } | ||||
475 | |||||
476 | default: | ||||
477 | // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings. | ||||
478 | return NK_Not_Narrowing; | ||||
479 | } | ||||
480 | } | ||||
481 | |||||
482 | /// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard | ||||
483 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||
484 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) __attribute__((__used__)) void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||
485 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||
486 | bool PrintedSomething = false; | ||||
487 | if (First != ICK_Identity) { | ||||
488 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First); | ||||
489 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||
490 | } | ||||
491 | |||||
492 | if (Second != ICK_Identity) { | ||||
493 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||
494 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
495 | } | ||||
496 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second); | ||||
497 | |||||
498 | if (CopyConstructor) { | ||||
499 | OS << " (by copy constructor)"; | ||||
500 | } else if (DirectBinding) { | ||||
501 | OS << " (direct reference binding)"; | ||||
502 | } else if (ReferenceBinding) { | ||||
503 | OS << " (reference binding)"; | ||||
504 | } | ||||
505 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||
506 | } | ||||
507 | |||||
508 | if (Third != ICK_Identity) { | ||||
509 | if (PrintedSomething) { | ||||
510 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
511 | } | ||||
512 | OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third); | ||||
513 | PrintedSomething = true; | ||||
514 | } | ||||
515 | |||||
516 | if (!PrintedSomething) { | ||||
517 | OS << "No conversions required"; | ||||
518 | } | ||||
519 | } | ||||
520 | |||||
521 | /// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard | ||||
522 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||
523 | void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||
524 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||
525 | if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) { | ||||
526 | Before.dump(); | ||||
527 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
528 | } | ||||
529 | if (ConversionFunction) | ||||
530 | OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\''; | ||||
531 | else | ||||
532 | OS << "aggregate initialization"; | ||||
533 | if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) { | ||||
534 | OS << " -> "; | ||||
535 | After.dump(); | ||||
536 | } | ||||
537 | } | ||||
538 | |||||
539 | /// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard | ||||
540 | /// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues. | ||||
541 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const { | ||||
542 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); | ||||
543 | if (hasInitializerListContainerType()) | ||||
544 | OS << "Worst list element conversion: "; | ||||
545 | switch (ConversionKind) { | ||||
546 | case StandardConversion: | ||||
547 | OS << "Standard conversion: "; | ||||
548 | Standard.dump(); | ||||
549 | break; | ||||
550 | case UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
551 | OS << "User-defined conversion: "; | ||||
552 | UserDefined.dump(); | ||||
553 | break; | ||||
554 | case EllipsisConversion: | ||||
555 | OS << "Ellipsis conversion"; | ||||
556 | break; | ||||
557 | case AmbiguousConversion: | ||||
558 | OS << "Ambiguous conversion"; | ||||
559 | break; | ||||
560 | case BadConversion: | ||||
561 | OS << "Bad conversion"; | ||||
562 | break; | ||||
563 | } | ||||
564 | |||||
565 | OS << "\n"; | ||||
566 | } | ||||
567 | |||||
568 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() { | ||||
569 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(); | ||||
570 | } | ||||
571 | |||||
572 | void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() { | ||||
573 | conversions().~ConversionSet(); | ||||
574 | } | ||||
575 | |||||
576 | void | ||||
577 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) { | ||||
578 | FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr; | ||||
579 | ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr; | ||||
580 | new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions()); | ||||
581 | } | ||||
582 | |||||
583 | namespace { | ||||
584 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||
585 | // template argument information. | ||||
586 | struct DFIArguments { | ||||
587 | TemplateArgument FirstArg; | ||||
588 | TemplateArgument SecondArg; | ||||
589 | }; | ||||
590 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store | ||||
591 | // template parameter and template argument information. | ||||
592 | struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments { | ||||
593 | TemplateParameter Param; | ||||
594 | }; | ||||
595 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument | ||||
596 | // information and the index of the problematic call argument. | ||||
597 | struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments { | ||||
598 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||
599 | unsigned CallArgIndex; | ||||
600 | }; | ||||
601 | // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store information about | ||||
602 | // unsatisfied constraints. | ||||
603 | struct CNSInfo { | ||||
604 | TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs; | ||||
605 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
606 | }; | ||||
607 | } | ||||
608 | |||||
609 | /// Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information | ||||
610 | /// to the form used in overload-candidate information. | ||||
611 | DeductionFailureInfo | ||||
612 | clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
613 | Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, | ||||
614 | TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) { | ||||
615 | DeductionFailureInfo Result; | ||||
616 | Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK); | ||||
617 | Result.HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||
618 | switch (TDK) { | ||||
619 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
620 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
621 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
622 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
623 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
624 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
625 | Result.Data = nullptr; | ||||
626 | break; | ||||
627 | |||||
628 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
629 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
630 | Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue(); | ||||
631 | break; | ||||
632 | |||||
633 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
634 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||
635 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||
636 | auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs; | ||||
637 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||
638 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||
639 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||
640 | Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex; | ||||
641 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
642 | break; | ||||
643 | } | ||||
644 | |||||
645 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||
646 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||
647 | DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments; | ||||
648 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||
649 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||
650 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
651 | break; | ||||
652 | } | ||||
653 | |||||
654 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
655 | // FIXME: It's slightly wasteful to allocate two TemplateArguments for this. | ||||
656 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
657 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||
658 | // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later. | ||||
659 | DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments; | ||||
660 | Saved->Param = Info.Param; | ||||
661 | Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg; | ||||
662 | Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg; | ||||
663 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
664 | break; | ||||
665 | } | ||||
666 | |||||
667 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
668 | Result.Data = Info.take(); | ||||
669 | if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||
670 | PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
671 | SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic()); | ||||
672 | Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag); | ||||
673 | Result.HasDiagnostic = true; | ||||
674 | } | ||||
675 | break; | ||||
676 | |||||
677 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||
678 | CNSInfo *Saved = new (Context) CNSInfo; | ||||
679 | Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take(); | ||||
680 | Saved->Satisfaction = Info.AssociatedConstraintsSatisfaction; | ||||
681 | Result.Data = Saved; | ||||
682 | break; | ||||
683 | } | ||||
684 | |||||
685 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
686 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
687 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
688 | llvm_unreachable("not a deduction failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("not a deduction failure", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 688); | ||||
689 | } | ||||
690 | |||||
691 | return Result; | ||||
692 | } | ||||
693 | |||||
694 | void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() { | ||||
695 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
696 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
697 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
698 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
699 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
700 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
701 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
702 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
703 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
704 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
705 | break; | ||||
706 | |||||
707 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
708 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
709 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
710 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
711 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
712 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
713 | // FIXME: Destroy the data? | ||||
714 | Data = nullptr; | ||||
715 | break; | ||||
716 | |||||
717 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
718 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||
719 | Data = nullptr; | ||||
720 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||
721 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||
722 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||
723 | } | ||||
724 | break; | ||||
725 | |||||
726 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
727 | // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list? | ||||
728 | Data = nullptr; | ||||
729 | if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) { | ||||
730 | Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt(); | ||||
731 | HasDiagnostic = false; | ||||
732 | } | ||||
733 | break; | ||||
734 | |||||
735 | // Unhandled | ||||
736 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
737 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
738 | break; | ||||
739 | } | ||||
740 | } | ||||
741 | |||||
742 | PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() { | ||||
743 | if (HasDiagnostic) | ||||
744 | return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic)); | ||||
745 | return nullptr; | ||||
746 | } | ||||
747 | |||||
748 | TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() { | ||||
749 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
750 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
751 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
752 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
753 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
754 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
755 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
756 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
757 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
758 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
759 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
760 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
761 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
762 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||
763 | |||||
764 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
765 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
766 | return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data); | ||||
767 | |||||
768 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
769 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
770 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
771 | return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param; | ||||
772 | |||||
773 | // Unhandled | ||||
774 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
775 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
776 | break; | ||||
777 | } | ||||
778 | |||||
779 | return TemplateParameter(); | ||||
780 | } | ||||
781 | |||||
782 | TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() { | ||||
783 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
784 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
785 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
786 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
787 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
788 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
789 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
790 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
791 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
792 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
793 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
794 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
795 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
796 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
797 | return nullptr; | ||||
798 | |||||
799 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
800 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
801 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||
802 | |||||
803 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
804 | return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data); | ||||
805 | |||||
806 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
807 | return static_cast<CNSInfo*>(Data)->TemplateArgs; | ||||
808 | |||||
809 | // Unhandled | ||||
810 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
811 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
812 | break; | ||||
813 | } | ||||
814 | |||||
815 | return nullptr; | ||||
816 | } | ||||
817 | |||||
818 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() { | ||||
819 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
820 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
821 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
822 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
823 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
824 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
825 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
826 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
827 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
828 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
829 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
830 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
831 | return nullptr; | ||||
832 | |||||
833 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
834 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
835 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
836 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
837 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
838 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
839 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg; | ||||
840 | |||||
841 | // Unhandled | ||||
842 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
843 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
844 | break; | ||||
845 | } | ||||
846 | |||||
847 | return nullptr; | ||||
848 | } | ||||
849 | |||||
850 | const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() { | ||||
851 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
852 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
853 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
854 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
855 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
856 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
857 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
858 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
859 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
860 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
861 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
862 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
863 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
864 | return nullptr; | ||||
865 | |||||
866 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
867 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
868 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
869 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
870 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
871 | return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg; | ||||
872 | |||||
873 | // Unhandled | ||||
874 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
875 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
876 | break; | ||||
877 | } | ||||
878 | |||||
879 | return nullptr; | ||||
880 | } | ||||
881 | |||||
882 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() { | ||||
883 | switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) { | ||||
884 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
885 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
886 | return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex; | ||||
887 | |||||
888 | default: | ||||
889 | return llvm::None; | ||||
890 | } | ||||
891 | } | ||||
892 | |||||
893 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||
894 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
895 | if (!AllowRewrittenCandidates) | ||||
896 | return false; | ||||
897 | return Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_Spaceship; | ||||
898 | } | ||||
899 | |||||
900 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo::shouldAddReversed( | ||||
901 | ASTContext &Ctx, const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
902 | if (!shouldAddReversed(FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator())) | ||||
903 | return false; | ||||
904 | // Don't bother adding a reversed candidate that can never be a better | ||||
905 | // match than the non-reversed version. | ||||
906 | return FD->getNumParams() != 2 || | ||||
907 | !Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType(), | ||||
908 | FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()) || | ||||
909 | FD->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
910 | } | ||||
911 | |||||
912 | void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||
913 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
914 | for (auto &C : i->Conversions) | ||||
915 | C.~ImplicitConversionSequence(); | ||||
916 | if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||
917 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||
918 | } | ||||
919 | } | ||||
920 | |||||
921 | void OverloadCandidateSet::clear(CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||
922 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||
923 | SlabAllocator.Reset(); | ||||
924 | NumInlineBytesUsed = 0; | ||||
925 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||
926 | Functions.clear(); | ||||
927 | Kind = CSK; | ||||
928 | } | ||||
929 | |||||
930 | namespace { | ||||
931 | class UnbridgedCastsSet { | ||||
932 | struct Entry { | ||||
933 | Expr **Addr; | ||||
934 | Expr *Saved; | ||||
935 | }; | ||||
936 | SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries; | ||||
937 | |||||
938 | public: | ||||
939 | void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) { | ||||
940 | assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast))(static_cast <bool> (E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType ::ARCUnbridgedCast)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 940, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
941 | Entry entry = { &E, E }; | ||||
942 | Entries.push_back(entry); | ||||
943 | E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||
944 | } | ||||
945 | |||||
946 | void restore() { | ||||
947 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator | ||||
948 | i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
949 | *i->Addr = i->Saved; | ||||
950 | } | ||||
951 | }; | ||||
952 | } | ||||
953 | |||||
954 | /// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like | ||||
955 | /// preprocessing on the given expression. | ||||
956 | /// | ||||
957 | /// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts; | ||||
958 | /// without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors | ||||
959 | /// | ||||
960 | /// Return true on unrecoverable error. | ||||
961 | static bool | ||||
962 | checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E, | ||||
963 | UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) { | ||||
964 | if (const BuiltinType *placeholder = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
965 | // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload | ||||
966 | // resolution might reasonably tweak them. | ||||
967 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false; | ||||
968 | |||||
969 | // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip | ||||
970 | // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration. | ||||
971 | if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||
972 | unbridgedCasts) { | ||||
973 | unbridgedCasts->save(S, E); | ||||
974 | return false; | ||||
975 | } | ||||
976 | |||||
977 | // Go ahead and check everything else. | ||||
978 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
979 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||
980 | return true; | ||||
981 | |||||
982 | E = result.get(); | ||||
983 | return false; | ||||
984 | } | ||||
985 | |||||
986 | // Nothing to do. | ||||
987 | return false; | ||||
988 | } | ||||
989 | |||||
990 | /// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for | ||||
991 | /// placeholders. | ||||
992 | static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S, MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
993 | UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) { | ||||
994 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i) | ||||
995 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged)) | ||||
996 | return true; | ||||
997 | |||||
998 | return false; | ||||
999 | } | ||||
1000 | |||||
1001 | /// Determine whether the given New declaration is an overload of the | ||||
1002 | /// declarations in Old. This routine returns Ovl_Match or Ovl_NonFunction if | ||||
1003 | /// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same signature as | ||||
1004 | /// some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declarations aren't | ||||
1005 | /// functions (or function templates) at all. When it does return Ovl_Match or | ||||
1006 | /// Ovl_NonFunction, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New cannot be | ||||
1007 | /// overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on top of the underlying | ||||
1008 | /// declaration. | ||||
1009 | /// | ||||
1010 | /// Example: Given the following input: | ||||
1011 | /// | ||||
1012 | /// void f(int, float); // #1 | ||||
1013 | /// void f(int, int); // #2 | ||||
1014 | /// int f(int, int); // #3 | ||||
1015 | /// | ||||
1016 | /// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f", so IsOverload | ||||
1017 | /// will not be used. | ||||
1018 | /// | ||||
1019 | /// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing | ||||
1020 | /// the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they have | ||||
1021 | /// different signatures), so this routine returns Ovl_Overload; MatchedDecl is | ||||
1022 | /// unchanged. | ||||
1023 | /// | ||||
1024 | /// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We compare | ||||
1025 | /// the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do nothing) and then | ||||
1026 | /// #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are identical (return types of | ||||
1027 | /// functions are not part of the signature), IsOverload returns Ovl_Match and | ||||
1028 | /// MatchedDecl will be set to point to the FunctionDecl for #2. | ||||
1029 | /// | ||||
1030 | /// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced into a class | ||||
1031 | /// by a using declaration. The rules for whether to hide shadow declarations | ||||
1032 | /// ignore some properties which otherwise figure into a function template's | ||||
1033 | /// signature. | ||||
1034 | Sema::OverloadKind | ||||
1035 | Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old, | ||||
1036 | NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) { | ||||
1037 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end(); | ||||
1038 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||
1039 | NamedDecl *OldD = *I; | ||||
1040 | |||||
1041 | bool OldIsUsingDecl = false; | ||||
1042 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1043 | OldIsUsingDecl = true; | ||||
1044 | |||||
1045 | // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same | ||||
1046 | // context, even if they have identical signatures. | ||||
1047 | if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue; | ||||
1048 | |||||
1049 | OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
1050 | } | ||||
1051 | |||||
1052 | // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration | ||||
1053 | // if one of them is hidden. | ||||
1054 | if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I)) | ||||
1055 | continue; | ||||
1056 | |||||
1057 | // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration, | ||||
1058 | // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching. | ||||
1059 | // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that | ||||
1060 | // function templates hide function templates with different | ||||
1061 | // return types or template parameter lists. | ||||
1062 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = | ||||
1063 | (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() && | ||||
1064 | !New->getFriendObjectKind(); | ||||
1065 | |||||
1066 | if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) { | ||||
1067 | if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) { | ||||
1068 | if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) { | ||||
1069 | HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I)); | ||||
1070 | continue; | ||||
1071 | } | ||||
1072 | |||||
1073 | if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) && | ||||
1074 | !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New)) | ||||
1075 | continue; | ||||
1076 | |||||
1077 | // C++20 [temp.friend] p9: A non-template friend declaration with a | ||||
1078 | // requires-clause shall be a definition. A friend function template | ||||
1079 | // with a constraint that depends on a template parameter from an | ||||
1080 | // enclosing template shall be a definition. Such a constrained friend | ||||
1081 | // function or function template declaration does not declare the same | ||||
1082 | // function or function template as a declaration in any other scope. | ||||
1083 | if (Context.FriendsDifferByConstraints(OldF, New)) | ||||
1084 | continue; | ||||
1085 | |||||
1086 | Match = *I; | ||||
1087 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||
1088 | } | ||||
1089 | |||||
1090 | // Builtins that have custom typechecking or have a reference should | ||||
1091 | // not be overloadable or redeclarable. | ||||
1092 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(OldF)) { | ||||
1093 | Match = *I; | ||||
1094 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||
1095 | } | ||||
1096 | } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<UsingPackDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1097 | // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing | ||||
1098 | // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls. | ||||
1099 | assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName)(static_cast <bool> (Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1099, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1100 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1101 | // We can always overload with tags by hiding them. | ||||
1102 | } else if (auto *UUD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) { | ||||
1103 | // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will | ||||
1104 | // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during | ||||
1105 | // template instantiation. | ||||
1106 | // | ||||
1107 | // Exception: if the scope is dependent and this is not a class | ||||
1108 | // member, the using declaration can only introduce an enumerator. | ||||
1109 | if (UUD->getQualifier()->isDependent() && !UUD->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||
1110 | Match = *I; | ||||
1111 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||
1112 | } | ||||
1113 | } else { | ||||
1114 | // (C++ 13p1): | ||||
1115 | // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type | ||||
1116 | // declarations cannot be overloaded. | ||||
1117 | Match = *I; | ||||
1118 | return Ovl_NonFunction; | ||||
1119 | } | ||||
1120 | } | ||||
1121 | |||||
1122 | // C++ [temp.friend]p1: | ||||
1123 | // For a friend function declaration that is not a template declaration: | ||||
1124 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified or unqualified template-id, | ||||
1125 | // [...], otherwise | ||||
1126 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching | ||||
1127 | // non-template function is found in the specified class or namespace, | ||||
1128 | // the friend declaration refers to that function, otherwise, | ||||
1129 | // -- if the name of the friend is a qualified-id and a matching function | ||||
1130 | // template is found in the specified class or namespace, the friend | ||||
1131 | // declaration refers to the deduced specialization of that function | ||||
1132 | // template, otherwise | ||||
1133 | // -- the name shall be an unqualified-id [...] | ||||
1134 | // If we get here for a qualified friend declaration, we've just reached the | ||||
1135 | // third bullet. If the type of the friend is dependent, skip this lookup | ||||
1136 | // until instantiation. | ||||
1137 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && New->getQualifier() && | ||||
1138 | !New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && | ||||
1139 | !New->getDependentSpecializationInfo() && | ||||
1140 | !New->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
1141 | LookupResult TemplateSpecResult(LookupResult::Temporary, Old); | ||||
1142 | TemplateSpecResult.addAllDecls(Old); | ||||
1143 | if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(New, nullptr, TemplateSpecResult, | ||||
1144 | /*QualifiedFriend*/true)) { | ||||
1145 | New->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
1146 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||
1147 | } | ||||
1148 | |||||
1149 | Match = TemplateSpecResult.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); | ||||
1150 | return Ovl_Match; | ||||
1151 | } | ||||
1152 | |||||
1153 | return Ovl_Overload; | ||||
1154 | } | ||||
1155 | |||||
1156 | bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, | ||||
1157 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs, | ||||
1158 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||
1159 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded. | ||||
1160 | if (New->isMain()) | ||||
1161 | return false; | ||||
1162 | |||||
1163 | // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded. | ||||
1164 | if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) | ||||
1165 | return false; | ||||
1166 | |||||
1167 | FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||
1168 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); | ||||
1169 | |||||
1170 | // C++ [temp.fct]p2: | ||||
1171 | // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates | ||||
1172 | // and with normal (non-template) functions. | ||||
1173 | if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr)) | ||||
1174 | return true; | ||||
1175 | |||||
1176 | // Is the function New an overload of the function Old? | ||||
1177 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | ||||
1178 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | ||||
1179 | |||||
1180 | // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to | ||||
1181 | // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch | ||||
1182 | // in the signature, they are overloads. | ||||
1183 | |||||
1184 | // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no | ||||
1185 | // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures. | ||||
1186 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) || | ||||
1187 | isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())) | ||||
1188 | return false; | ||||
1189 | |||||
1190 | const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType); | ||||
1191 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType); | ||||
1192 | |||||
1193 | // The signature of a function includes the types of its | ||||
1194 | // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence | ||||
1195 | // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357). | ||||
1196 | if (OldQType != NewQType && | ||||
1197 | (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() || | ||||
1198 | OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() || | ||||
1199 | !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType))) | ||||
1200 | return true; | ||||
1201 | |||||
1202 | // C++ [temp.over.link]p4: | ||||
1203 | // The signature of a function template consists of its function | ||||
1204 | // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names | ||||
1205 | // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the | ||||
1206 | // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the | ||||
1207 | // signature. | ||||
1208 | // | ||||
1209 | // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function | ||||
1210 | // templates first; the remaining checks follow. | ||||
1211 | // | ||||
1212 | // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether | ||||
1213 | // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden. | ||||
1214 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate && | ||||
1215 | (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||
1216 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||
1217 | false, TPL_TemplateMatch) || | ||||
1218 | !Context.hasSameType(Old->getDeclaredReturnType(), | ||||
1219 | New->getDeclaredReturnType()))) | ||||
1220 | return true; | ||||
1221 | |||||
1222 | // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the | ||||
1223 | // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself. | ||||
1224 | // | ||||
1225 | // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions | ||||
1226 | // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++ | ||||
1227 | // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature, | ||||
1228 | // this check is important to determine whether these functions | ||||
1229 | // can be overloaded. | ||||
1230 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | ||||
1231 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | ||||
1232 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod && | ||||
1233 | !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) { | ||||
1234 | if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||
1235 | if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && | ||||
1236 | (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None || | ||||
1237 | NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) { | ||||
1238 | // C++0x [over.load]p2: | ||||
1239 | // - Member function declarations with the same name and the same | ||||
1240 | // parameter-type-list as well as member function template | ||||
1241 | // declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and | ||||
1242 | // the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of | ||||
1243 | // them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5). | ||||
1244 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload) | ||||
1245 | << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier(); | ||||
1246 | Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | ||||
1247 | } | ||||
1248 | return true; | ||||
1249 | } | ||||
1250 | |||||
1251 | // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member | ||||
1252 | // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static | ||||
1253 | // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this | ||||
1254 | // is a redeclaration of OldMethod. | ||||
1255 | auto OldQuals = OldMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1256 | auto NewQuals = NewMethod->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
1257 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() && | ||||
1258 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | ||||
1259 | NewQuals.addConst(); | ||||
1260 | // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'. | ||||
1261 | OldQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||
1262 | NewQuals.removeRestrict(); | ||||
1263 | if (OldQuals != NewQuals) | ||||
1264 | return true; | ||||
1265 | } | ||||
1266 | |||||
1267 | // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we | ||||
1268 | // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function | ||||
1269 | // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with | ||||
1270 | // pass_object_size or it doesn't. | ||||
1271 | if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) != | ||||
1272 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old)) | ||||
1273 | return true; | ||||
1274 | |||||
1275 | // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature. | ||||
1276 | for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> | ||||
1277 | NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||
1278 | NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||
1279 | OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(), | ||||
1280 | OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
1281 | NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) { | ||||
1282 | if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE) | ||||
1283 | return true; | ||||
1284 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||
1285 | NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true); | ||||
1286 | OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true); | ||||
1287 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||
1288 | return true; | ||||
1289 | } | ||||
1290 | |||||
1291 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) { | ||||
1292 | // Don't allow overloading of destructors. (In theory we could, but it | ||||
1293 | // would be a giant change to clang.) | ||||
1294 | if (!isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(New)) { | ||||
1295 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New), | ||||
1296 | OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old); | ||||
1297 | if (NewTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) { | ||||
1298 | assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) &&(static_cast <bool> ((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
1299 | "Unexpected invalid target.")(static_cast <bool> ((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && \"Unexpected invalid target.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1299, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1300 | |||||
1301 | // Allow overloading of functions with same signature and different CUDA | ||||
1302 | // target attributes. | ||||
1303 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget) | ||||
1304 | return true; | ||||
1305 | } | ||||
1306 | } | ||||
1307 | } | ||||
1308 | |||||
1309 | if (ConsiderRequiresClauses) { | ||||
1310 | Expr *NewRC = New->getTrailingRequiresClause(), | ||||
1311 | *OldRC = Old->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||
1312 | if ((NewRC != nullptr) != (OldRC != nullptr)) | ||||
1313 | // RC are most certainly different - these are overloads. | ||||
1314 | return true; | ||||
1315 | |||||
1316 | if (NewRC) { | ||||
1317 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID; | ||||
1318 | NewRC->Profile(NewID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||
1319 | OldRC->Profile(OldID, Context, /*Canonical=*/true); | ||||
1320 | if (NewID != OldID) | ||||
1321 | // RCs are not equivalent - these are overloads. | ||||
1322 | return true; | ||||
1323 | } | ||||
1324 | } | ||||
1325 | |||||
1326 | // The signatures match; this is not an overload. | ||||
1327 | return false; | ||||
1328 | } | ||||
1329 | |||||
1330 | /// Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType. | ||||
1331 | /// | ||||
1332 | /// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion | ||||
1333 | /// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information. | ||||
1334 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
1335 | TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1336 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1337 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
1338 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1339 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1340 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1341 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||
1342 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
1343 | |||||
1344 | if (SuppressUserConversions) { | ||||
1345 | // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that | ||||
1346 | // we can perform. | ||||
1347 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
1348 | return ICS; | ||||
1349 | } | ||||
1350 | |||||
1351 | // Attempt user-defined conversion. | ||||
1352 | OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||
1353 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
1354 | switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||
1355 | Conversions, AllowExplicit, | ||||
1356 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) { | ||||
1357 | case OR_Success: | ||||
1358 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
1359 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||
1360 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||
1361 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||
1362 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||
1363 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||
1364 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy | ||||
1365 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||
1366 | // called for those cases. | ||||
1367 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||
1368 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) { | ||||
1369 | QualType FromCanon | ||||
1370 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
1371 | QualType ToCanon | ||||
1372 | = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1373 | if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() && | ||||
1374 | (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||
1375 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) { | ||||
1376 | // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it | ||||
1377 | // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences. | ||||
1378 | DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction; | ||||
1379 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
1380 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
1381 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||
1382 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
1383 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor; | ||||
1384 | ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found; | ||||
1385 | if (ToCanon != FromCanon) | ||||
1386 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||
1387 | } | ||||
1388 | } | ||||
1389 | break; | ||||
1390 | |||||
1391 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
1392 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||
1393 | ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType()); | ||||
1394 | ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType); | ||||
1395 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin(); | ||||
1396 | Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand) | ||||
1397 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||
1398 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||
1399 | break; | ||||
1400 | |||||
1401 | // Fall through. | ||||
1402 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
1403 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
1404 | break; | ||||
1405 | } | ||||
1406 | |||||
1407 | return ICS; | ||||
1408 | } | ||||
1409 | |||||
1410 | /// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion | ||||
1411 | /// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This | ||||
1412 | /// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used | ||||
1413 | /// to perform the initialization. Given | ||||
1414 | /// | ||||
1415 | /// void f(float f); | ||||
1416 | /// void g(int i) { f(i); } | ||||
1417 | /// | ||||
1418 | /// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to | ||||
1419 | /// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard | ||||
1420 | /// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ | ||||
1421 | /// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9). | ||||
1422 | // | ||||
1423 | /// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be | ||||
1424 | /// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such, | ||||
1425 | /// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available, | ||||
1426 | /// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind | ||||
1427 | /// "BadConversion". | ||||
1428 | /// | ||||
1429 | /// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are | ||||
1430 | /// not permitted. | ||||
1431 | /// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are | ||||
1432 | /// permitted. | ||||
1433 | /// | ||||
1434 | /// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C | ||||
1435 | /// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to | ||||
1436 | /// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments. | ||||
1437 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
1438 | TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1439 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1440 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
1441 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1442 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1443 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1444 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||
1445 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
1446 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1447 | ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){ | ||||
1448 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
1449 | return ICS; | ||||
1450 | } | ||||
1451 | |||||
1452 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
1453 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
1454 | return ICS; | ||||
1455 | } | ||||
1456 | |||||
1457 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p4: | ||||
1458 | // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class | ||||
1459 | // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an | ||||
1460 | // expression of class type to a base class of that type is | ||||
1461 | // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move | ||||
1462 | // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is | ||||
1463 | // called for those cases. | ||||
1464 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
1465 | if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||
1466 | (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) || | ||||
1467 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType, ToType))) { | ||||
1468 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
1469 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
1470 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
1471 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
1472 | |||||
1473 | // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid | ||||
1474 | // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it | ||||
1475 | // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the | ||||
1476 | // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed. | ||||
1477 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
1478 | |||||
1479 | // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion. | ||||
1480 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
1481 | ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||
1482 | |||||
1483 | return ICS; | ||||
1484 | } | ||||
1485 | |||||
1486 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1487 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||
1488 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1489 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit); | ||||
1490 | } | ||||
1491 | |||||
1492 | ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
1493 | Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1494 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1495 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
1496 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1497 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1498 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||
1499 | return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
1500 | AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle, | ||||
1501 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1502 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
1503 | } | ||||
1504 | |||||
1505 | /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the | ||||
1506 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the | ||||
1507 | /// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're | ||||
1508 | /// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit, | ||||
1509 | /// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted. | ||||
1510 | ExprResult Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1511 | AssignmentAction Action, | ||||
1512 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
1513 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||
1514 | return ExprError(); | ||||
1515 | |||||
1516 | // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion. | ||||
1517 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion | ||||
1518 | = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
1519 | (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending); | ||||
1520 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
1521 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||
1522 | From->getType(), From); | ||||
1523 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion( | ||||
1524 | *this, From, ToType, | ||||
1525 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
1526 | AllowExplicit ? AllowedExplicit::All : AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
1527 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
1528 | /*CStyle=*/false, AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
1529 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
1530 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action); | ||||
1531 | } | ||||
1532 | |||||
1533 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||
1534 | /// conversion that strips "noexcept" or "noreturn" off the nested function | ||||
1535 | /// type. | ||||
1536 | bool Sema::IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
1537 | QualType &ResultTy) { | ||||
1538 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
1539 | return false; | ||||
1540 | |||||
1541 | // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t) | ||||
1542 | // or F(t noexcept) -> F(t) | ||||
1543 | // where F adds one of the following at most once: | ||||
1544 | // - a pointer | ||||
1545 | // - a member pointer | ||||
1546 | // - a block pointer | ||||
1547 | // Changes here need matching changes in FindCompositePointerType. | ||||
1548 | CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||
1549 | CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
1550 | Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||
1551 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||
1552 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) { | ||||
1553 | if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) { | ||||
1554 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1555 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1556 | } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) { | ||||
1557 | CanTo = CanTo.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1558 | CanFrom = CanFrom.castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1559 | } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) { | ||||
1560 | auto ToMPT = CanTo.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
1561 | auto FromMPT = CanFrom.castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
1562 | // A function pointer conversion cannot change the class of the function. | ||||
1563 | if (ToMPT->getClass() != FromMPT->getClass()) | ||||
1564 | return false; | ||||
1565 | CanTo = ToMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1566 | CanFrom = FromMPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
1567 | } else { | ||||
1568 | return false; | ||||
1569 | } | ||||
1570 | |||||
1571 | TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass(); | ||||
1572 | if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false; | ||||
1573 | if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) | ||||
1574 | return false; | ||||
1575 | } | ||||
1576 | |||||
1577 | const auto *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom); | ||||
1578 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||
1579 | |||||
1580 | const auto *ToFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanTo); | ||||
1581 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||
1582 | |||||
1583 | bool Changed = false; | ||||
1584 | |||||
1585 | // Drop 'noreturn' if not present in target type. | ||||
1586 | if (FromEInfo.getNoReturn() && !ToEInfo.getNoReturn()) { | ||||
1587 | FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, FromEInfo.withNoReturn(false)); | ||||
1588 | Changed = true; | ||||
1589 | } | ||||
1590 | |||||
1591 | // Drop 'noexcept' if not present in target type. | ||||
1592 | if (const auto *FromFPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFn)) { | ||||
1593 | const auto *ToFPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFn); | ||||
1594 | if (FromFPT->isNothrow() && !ToFPT->isNothrow()) { | ||||
1595 | FromFn = cast<FunctionType>( | ||||
1596 | Context.getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(QualType(FromFPT, 0), | ||||
1597 | EST_None) | ||||
1598 | .getTypePtr()); | ||||
1599 | Changed = true; | ||||
1600 | } | ||||
1601 | |||||
1602 | // Convert FromFPT's ExtParameterInfo if necessary. The conversion is valid | ||||
1603 | // only if the ExtParameterInfo lists of the two function prototypes can be | ||||
1604 | // merged and the merged list is identical to ToFPT's ExtParameterInfo list. | ||||
1605 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||
1606 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||
1607 | if (Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFPT, FromFPT, CanUseToFPT, | ||||
1608 | CanUseFromFPT, NewParamInfos) && | ||||
1609 | CanUseToFPT && !CanUseFromFPT) { | ||||
1610 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = FromFPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||
1611 | ExtInfo.ExtParameterInfos = | ||||
1612 | NewParamInfos.empty() ? nullptr : NewParamInfos.data(); | ||||
1613 | QualType QT = Context.getFunctionType(FromFPT->getReturnType(), | ||||
1614 | FromFPT->getParamTypes(), ExtInfo); | ||||
1615 | FromFn = QT->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
1616 | Changed = true; | ||||
1617 | } | ||||
1618 | } | ||||
1619 | |||||
1620 | if (!Changed) | ||||
1621 | return false; | ||||
1622 | |||||
1623 | assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical())(static_cast <bool> (QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1623, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1624 | if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false; | ||||
1625 | |||||
1626 | ResultTy = ToType; | ||||
1627 | return true; | ||||
1628 | } | ||||
1629 | |||||
1630 | /// Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid | ||||
1631 | /// vector conversion. | ||||
1632 | /// | ||||
1633 | /// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector | ||||
1634 | /// conversion. | ||||
1635 | static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
1636 | ImplicitConversionKind &ICK, Expr *From, | ||||
1637 | bool InOverloadResolution) { | ||||
1638 | // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector | ||||
1639 | // conversion. | ||||
1640 | if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType()) | ||||
1641 | return false; | ||||
1642 | |||||
1643 | // Identical types require no conversions. | ||||
1644 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
1645 | return false; | ||||
1646 | |||||
1647 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity. | ||||
1648 | if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||
1649 | // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the | ||||
1650 | // identity conversion. | ||||
1651 | if (FromType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||
1652 | return false; | ||||
1653 | |||||
1654 | // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. | ||||
1655 | if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||
1656 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat; | ||||
1657 | return true; | ||||
1658 | } | ||||
1659 | } | ||||
1660 | |||||
1661 | if (ToType->isSizelessBuiltinType() || FromType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||
1662 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||
1663 | S.Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1664 | ICK = ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion; | ||||
1665 | return true; | ||||
1666 | } | ||||
1667 | |||||
1668 | // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases: | ||||
1669 | // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types | ||||
1670 | // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the | ||||
1671 | // same size | ||||
1672 | // 3)the destination type does not have the ARM MVE strict-polymorphism | ||||
1673 | // attribute, which inhibits lax vector conversion for overload resolution | ||||
1674 | // only | ||||
1675 | if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
1676 | if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) || | ||||
1677 | (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||
1678 | !ToType->hasAttr(attr::ArmMveStrictPolymorphism))) { | ||||
1679 | if (S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType) && | ||||
1680 | S.anyAltivecTypes(FromType, ToType) && | ||||
1681 | !S.areSameVectorElemTypes(FromType, ToType) && | ||||
1682 | !InOverloadResolution) { | ||||
1683 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) | ||||
1684 | << FromType << ToType; | ||||
1685 | } | ||||
1686 | ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion; | ||||
1687 | return true; | ||||
1688 | } | ||||
1689 | } | ||||
1690 | |||||
1691 | return false; | ||||
1692 | } | ||||
1693 | |||||
1694 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1695 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1696 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
1697 | bool CStyle); | ||||
1698 | |||||
1699 | /// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard | ||||
1700 | /// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the | ||||
1701 | /// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences | ||||
1702 | /// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class | ||||
1703 | /// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will | ||||
1704 | /// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this | ||||
1705 | /// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this | ||||
1706 | /// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified. | ||||
1707 | static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType, | ||||
1708 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1709 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
1710 | bool CStyle, | ||||
1711 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||
1712 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
1713 | |||||
1714 | // Standard conversions (C++ [conv]) | ||||
1715 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
1716 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
1717 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
1718 | SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
1719 | |||||
1720 | // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so | ||||
1721 | // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them. | ||||
1722 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
1723 | (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType())) | ||||
1724 | return false; | ||||
1725 | |||||
1726 | // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, | ||||
1727 | // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion | ||||
1728 | // (C++ 4p1). | ||||
1729 | |||||
1730 | if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
1731 | DeclAccessPair AccessPair; | ||||
1732 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn | ||||
1733 | = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false, | ||||
1734 | AccessPair)) { | ||||
1735 | // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function, | ||||
1736 | // so we can convert to the type of that function. | ||||
1737 | FromType = Fn->getType(); | ||||
1738 | SCS.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
1739 | |||||
1740 | // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check | ||||
1741 | // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool | ||||
1742 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
1743 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) { | ||||
1744 | QualType resultTy; | ||||
1745 | // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok | ||||
1746 | if (!S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, | ||||
1747 | S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy)) | ||||
1748 | // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard | ||||
1749 | if (!ToType->isBooleanType()) | ||||
1750 | return false; | ||||
1751 | } | ||||
1752 | |||||
1753 | // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded | ||||
1754 | // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the | ||||
1755 | // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of | ||||
1756 | // expression. | ||||
1757 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn); | ||||
1758 | if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
1759 | assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1760, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
1760 | "Non-unary operator on non-static member address")(static_cast <bool> (isa<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens()) && "Non-unary operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) && \"Non-unary operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1760, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1761 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1763, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
1762 | == UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1763, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
1763 | "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address")(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator on non-static member address\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1763, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1764 | const Type *ClassType | ||||
1765 | = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr(); | ||||
1766 | FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType); | ||||
1767 | } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||
1768 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
1769 | UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
1770 | "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression")(static_cast <bool> (cast<UnaryOperator>(From-> IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 1770, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
1771 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||
1772 | } | ||||
1773 | } else { | ||||
1774 | return false; | ||||
1775 | } | ||||
1776 | } | ||||
1777 | // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1): | ||||
1778 | // A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can | ||||
1779 | // be converted to a prvalue. | ||||
1780 | bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue(); | ||||
1781 | if (argIsLValue && | ||||
1782 | !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() && | ||||
1783 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
1784 | SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||
1785 | |||||
1786 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||
1787 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||
1788 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||
1789 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
1790 | FromType = Atomic->getValueType(); | ||||
1791 | |||||
1792 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the | ||||
1793 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue | ||||
1794 | // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we | ||||
1795 | // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter. | ||||
1796 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1797 | } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) { | ||||
1798 | // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2) | ||||
1799 | SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||
1800 | |||||
1801 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown | ||||
1802 | // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to | ||||
1803 | // T" (C++ 4.2p1). | ||||
1804 | FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); | ||||
1805 | |||||
1806 | if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) { | ||||
1807 | // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4) | ||||
1808 | SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true; | ||||
1809 | |||||
1810 | // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution | ||||
1811 | // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an | ||||
1812 | // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification | ||||
1813 | // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2) | ||||
1814 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1815 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||
1816 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false; | ||||
1817 | SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType); | ||||
1818 | return true; | ||||
1819 | } | ||||
1820 | } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) { | ||||
1821 | // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3). | ||||
1822 | SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||
1823 | |||||
1824 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||
1825 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||
1826 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||
1827 | return false; | ||||
1828 | |||||
1829 | // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of | ||||
1830 | // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the | ||||
1831 | // function. (C++ 4.3p1). | ||||
1832 | FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType); | ||||
1833 | } else { | ||||
1834 | // We don't require any conversions for the first step. | ||||
1835 | SCS.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1836 | } | ||||
1837 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||
1838 | |||||
1839 | // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating | ||||
1840 | // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion, | ||||
1841 | // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion, | ||||
1842 | // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1). | ||||
1843 | // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type" | ||||
1844 | // conversion. | ||||
1845 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
1846 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1847 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1848 | // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no | ||||
1849 | // conversion to do. | ||||
1850 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1851 | } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1852 | // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5). | ||||
1853 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion; | ||||
1854 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1855 | } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1856 | // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). | ||||
1857 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion; | ||||
1858 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1859 | } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
1860 | // Complex promotion (Clang extension) | ||||
1861 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion; | ||||
1862 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1863 | } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() && | ||||
1864 | (FromType->isArithmeticType() || | ||||
1865 | FromType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||
1866 | FromType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
1867 | FromType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||
1868 | // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12). | ||||
1869 | SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion; | ||||
1870 | FromType = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||
1871 | } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
1872 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||
1873 | // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7). | ||||
1874 | SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||
1875 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1876 | } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||
1877 | // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6) | ||||
1878 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||
1879 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1880 | } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) || | ||||
1881 | (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) { | ||||
1882 | // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7) | ||||
1883 | SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||
1884 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1885 | } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
1886 | // FIXME: disable conversions between long double, __ibm128 and __float128 | ||||
1887 | // if their representation is different until there is back end support | ||||
1888 | // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double. | ||||
1889 | |||||
1890 | // Conversions between bfloat and other floats are not permitted. | ||||
1891 | if (FromType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty || ToType == S.Context.BFloat16Ty) | ||||
1892 | return false; | ||||
1893 | |||||
1894 | // Conversions between IEEE-quad and IBM-extended semantics are not | ||||
1895 | // permitted. | ||||
1896 | const llvm::fltSemantics &FromSem = | ||||
1897 | S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType); | ||||
1898 | const llvm::fltSemantics &ToSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType); | ||||
1899 | if ((&FromSem == &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble() && | ||||
1900 | &ToSem == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad()) || | ||||
1901 | (&FromSem == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad() && | ||||
1902 | &ToSem == &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) | ||||
1903 | return false; | ||||
1904 | |||||
1905 | // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8). | ||||
1906 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||
1907 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1908 | } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() && | ||||
1909 | ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) || | ||||
1910 | (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
1911 | ToType->isRealFloatingType())) { | ||||
1912 | // Conversions between bfloat and int are not permitted. | ||||
1913 | if (FromType->isBFloat16Type() || ToType->isBFloat16Type()) | ||||
1914 | return false; | ||||
1915 | |||||
1916 | // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9). | ||||
1917 | SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||
1918 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1919 | } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1920 | SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
1921 | } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion && | ||||
1922 | S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1923 | SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion; | ||||
1924 | } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1925 | FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
1926 | // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10). | ||||
1927 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
1928 | SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC; | ||||
1929 | FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1930 | } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, | ||||
1931 | InOverloadResolution, FromType)) { | ||||
1932 | // Pointer to member conversions (4.11). | ||||
1933 | SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member; | ||||
1934 | } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK, From, | ||||
1935 | InOverloadResolution)) { | ||||
1936 | SCS.Second = SecondICK; | ||||
1937 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1938 | } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
1939 | S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1940 | // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading) | ||||
1941 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||
1942 | FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
1943 | } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||
1944 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
1945 | SCS, CStyle)) { | ||||
1946 | SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion; | ||||
1947 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1948 | } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||
1949 | CStyle)) { | ||||
1950 | // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence | ||||
1951 | // appropriately. | ||||
1952 | return true; | ||||
1953 | } else if (ToType->isEventT() && | ||||
1954 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||
1955 | From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) { | ||||
1956 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion; | ||||
1957 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1958 | } else if (ToType->isQueueT() && | ||||
1959 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) && | ||||
1960 | (From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0)) { | ||||
1961 | SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion; | ||||
1962 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1963 | } else if (ToType->isSamplerT() && | ||||
1964 | From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext())) { | ||||
1965 | SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion; | ||||
1966 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1967 | } else { | ||||
1968 | // No second conversion required. | ||||
1969 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1970 | } | ||||
1971 | SCS.setToType(1, FromType); | ||||
1972 | |||||
1973 | // The third conversion can be a function pointer conversion or a | ||||
1974 | // qualification conversion (C++ [conv.fctptr], [conv.qual]). | ||||
1975 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
1976 | if (S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) { | ||||
1977 | // Function pointer conversions (removing 'noexcept') including removal of | ||||
1978 | // 'noreturn' (Clang extension). | ||||
1979 | SCS.Third = ICK_Function_Conversion; | ||||
1980 | } else if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle, | ||||
1981 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) { | ||||
1982 | SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification; | ||||
1983 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
1984 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
1985 | } else { | ||||
1986 | // No conversion required | ||||
1987 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
1988 | } | ||||
1989 | |||||
1990 | // C++ [over.best.ics]p6: | ||||
1991 | // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is | ||||
1992 | // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute | ||||
1993 | // a conversion. [...] | ||||
1994 | QualType CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
1995 | QualType CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||
1996 | if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType() | ||||
1997 | == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() && | ||||
1998 | CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) { | ||||
1999 | FromType = ToType; | ||||
2000 | CanonFrom = CanonTo; | ||||
2001 | } | ||||
2002 | |||||
2003 | SCS.setToType(2, FromType); | ||||
2004 | |||||
2005 | if (CanonFrom == CanonTo) | ||||
2006 | return true; | ||||
2007 | |||||
2008 | // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type, | ||||
2009 | // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C. | ||||
2010 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution) | ||||
2011 | return false; | ||||
2012 | |||||
2013 | ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From}; | ||||
2014 | Sema::AssignConvertType Conv = | ||||
2015 | S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER, | ||||
2016 | /*Diagnose=*/false, | ||||
2017 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, | ||||
2018 | /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||
2019 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondConv; | ||||
2020 | switch (Conv) { | ||||
2021 | case Sema::Compatible: | ||||
2022 | SecondConv = ICK_C_Only_Conversion; | ||||
2023 | break; | ||||
2024 | // For our purposes, discarding qualifiers is just as bad as using an | ||||
2025 | // incompatible pointer. Note that an IncompatiblePointer conversion can drop | ||||
2026 | // qualifiers, as well. | ||||
2027 | case Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||
2028 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointer: | ||||
2029 | case Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||
2030 | SecondConv = ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
2031 | break; | ||||
2032 | default: | ||||
2033 | return false; | ||||
2034 | } | ||||
2035 | |||||
2036 | // First can only be an lvalue conversion, so we pretend that this was the | ||||
2037 | // second conversion. First should already be valid from earlier in the | ||||
2038 | // function. | ||||
2039 | SCS.Second = SecondConv; | ||||
2040 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||
2041 | |||||
2042 | // Third is Identity, because Second should rank us worse than any other | ||||
2043 | // conversion. This could also be ICK_Qualification, but it's simpler to just | ||||
2044 | // lump everything in with the second conversion, and we don't gain anything | ||||
2045 | // from making this ICK_Qualification. | ||||
2046 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
2047 | SCS.setToType(2, ToType); | ||||
2048 | return true; | ||||
2049 | } | ||||
2050 | |||||
2051 | static bool | ||||
2052 | IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, | ||||
2053 | QualType &ToType, | ||||
2054 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
2055 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
2056 | bool CStyle) { | ||||
2057 | |||||
2058 | const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||
2059 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||
2060 | return false; | ||||
2061 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||
2062 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||
2063 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||
2064 | for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||
2065 | if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS, | ||||
2066 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) { | ||||
2067 | ToType = it->getType(); | ||||
2068 | return true; | ||||
2069 | } | ||||
2070 | } | ||||
2071 | return false; | ||||
2072 | } | ||||
2073 | |||||
2074 | /// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the | ||||
2075 | /// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to | ||||
2076 | /// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and | ||||
2077 | /// sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||
2078 | bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2079 | const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||
2080 | // All integers are built-in. | ||||
2081 | if (!To) { | ||||
2082 | return false; | ||||
2083 | } | ||||
2084 | |||||
2085 | // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or | ||||
2086 | // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if | ||||
2087 | // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise, | ||||
2088 | // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned | ||||
2089 | // int (C++ 4.5p1). | ||||
2090 | if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() && | ||||
2091 | !FromType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
2092 | if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int | ||||
2093 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() || | ||||
2094 | // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is | ||||
2095 | // less than int to an int. | ||||
2096 | Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) { | ||||
2097 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||
2098 | } | ||||
2099 | |||||
2100 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||
2101 | } | ||||
2102 | |||||
2103 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p3: | ||||
2104 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not | ||||
2105 | // fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the | ||||
2106 | // following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration | ||||
2107 | // (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int, | ||||
2108 | // unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned | ||||
2109 | // long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the | ||||
2110 | // values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration | ||||
2111 | // type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type | ||||
2112 | // with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long | ||||
2113 | // long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If | ||||
2114 | // there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen. | ||||
2115 | // C++11 [conv.prom]p4: | ||||
2116 | // A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed | ||||
2117 | // can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if | ||||
2118 | // integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an | ||||
2119 | // unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be | ||||
2120 | // converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type. | ||||
2121 | if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) { | ||||
2122 | // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not | ||||
2123 | // provided for a scoped enumeration. | ||||
2124 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||
2125 | return false; | ||||
2126 | |||||
2127 | // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum, | ||||
2128 | // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting | ||||
2129 | // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider | ||||
2130 | // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression. | ||||
2131 | if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) { | ||||
2132 | QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||
2133 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) || | ||||
2134 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType); | ||||
2135 | } | ||||
2136 | |||||
2137 | // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial. | ||||
2138 | if (ToType->isIntegerType() && | ||||
2139 | isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), FromType)) | ||||
2140 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( | ||||
2141 | ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType()); | ||||
2142 | |||||
2143 | // C++ [conv.prom]p5: | ||||
2144 | // If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any other | ||||
2145 | // value of that type for promotion purposes. | ||||
2146 | // | ||||
2147 | // ... so do not fall through into the bit-field checks below in C++. | ||||
2148 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
2149 | return false; | ||||
2150 | } | ||||
2151 | |||||
2152 | // C++0x [conv.prom]p2: | ||||
2153 | // A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted | ||||
2154 | // to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can | ||||
2155 | // represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int, | ||||
2156 | // long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. | ||||
2157 | // If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its | ||||
2158 | // underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, | ||||
2159 | // or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying | ||||
2160 | // type. | ||||
2161 | if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() && | ||||
2162 | ToType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
2163 | // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or | ||||
2164 | // unsigned. | ||||
2165 | bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType(); | ||||
2166 | uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType); | ||||
2167 | |||||
2168 | // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate | ||||
2169 | // order. Try each of these types. | ||||
2170 | QualType PromoteTypes[6] = { | ||||
2171 | Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, | ||||
2172 | Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy , | ||||
2173 | Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy | ||||
2174 | }; | ||||
2175 | for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) { | ||||
2176 | uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||
2177 | if (FromSize < ToSize || | ||||
2178 | (FromSize == ToSize && | ||||
2179 | FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) { | ||||
2180 | // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the | ||||
2181 | // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no | ||||
2182 | // promotion. | ||||
2183 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]); | ||||
2184 | } | ||||
2185 | } | ||||
2186 | } | ||||
2187 | |||||
2188 | // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an | ||||
2189 | // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the | ||||
2190 | // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if | ||||
2191 | // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If | ||||
2192 | // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to | ||||
2193 | // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any | ||||
2194 | // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3). | ||||
2195 | // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the | ||||
2196 | // conversion. | ||||
2197 | // | ||||
2198 | // FIXME: In C, only bit-fields of types _Bool, int, or unsigned int may be | ||||
2199 | // promoted, per C11 6.3.1.1/2. We promote all bit-fields (including enum | ||||
2200 | // bit-fields and those whose underlying type is larger than int) for GCC | ||||
2201 | // compatibility. | ||||
2202 | if (From) { | ||||
2203 | if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) { | ||||
2204 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> BitWidth; | ||||
2205 | if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) && | ||||
2206 | (BitWidth = | ||||
2207 | MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) { | ||||
2208 | llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth->getBitWidth(), BitWidth->isUnsigned()); | ||||
2209 | ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType); | ||||
2210 | |||||
2211 | // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int? | ||||
2212 | if (*BitWidth < ToSize || | ||||
2213 | (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize)) { | ||||
2214 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int; | ||||
2215 | } | ||||
2216 | |||||
2217 | // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield | ||||
2218 | // that fits into an unsigned int? | ||||
2219 | if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && *BitWidth <= ToSize) { | ||||
2220 | return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt; | ||||
2221 | } | ||||
2222 | |||||
2223 | return false; | ||||
2224 | } | ||||
2225 | } | ||||
2226 | } | ||||
2227 | |||||
2228 | // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int, | ||||
2229 | // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4). | ||||
2230 | if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) { | ||||
2231 | return true; | ||||
2232 | } | ||||
2233 | |||||
2234 | return false; | ||||
2235 | } | ||||
2236 | |||||
2237 | /// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||
2238 | /// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so, | ||||
2239 | /// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type. | ||||
2240 | bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2241 | if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) | ||||
2242 | if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { | ||||
2243 | /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type | ||||
2244 | /// double. (C++ 4.6p1). | ||||
2245 | if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float && | ||||
2246 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) | ||||
2247 | return true; | ||||
2248 | |||||
2249 | // C99 6.3.1.5p1: | ||||
2250 | // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a | ||||
2251 | // double is promoted to long double [...]. | ||||
2252 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
2253 | (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || | ||||
2254 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) && | ||||
2255 | (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble || | ||||
2256 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128 || | ||||
2257 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Ibm128)) | ||||
2258 | return true; | ||||
2259 | |||||
2260 | // Half can be promoted to float. | ||||
2261 | if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType && | ||||
2262 | FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half && | ||||
2263 | ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) | ||||
2264 | return true; | ||||
2265 | } | ||||
2266 | |||||
2267 | return false; | ||||
2268 | } | ||||
2269 | |||||
2270 | /// Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion. | ||||
2271 | /// | ||||
2272 | /// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion | ||||
2273 | /// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a | ||||
2274 | /// floating-point or integral promotion. | ||||
2275 | bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2276 | const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||
2277 | if (!FromComplex) | ||||
2278 | return false; | ||||
2279 | |||||
2280 | const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||
2281 | if (!ToComplex) | ||||
2282 | return false; | ||||
2283 | |||||
2284 | return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||
2285 | ToComplex->getElementType()) || | ||||
2286 | IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(), | ||||
2287 | ToComplex->getElementType()); | ||||
2288 | } | ||||
2289 | |||||
2290 | /// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from | ||||
2291 | /// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the | ||||
2292 | /// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType, | ||||
2293 | /// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have | ||||
2294 | /// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee. | ||||
2295 | /// | ||||
2296 | static QualType | ||||
2297 | BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr, | ||||
2298 | QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType, | ||||
2299 | ASTContext &Context, | ||||
2300 | bool StripObjCLifetime = false) { | ||||
2301 | assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2303, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2302 | FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2303, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2303 | "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type")(static_cast <bool> ((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type ::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer ) && "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer || FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) && \"Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2303, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2304 | |||||
2305 | /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions. | ||||
2306 | if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||
2307 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2308 | |||||
2309 | QualType CanonFromPointee | ||||
2310 | = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType()); | ||||
2311 | QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee); | ||||
2312 | Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2313 | |||||
2314 | if (StripObjCLifetime) | ||||
2315 | Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
2316 | |||||
2317 | // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to. | ||||
2318 | if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) { | ||||
2319 | // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it. | ||||
2320 | if (!ToType.isNull()) | ||||
2321 | return ToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2322 | |||||
2323 | // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers | ||||
2324 | // already. | ||||
2325 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||
2326 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||
2327 | return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee); | ||||
2328 | } | ||||
2329 | |||||
2330 | // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers. | ||||
2331 | QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee | ||||
2332 | = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals); | ||||
2333 | |||||
2334 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType)) | ||||
2335 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||
2336 | return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee); | ||||
2337 | } | ||||
2338 | |||||
2339 | static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr, | ||||
2340 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
2341 | ASTContext &Context) { | ||||
2342 | // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly. | ||||
2343 | // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903 | ||||
2344 | if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||
2345 | Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
2346 | return !InOverloadResolution; | ||||
2347 | |||||
2348 | return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
2349 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||
2350 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||
2351 | } | ||||
2352 | |||||
2353 | /// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||
2354 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, | ||||
2355 | /// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++ | ||||
2356 | /// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that | ||||
2357 | /// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into | ||||
2358 | /// ConvertedType. | ||||
2359 | /// | ||||
2360 | /// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers | ||||
2361 | /// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and | ||||
2362 | /// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the | ||||
2363 | /// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to | ||||
2364 | /// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however, | ||||
2365 | /// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer | ||||
2366 | /// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be | ||||
2367 | /// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that | ||||
2368 | /// should result in a warning. | ||||
2369 | bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2370 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
2371 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||
2372 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||
2373 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
2374 | if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, | ||||
2375 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||
2376 | return true; | ||||
2377 | |||||
2378 | // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
2379 | if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
2380 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2381 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2382 | return true; | ||||
2383 | } | ||||
2384 | |||||
2385 | // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*. | ||||
2386 | if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() && | ||||
2387 | ToType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2388 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2389 | return true; | ||||
2390 | } | ||||
2391 | // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block | ||||
2392 | // pointer type. | ||||
2393 | if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||
2394 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2395 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2396 | return true; | ||||
2397 | } | ||||
2398 | |||||
2399 | // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null | ||||
2400 | // pointer constant. | ||||
2401 | if (ToType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||
2402 | isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2403 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2404 | return true; | ||||
2405 | } | ||||
2406 | |||||
2407 | const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
2408 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||
2409 | return false; | ||||
2410 | |||||
2411 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1). | ||||
2412 | if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) { | ||||
2413 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2414 | return true; | ||||
2415 | } | ||||
2416 | |||||
2417 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers | ||||
2418 | // , including objective-c pointers. | ||||
2419 | QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2420 | if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() && | ||||
2421 | !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
2422 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType( | ||||
2423 | FromType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), ToPointeeType, ToType, | ||||
2424 | Context); | ||||
2425 | return true; | ||||
2426 | } | ||||
2427 | const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
2428 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||
2429 | return false; | ||||
2430 | |||||
2431 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2432 | |||||
2433 | // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a | ||||
2434 | // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below. | ||||
2435 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||
2436 | return false; | ||||
2437 | |||||
2438 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type, | ||||
2439 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++ | ||||
2440 | // 4.10p2). | ||||
2441 | if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() && | ||||
2442 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2443 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2444 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2445 | ToType, Context, | ||||
2446 | /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true); | ||||
2447 | return true; | ||||
2448 | } | ||||
2449 | |||||
2450 | // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion. | ||||
2451 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && | ||||
2452 | ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
2453 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2454 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2455 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2456 | return true; | ||||
2457 | } | ||||
2458 | |||||
2459 | // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer | ||||
2460 | // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types. | ||||
2461 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
2462 | Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
2463 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2464 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2465 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2466 | return true; | ||||
2467 | } | ||||
2468 | |||||
2469 | // C++ [conv.ptr]p3: | ||||
2470 | // | ||||
2471 | // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type, | ||||
2472 | // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where | ||||
2473 | // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible | ||||
2474 | // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that | ||||
2475 | // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the | ||||
2476 | // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the | ||||
2477 | // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to | ||||
2478 | // the null pointer value of the destination type. | ||||
2479 | // | ||||
2480 | // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility | ||||
2481 | // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion. | ||||
2482 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||
2483 | ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||
2484 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) && | ||||
2485 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
2486 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2487 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2488 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2489 | return true; | ||||
2490 | } | ||||
2491 | |||||
2492 | if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() && | ||||
2493 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
2494 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr, | ||||
2495 | ToPointeeType, | ||||
2496 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2497 | return true; | ||||
2498 | } | ||||
2499 | |||||
2500 | return false; | ||||
2501 | } | ||||
2502 | |||||
2503 | /// Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type. | ||||
2504 | static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){ | ||||
2505 | Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2506 | |||||
2507 | // Check whether qualifiers already match. | ||||
2508 | if (TQs == Qs) | ||||
2509 | return T; | ||||
2510 | |||||
2511 | if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs)) | ||||
2512 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs); | ||||
2513 | |||||
2514 | return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); | ||||
2515 | } | ||||
2516 | |||||
2517 | /// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an | ||||
2518 | /// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion, | ||||
2519 | /// with the same arguments and return values. | ||||
2520 | bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2521 | QualType& ConvertedType, | ||||
2522 | bool &IncompatibleObjC) { | ||||
2523 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
2524 | return false; | ||||
2525 | |||||
2526 | // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from. | ||||
2527 | Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2528 | |||||
2529 | // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types. | ||||
2530 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = | ||||
2531 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
2532 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr = | ||||
2533 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
2534 | |||||
2535 | if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) { | ||||
2536 | // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications), | ||||
2537 | // then this is not a pointer conversion. | ||||
2538 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2539 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||
2540 | return false; | ||||
2541 | |||||
2542 | // Conversion between Objective-C pointers. | ||||
2543 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) { | ||||
2544 | const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||
2545 | const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType(); | ||||
2546 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS && | ||||
2547 | !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||
2548 | FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType())) | ||||
2549 | return false; | ||||
2550 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||
2551 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2552 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2553 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2554 | return true; | ||||
2555 | } | ||||
2556 | |||||
2557 | if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) { | ||||
2558 | // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C | ||||
2559 | // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to | ||||
2560 | // complain about it. | ||||
2561 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||
2562 | ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr, | ||||
2563 | ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
2564 | ToType, Context); | ||||
2565 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2566 | return true; | ||||
2567 | } | ||||
2568 | } | ||||
2569 | // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers. | ||||
2570 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||
2571 | if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2572 | ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2573 | else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||
2574 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
2575 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object | ||||
2576 | // to a block pointer type. | ||||
2577 | if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||
2578 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2579 | return true; | ||||
2580 | } | ||||
2581 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2582 | } | ||||
2583 | else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() && | ||||
2584 | ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||
2585 | // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a | ||||
2586 | // pointer to any object. | ||||
2587 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2588 | return true; | ||||
2589 | } | ||||
2590 | else | ||||
2591 | return false; | ||||
2592 | |||||
2593 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||
2594 | if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2595 | FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2596 | else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||
2597 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||
2598 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2599 | else | ||||
2600 | return false; | ||||
2601 | |||||
2602 | // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this | ||||
2603 | // is an Objective-C conversion. | ||||
2604 | if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() && | ||||
2605 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||
2606 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2607 | // We always complain about this conversion. | ||||
2608 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||
2609 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||
2610 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2611 | return true; | ||||
2612 | } | ||||
2613 | // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one; | ||||
2614 | // as in I* to id. | ||||
2615 | if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||
2616 | ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||
2617 | isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType, | ||||
2618 | IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2619 | |||||
2620 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType); | ||||
2621 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2622 | return true; | ||||
2623 | } | ||||
2624 | |||||
2625 | // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only | ||||
2626 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||
2627 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but | ||||
2628 | // complain about it). | ||||
2629 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||
2630 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2631 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||
2632 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2633 | if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) { | ||||
2634 | // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an | ||||
2635 | // Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2636 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType) | ||||
2637 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType)) | ||||
2638 | return false; | ||||
2639 | |||||
2640 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||
2641 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||
2642 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||
2643 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() || | ||||
2644 | FromFunctionType->getMethodQuals() != ToFunctionType->getMethodQuals()) | ||||
2645 | return false; | ||||
2646 | |||||
2647 | bool HasObjCConversion = false; | ||||
2648 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) == | ||||
2649 | Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||
2650 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2651 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||
2652 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||
2653 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2654 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2655 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||
2656 | } else { | ||||
2657 | // Function types are too different. Abort. | ||||
2658 | return false; | ||||
2659 | } | ||||
2660 | |||||
2661 | // Check argument types. | ||||
2662 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||
2663 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
2664 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2665 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2666 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType) | ||||
2667 | == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) { | ||||
2668 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2669 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType, | ||||
2670 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2671 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2672 | HasObjCConversion = true; | ||||
2673 | } else { | ||||
2674 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||
2675 | return false; | ||||
2676 | } | ||||
2677 | } | ||||
2678 | |||||
2679 | if (HasObjCConversion) { | ||||
2680 | // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer | ||||
2681 | // conversion, but complain about it. | ||||
2682 | ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers); | ||||
2683 | IncompatibleObjC = true; | ||||
2684 | return true; | ||||
2685 | } | ||||
2686 | } | ||||
2687 | |||||
2688 | return false; | ||||
2689 | } | ||||
2690 | |||||
2691 | /// Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion, | ||||
2692 | /// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting. | ||||
2693 | /// | ||||
2694 | /// \param FromType The type we're converting form. | ||||
2695 | /// | ||||
2696 | /// \param ToType The type we're converting to. | ||||
2697 | /// | ||||
2698 | /// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying | ||||
2699 | /// this conversion. | ||||
2700 | bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2701 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||
2702 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || | ||||
2703 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) | ||||
2704 | return false; | ||||
2705 | |||||
2706 | // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers). | ||||
2707 | QualType ToPointee; | ||||
2708 | if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2709 | ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2710 | else | ||||
2711 | return false; | ||||
2712 | |||||
2713 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2714 | if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||
2715 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing || | ||||
2716 | !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty()) | ||||
2717 | return false; | ||||
2718 | |||||
2719 | // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak. | ||||
2720 | QualType FromPointee; | ||||
2721 | if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
2722 | FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2723 | else | ||||
2724 | return false; | ||||
2725 | |||||
2726 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
2727 | if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() || | ||||
2728 | (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && | ||||
2729 | FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)) | ||||
2730 | return false; | ||||
2731 | |||||
2732 | // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers. | ||||
2733 | FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing); | ||||
2734 | if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||
2735 | return false; | ||||
2736 | |||||
2737 | // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they | ||||
2738 | // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back | ||||
2739 | // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds. | ||||
2740 | FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2741 | |||||
2742 | // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible. | ||||
2743 | ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2744 | bool IncompatibleObjC; | ||||
2745 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee)) | ||||
2746 | FromPointee = ToPointee; | ||||
2747 | else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee, | ||||
2748 | IncompatibleObjC)) | ||||
2749 | return false; | ||||
2750 | |||||
2751 | /// Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to | ||||
2752 | /// __autoreleasing pointee. | ||||
2753 | FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals); | ||||
2754 | ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee); | ||||
2755 | return true; | ||||
2756 | } | ||||
2757 | |||||
2758 | bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
2759 | QualType& ConvertedType) { | ||||
2760 | QualType ToPointeeType; | ||||
2761 | if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = | ||||
2762 | ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||
2763 | ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2764 | else | ||||
2765 | return false; | ||||
2766 | |||||
2767 | QualType FromPointeeType; | ||||
2768 | if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = | ||||
2769 | FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) | ||||
2770 | FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2771 | else | ||||
2772 | return false; | ||||
2773 | // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only | ||||
2774 | // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C | ||||
2775 | // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion. | ||||
2776 | |||||
2777 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType | ||||
2778 | = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2779 | const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType | ||||
2780 | = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2781 | |||||
2782 | if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType) | ||||
2783 | return false; | ||||
2784 | |||||
2785 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) | ||||
2786 | return true; | ||||
2787 | |||||
2788 | // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these | ||||
2789 | // function types are obviously different. | ||||
2790 | if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() || | ||||
2791 | FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic()) | ||||
2792 | return false; | ||||
2793 | |||||
2794 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||
2795 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo(); | ||||
2796 | if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo) | ||||
2797 | return false; | ||||
2798 | |||||
2799 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
2800 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(), | ||||
2801 | ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) { | ||||
2802 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2803 | } else { | ||||
2804 | QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||
2805 | QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType(); | ||||
2806 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) && | ||||
2807 | !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()) | ||||
2808 | LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
2809 | |||||
2810 | if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) { | ||||
2811 | // OK exact match. | ||||
2812 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS, | ||||
2813 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2814 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||
2815 | return false; | ||||
2816 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2817 | } | ||||
2818 | else | ||||
2819 | return false; | ||||
2820 | } | ||||
2821 | |||||
2822 | // Check argument types. | ||||
2823 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); | ||||
2824 | ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
2825 | IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
2826 | QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2827 | QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
2828 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) { | ||||
2829 | // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do. | ||||
2830 | } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType, | ||||
2831 | ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) { | ||||
2832 | if (IncompatibleObjC) | ||||
2833 | return false; | ||||
2834 | // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion. | ||||
2835 | } else | ||||
2836 | // Argument types are too different. Abort. | ||||
2837 | return false; | ||||
2838 | } | ||||
2839 | |||||
2840 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 4> NewParamInfos; | ||||
2841 | bool CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT; | ||||
2842 | if (!Context.mergeExtParameterInfo(ToFunctionType, FromFunctionType, | ||||
2843 | CanUseToFPT, CanUseFromFPT, | ||||
2844 | NewParamInfos)) | ||||
2845 | return false; | ||||
2846 | |||||
2847 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
2848 | return true; | ||||
2849 | } | ||||
2850 | |||||
2851 | enum { | ||||
2852 | ft_default, | ||||
2853 | ft_different_class, | ||||
2854 | ft_parameter_arity, | ||||
2855 | ft_parameter_mismatch, | ||||
2856 | ft_return_type, | ||||
2857 | ft_qualifer_mismatch, | ||||
2858 | ft_noexcept | ||||
2859 | }; | ||||
2860 | |||||
2861 | /// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles | ||||
2862 | /// MemberFunctionPointers properly. | ||||
2863 | static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) { | ||||
2864 | if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
2865 | return FPT; | ||||
2866 | |||||
2867 | if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
2868 | return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
2869 | |||||
2870 | return nullptr; | ||||
2871 | } | ||||
2872 | |||||
2873 | /// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing | ||||
2874 | /// function types. Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in | ||||
2875 | /// parameter types, and different return types. | ||||
2876 | void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, | ||||
2877 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { | ||||
2878 | // If either type is not valid, include no extra info. | ||||
2879 | if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) { | ||||
2880 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2881 | return; | ||||
2882 | } | ||||
2883 | |||||
2884 | // Get the function type from the pointers. | ||||
2885 | if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
2886 | const auto *FromMember = FromType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(), | ||||
2887 | *ToMember = ToType->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
2888 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) { | ||||
2889 | PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0) | ||||
2890 | << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0); | ||||
2891 | return; | ||||
2892 | } | ||||
2893 | FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2894 | ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2895 | } | ||||
2896 | |||||
2897 | if (FromType->isPointerType()) | ||||
2898 | FromType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2899 | if (ToType->isPointerType()) | ||||
2900 | ToType = ToType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
2901 | |||||
2902 | // Remove references. | ||||
2903 | FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
2904 | ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
2905 | |||||
2906 | // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions. | ||||
2907 | if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() && | ||||
2908 | !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { | ||||
2909 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2910 | return; | ||||
2911 | } | ||||
2912 | |||||
2913 | // No extra info for same types. | ||||
2914 | if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
2915 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2916 | return; | ||||
2917 | } | ||||
2918 | |||||
2919 | const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType), | ||||
2920 | *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType); | ||||
2921 | |||||
2922 | // Both types need to be function types. | ||||
2923 | if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) { | ||||
2924 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2925 | return; | ||||
2926 | } | ||||
2927 | |||||
2928 | if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) { | ||||
2929 | PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams() | ||||
2930 | << FromFunction->getNumParams(); | ||||
2931 | return; | ||||
2932 | } | ||||
2933 | |||||
2934 | // Handle different parameter types. | ||||
2935 | unsigned ArgPos; | ||||
2936 | if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) { | ||||
2937 | PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1 | ||||
2938 | << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos) | ||||
2939 | << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos); | ||||
2940 | return; | ||||
2941 | } | ||||
2942 | |||||
2943 | // Handle different return type. | ||||
2944 | if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(), | ||||
2945 | ToFunction->getReturnType())) { | ||||
2946 | PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType() | ||||
2947 | << FromFunction->getReturnType(); | ||||
2948 | return; | ||||
2949 | } | ||||
2950 | |||||
2951 | if (FromFunction->getMethodQuals() != ToFunction->getMethodQuals()) { | ||||
2952 | PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToFunction->getMethodQuals() | ||||
2953 | << FromFunction->getMethodQuals(); | ||||
2954 | return; | ||||
2955 | } | ||||
2956 | |||||
2957 | // Handle exception specification differences on canonical type (in C++17 | ||||
2958 | // onwards). | ||||
2959 | if (cast<FunctionProtoType>(FromFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||
2960 | ->isNothrow() != | ||||
2961 | cast<FunctionProtoType>(ToFunction->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()) | ||||
2962 | ->isNothrow()) { | ||||
2963 | PDiag << ft_noexcept; | ||||
2964 | return; | ||||
2965 | } | ||||
2966 | |||||
2967 | // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info. | ||||
2968 | PDiag << ft_default; | ||||
2969 | } | ||||
2970 | |||||
2971 | /// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types | ||||
2972 | /// for equality of their parameter types. Caller has already checked that | ||||
2973 | /// they have same number of parameters. If the parameters are different, | ||||
2974 | /// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter. | ||||
2975 | /// If `Reversed` is true, the parameters of `NewType` will be compared in | ||||
2976 | /// reverse order. That's useful if one of the functions is being used as a C++20 | ||||
2977 | /// synthesized operator overload with a reversed parameter order. | ||||
2978 | bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, | ||||
2979 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, | ||||
2980 | unsigned *ArgPos, bool Reversed) { | ||||
2981 | assert(OldType->getNumParams() == NewType->getNumParams() &&(static_cast <bool> (OldType->getNumParams() == NewType ->getNumParams() && "Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of " "parameters!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OldType->getNumParams() == NewType->getNumParams() && \"Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of \" \"parameters!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2983, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2982 | "Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of "(static_cast <bool> (OldType->getNumParams() == NewType ->getNumParams() && "Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of " "parameters!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OldType->getNumParams() == NewType->getNumParams() && \"Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of \" \"parameters!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2983, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
2983 | "parameters!")(static_cast <bool> (OldType->getNumParams() == NewType ->getNumParams() && "Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of " "parameters!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OldType->getNumParams() == NewType->getNumParams() && \"Can't compare parameters of functions with different number of \" \"parameters!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 2983, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
2984 | for (size_t I = 0; I < OldType->getNumParams(); I++) { | ||||
2985 | // Reverse iterate over the parameters of `OldType` if `Reversed` is true. | ||||
2986 | size_t J = Reversed ? (OldType->getNumParams() - I - 1) : I; | ||||
2987 | |||||
2988 | // Ignore address spaces in pointee type. This is to disallow overloading | ||||
2989 | // on __ptr32/__ptr64 address spaces. | ||||
2990 | QualType Old = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(OldType->getParamType(I).getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
2991 | QualType New = Context.removePtrSizeAddrSpace(NewType->getParamType(J).getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
2992 | |||||
2993 | if (!Context.hasSameType(Old, New)) { | ||||
2994 | if (ArgPos) | ||||
2995 | *ArgPos = I; | ||||
2996 | return false; | ||||
2997 | } | ||||
2998 | } | ||||
2999 | return true; | ||||
3000 | } | ||||
3001 | |||||
3002 | /// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the | ||||
3003 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for | ||||
3004 | /// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer | ||||
3005 | /// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned | ||||
3006 | /// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an | ||||
3007 | /// error, or returns false otherwise. | ||||
3008 | bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3009 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||
3010 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, | ||||
3011 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, | ||||
3012 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||
3013 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
3014 | bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess; | ||||
3015 | |||||
3016 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
3017 | |||||
3018 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||
3019 | From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||
3020 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||
3021 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy)) | ||||
3022 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From, | ||||
3023 | PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer) | ||||
3024 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange()); | ||||
3025 | else if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
3026 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer) | ||||
3027 | << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3028 | } | ||||
3029 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
3030 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
3031 | QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(), | ||||
3032 | ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
3033 | |||||
3034 | if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() && | ||||
3035 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) { | ||||
3036 | // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an | ||||
3037 | // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion. | ||||
3038 | unsigned InaccessibleID = 0; | ||||
3039 | unsigned AmbiguousID = 0; | ||||
3040 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
3041 | InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base; | ||||
3042 | AmbiguousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv; | ||||
3043 | } | ||||
3044 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion( | ||||
3045 | FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbiguousID, | ||||
3046 | From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(), | ||||
3047 | &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess)) | ||||
3048 | return true; | ||||
3049 | |||||
3050 | // The conversion was successful. | ||||
3051 | Kind = CK_DerivedToBase; | ||||
3052 | } | ||||
3053 | |||||
3054 | if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && | ||||
3055 | FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) { | ||||
3056 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3057, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3057 | "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && \"this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3057, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3058 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj) | ||||
3059 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3060 | } | ||||
3061 | } | ||||
3062 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType = | ||||
3063 | ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
3064 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType = | ||||
3065 | FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
3066 | // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay. | ||||
3067 | // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the | ||||
3068 | // Objective-C++ implicit conversions. | ||||
3069 | if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType()) | ||||
3070 | return false; | ||||
3071 | } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
3072 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
3073 | } else { | ||||
3074 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
3075 | } | ||||
3076 | } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
3077 | if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
3078 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||
3079 | } | ||||
3080 | |||||
3081 | // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other | ||||
3082 | // reasons. | ||||
3083 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||
3084 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; | ||||
3085 | |||||
3086 | return false; | ||||
3087 | } | ||||
3088 | |||||
3089 | /// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the | ||||
3090 | /// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be | ||||
3091 | /// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11). | ||||
3092 | /// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from | ||||
3093 | /// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType. | ||||
3094 | bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, | ||||
3095 | QualType ToType, | ||||
3096 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
3097 | QualType &ConvertedType) { | ||||
3098 | const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3099 | if (!ToTypePtr) | ||||
3100 | return false; | ||||
3101 | |||||
3102 | // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1) | ||||
3103 | if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
3104 | InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull | ||||
3105 | : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
3106 | ConvertedType = ToType; | ||||
3107 | return true; | ||||
3108 | } | ||||
3109 | |||||
3110 | // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers. | ||||
3111 | const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3112 | if (!FromTypePtr) | ||||
3113 | return false; | ||||
3114 | |||||
3115 | // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D, | ||||
3116 | // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2). | ||||
3117 | QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3118 | QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3119 | |||||
3120 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) && | ||||
3121 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass)) { | ||||
3122 | ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(), | ||||
3123 | ToClass.getTypePtr()); | ||||
3124 | return true; | ||||
3125 | } | ||||
3126 | |||||
3127 | return false; | ||||
3128 | } | ||||
3129 | |||||
3130 | /// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the | ||||
3131 | /// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or | ||||
3132 | /// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions | ||||
3133 | /// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns | ||||
3134 | /// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false | ||||
3135 | /// otherwise. | ||||
3136 | bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3137 | CastKind &Kind, | ||||
3138 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, | ||||
3139 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess) { | ||||
3140 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
3141 | const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3142 | if (!FromPtrType) { | ||||
3143 | // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion | ||||
3144 | assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3145 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3146 | "Expr must be null pointer constant!")(static_cast <bool> (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context , Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && "Expr must be null pointer constant!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) && \"Expr must be null pointer constant!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3146, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3147 | Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer; | ||||
3148 | return false; | ||||
3149 | } | ||||
3150 | |||||
3151 | const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
3152 | assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "(static_cast <bool> (ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3153, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3153 | "that is not a member pointer.")(static_cast <bool> (ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type " "that is not a member pointer.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "ToPtrType && \"No member pointer cast has a target type \" \"that is not a member pointer.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3153, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3154 | |||||
3155 | QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3156 | QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0); | ||||
3157 | |||||
3158 | // FIXME: What about dependent types? | ||||
3159 | assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")(static_cast <bool> (FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3159, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3160 | assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.")(static_cast <bool> (ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ToClass->isRecordType() && \"Pointer into non-class.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3160, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3161 | |||||
3162 | CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, | ||||
3163 | /*DetectVirtual=*/true); | ||||
3164 | bool DerivationOkay = | ||||
3165 | IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths); | ||||
3166 | assert(DerivationOkay &&(static_cast <bool> (DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3167, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3167 | "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.")(static_cast <bool> (DerivationOkay && "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DerivationOkay && \"Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3167, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3168 | (void)DerivationOkay; | ||||
3169 | |||||
3170 | if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass). | ||||
3171 | getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||
3172 | std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths); | ||||
3173 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv) | ||||
3174 | << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3175 | return true; | ||||
3176 | } | ||||
3177 | |||||
3178 | if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||
3179 | Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual) | ||||
3180 | << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0) | ||||
3181 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3182 | return true; | ||||
3183 | } | ||||
3184 | |||||
3185 | if (!IgnoreBaseAccess) | ||||
3186 | CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass, | ||||
3187 | Paths.front(), | ||||
3188 | diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base); | ||||
3189 | |||||
3190 | // Must be a base to derived member conversion. | ||||
3191 | BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath); | ||||
3192 | Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer; | ||||
3193 | return false; | ||||
3194 | } | ||||
3195 | |||||
3196 | /// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given | ||||
3197 | /// qualifiers sets is nontrivial. | ||||
3198 | static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals, | ||||
3199 | Qualifiers ToQuals) { | ||||
3200 | // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial. | ||||
3201 | if (ToQuals.hasConst() && | ||||
3202 | ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) | ||||
3203 | return false; | ||||
3204 | |||||
3205 | return true; | ||||
3206 | } | ||||
3207 | |||||
3208 | /// Perform a single iteration of the loop for checking if a qualification | ||||
3209 | /// conversion is valid. | ||||
3210 | /// | ||||
3211 | /// Specifically, check whether any change between the qualifiers of \p | ||||
3212 | /// FromType and \p ToType is permissible, given knowledge about whether every | ||||
3213 | /// outer layer is const-qualified. | ||||
3214 | static bool isQualificationConversionStep(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
3215 | bool CStyle, bool IsTopLevel, | ||||
3216 | bool &PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||
3217 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||
3218 | Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
3219 | Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
3220 | |||||
3221 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier. | ||||
3222 | FromQuals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
3223 | |||||
3224 | // Objective-C ARC: | ||||
3225 | // Check Objective-C lifetime conversions. | ||||
3226 | if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
3227 | if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) { | ||||
3228 | if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals)) | ||||
3229 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = true; | ||||
3230 | FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
3231 | ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
3232 | } else { | ||||
3233 | // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different | ||||
3234 | // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers. | ||||
3235 | return false; | ||||
3236 | } | ||||
3237 | } | ||||
3238 | |||||
3239 | // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes. | ||||
3240 | if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() && | ||||
3241 | (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) { | ||||
3242 | FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
3243 | ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
3244 | } | ||||
3245 | |||||
3246 | // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv | ||||
3247 | // 2,j, and similarly for volatile. | ||||
3248 | if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals)) | ||||
3249 | return false; | ||||
3250 | |||||
3251 | // If address spaces mismatch: | ||||
3252 | // - in top level it is only valid to convert to addr space that is a | ||||
3253 | // superset in all cases apart from C-style casts where we allow | ||||
3254 | // conversions between overlapping address spaces. | ||||
3255 | // - in non-top levels it is not a valid conversion. | ||||
3256 | if (ToQuals.getAddressSpace() != FromQuals.getAddressSpace() && | ||||
3257 | (!IsTopLevel || | ||||
3258 | !(ToQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(FromQuals) || | ||||
3259 | (CStyle && FromQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(ToQuals))))) | ||||
3260 | return false; | ||||
3261 | |||||
3262 | // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in | ||||
3263 | // every cv for 0 < k < j. | ||||
3264 | if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers() && | ||||
3265 | !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||
3266 | return false; | ||||
3267 | |||||
3268 | // The following wording is from C++20, where the result of the conversion | ||||
3269 | // is T3, not T2. | ||||
3270 | // -- if [...] P1,i [...] is "array of unknown bound of", P3,i is | ||||
3271 | // "array of unknown bound of" | ||||
3272 | if (FromType->isIncompleteArrayType() && !ToType->isIncompleteArrayType()) | ||||
3273 | return false; | ||||
3274 | |||||
3275 | // -- if the resulting P3,i is different from P1,i [...], then const is | ||||
3276 | // added to every cv 3_k for 0 < k < i. | ||||
3277 | if (!CStyle && FromType->isConstantArrayType() && | ||||
3278 | ToType->isIncompleteArrayType() && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst) | ||||
3279 | return false; | ||||
3280 | |||||
3281 | // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type | ||||
3282 | // include const. | ||||
3283 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = | ||||
3284 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst(); | ||||
3285 | return true; | ||||
3286 | } | ||||
3287 | |||||
3288 | /// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from | ||||
3289 | /// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion | ||||
3290 | /// (C++ 4.4). | ||||
3291 | /// | ||||
3292 | /// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate | ||||
3293 | /// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C | ||||
3294 | /// object lifetime. | ||||
3295 | bool | ||||
3296 | Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, | ||||
3297 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) { | ||||
3298 | FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
3299 | ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType); | ||||
3300 | ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||
3301 | |||||
3302 | // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a | ||||
3303 | // qualification conversion. | ||||
3304 | if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType()) | ||||
3305 | return false; | ||||
3306 | |||||
3307 | // (C++ 4.4p4): | ||||
3308 | // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first | ||||
3309 | // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...] | ||||
3310 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||
3311 | bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false; | ||||
3312 | while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(FromType, ToType)) { | ||||
3313 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep( | ||||
3314 | FromType, ToType, CStyle, !UnwrappedAnyPointer, | ||||
3315 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
3316 | return false; | ||||
3317 | UnwrappedAnyPointer = true; | ||||
3318 | } | ||||
3319 | |||||
3320 | // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types | ||||
3321 | // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number | ||||
3322 | // of times. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and | ||||
3323 | // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked | ||||
3324 | // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion. | ||||
3325 | return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType); | ||||
3326 | } | ||||
3327 | |||||
3328 | /// - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an | ||||
3329 | /// atomic type. | ||||
3330 | /// | ||||
3331 | /// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion | ||||
3332 | /// sequence to finish the conversion. | ||||
3333 | static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3334 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
3335 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS, | ||||
3336 | bool CStyle) { | ||||
3337 | const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>(); | ||||
3338 | if (!ToAtomic) | ||||
3339 | return false; | ||||
3340 | |||||
3341 | StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS; | ||||
3342 | if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(), | ||||
3343 | InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS, | ||||
3344 | CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) | ||||
3345 | return false; | ||||
3346 | |||||
3347 | SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second; | ||||
3348 | SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1)); | ||||
3349 | SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third; | ||||
3350 | SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime | ||||
3351 | = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime; | ||||
3352 | SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2)); | ||||
3353 | return true; | ||||
3354 | } | ||||
3355 | |||||
3356 | static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3357 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, | ||||
3358 | QualType Type) { | ||||
3359 | const auto *CtorType = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
3360 | if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) { | ||||
3361 | QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0); | ||||
3362 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType())) | ||||
3363 | return true; | ||||
3364 | } | ||||
3365 | return false; | ||||
3366 | } | ||||
3367 | |||||
3368 | static OverloadingResult | ||||
3369 | IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3370 | CXXRecordDecl *To, | ||||
3371 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||
3372 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
3373 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
3374 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
3375 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) { | ||||
3376 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||
3377 | if (!Info) | ||||
3378 | continue; | ||||
3379 | |||||
3380 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||
3381 | S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor); | ||||
3382 | if (Usable) { | ||||
3383 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||
3384 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||
3385 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||
3386 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From, | ||||
3387 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3388 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||
3389 | AllowExplicit); | ||||
3390 | else | ||||
3391 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From, | ||||
3392 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3393 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, AllowExplicit); | ||||
3394 | } | ||||
3395 | } | ||||
3396 | |||||
3397 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
3398 | |||||
3399 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
3400 | switch (auto Result = | ||||
3401 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||
3402 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
3403 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
3404 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||
3405 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
3406 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||
3407 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||
3408 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3409 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
3410 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||
3411 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
3412 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3413 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||
3414 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
3415 | return Result; | ||||
3416 | } | ||||
3417 | |||||
3418 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
3419 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
3420 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
3421 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||
3422 | } | ||||
3423 | |||||
3424 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3424); | ||||
3425 | } | ||||
3426 | |||||
3427 | /// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence | ||||
3428 | /// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type | ||||
3429 | /// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the | ||||
3430 | /// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion | ||||
3431 | /// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns | ||||
3432 | /// false and User is unspecified. | ||||
3433 | /// | ||||
3434 | /// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x | ||||
3435 | /// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion | ||||
3436 | /// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2). | ||||
3437 | /// | ||||
3438 | /// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should | ||||
3439 | /// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit | ||||
3440 | /// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set. | ||||
3441 | static OverloadingResult | ||||
3442 | IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
3443 | UserDefinedConversionSequence &User, | ||||
3444 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
3445 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, | ||||
3446 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) { | ||||
3447 | assert(AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None ||(static_cast <bool> (AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit:: None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3448, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
3448 | !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)(static_cast <bool> (AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit:: None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3448, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
3449 | CandidateSet.clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
3450 | |||||
3451 | // Whether we will only visit constructors. | ||||
3452 | bool ConstructorsOnly = false; | ||||
3453 | |||||
3454 | // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its | ||||
3455 | // constructors. | ||||
3456 | if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3457 | // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1: | ||||
3458 | // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or | ||||
3459 | // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a | ||||
3460 | // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the | ||||
3461 | // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate | ||||
3462 | // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of | ||||
3463 | // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within | ||||
3464 | // the parentheses of the initializer. | ||||
3465 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) || | ||||
3466 | (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() && | ||||
3467 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), ToType))) | ||||
3468 | ConstructorsOnly = true; | ||||
3469 | |||||
3470 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) { | ||||
3471 | // We're not going to find any constructors. | ||||
3472 | } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl | ||||
3473 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||
3474 | |||||
3475 | Expr **Args = &From; | ||||
3476 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||
3477 | bool ListInitializing = false; | ||||
3478 | if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||
3479 | // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work. | ||||
3480 | OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion( | ||||
3481 | S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, | ||||
3482 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||
3483 | if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function) | ||||
3484 | return Result; | ||||
3485 | // Never mind. | ||||
3486 | CandidateSet.clear( | ||||
3487 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
3488 | |||||
3489 | // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as | ||||
3490 | // arguments, not the entire list. | ||||
3491 | Args = InitList->getInits(); | ||||
3492 | NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits(); | ||||
3493 | ListInitializing = true; | ||||
3494 | } | ||||
3495 | |||||
3496 | for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) { | ||||
3497 | auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D); | ||||
3498 | if (!Info) | ||||
3499 | continue; | ||||
3500 | |||||
3501 | bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||
3502 | if (!ListInitializing) | ||||
3503 | Usable = Usable && Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor( | ||||
3504 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
3505 | if (Usable) { | ||||
3506 | bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly; | ||||
3507 | // C++20 [over.best.ics.general]/4.5: | ||||
3508 | // if the target is the first parameter of a constructor [of class | ||||
3509 | // X] and the constructor [...] is a candidate by [...] the second | ||||
3510 | // phase of [over.match.list] when the initializer list has exactly | ||||
3511 | // one element that is itself an initializer list, [...] and the | ||||
3512 | // conversion is to X or reference to cv X, user-defined conversion | ||||
3513 | // sequences are not cnosidered. | ||||
3514 | if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) { | ||||
3515 | SuppressUserConversions = | ||||
3516 | NumArgs == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Args[0]) && | ||||
3517 | isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(S.Context, Info.Constructor, | ||||
3518 | ToType); | ||||
3519 | } | ||||
3520 | if (Info.ConstructorTmpl) | ||||
3521 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
3522 | Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||
3523 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||
3524 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3525 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||
3526 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||
3527 | else | ||||
3528 | // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a | ||||
3529 | // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc). | ||||
3530 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, | ||||
3531 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs), | ||||
3532 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
3533 | /*PartialOverloading*/ false, | ||||
3534 | AllowExplicit == AllowedExplicit::All); | ||||
3535 | } | ||||
3536 | } | ||||
3537 | } | ||||
3538 | } | ||||
3539 | |||||
3540 | // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to. | ||||
3541 | if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||
3542 | } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType())) { | ||||
3543 | // No conversion functions from incomplete types. | ||||
3544 | } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType = | ||||
3545 | From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
3546 | if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl | ||||
3547 | = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) { | ||||
3548 | // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates. | ||||
3549 | const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
3550 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
3551 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair(); | ||||
3552 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
3553 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
3554 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
3555 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
3556 | |||||
3557 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||
3558 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||
3559 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||
3560 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
3561 | else | ||||
3562 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
3563 | |||||
3564 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
3565 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
3566 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||
3567 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
3568 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||
3569 | else | ||||
3570 | S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, | ||||
3571 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
3572 | AllowExplicit != AllowedExplicit::None); | ||||
3573 | } | ||||
3574 | } | ||||
3575 | } | ||||
3576 | |||||
3577 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
3578 | |||||
3579 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
3580 | switch (auto Result = | ||||
3581 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getBeginLoc(), Best)) { | ||||
3582 | case OR_Success: | ||||
3583 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
3584 | // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function. | ||||
3585 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor | ||||
3586 | = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||
3587 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||
3588 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||
3589 | // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion | ||||
3590 | // sequence converts the source type to the type required by | ||||
3591 | // the argument of the constructor. | ||||
3592 | // | ||||
3593 | QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(); | ||||
3594 | if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) { | ||||
3595 | // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such. | ||||
3596 | User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3597 | } else { | ||||
3598 | if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis()) | ||||
3599 | User.EllipsisConversion = true; | ||||
3600 | else { | ||||
3601 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||
3602 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
3603 | } | ||||
3604 | } | ||||
3605 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
3606 | User.ConversionFunction = Constructor; | ||||
3607 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
3608 | User.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
3609 | User.After.setFromType(ThisType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); | ||||
3610 | User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
3611 | return Result; | ||||
3612 | } | ||||
3613 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion | ||||
3614 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) { | ||||
3615 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p1: | ||||
3616 | // | ||||
3617 | // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a | ||||
3618 | // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard | ||||
3619 | // conversion sequence converts the source type to the | ||||
3620 | // implicit object parameter of the conversion function. | ||||
3621 | User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||
3622 | User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
3623 | User.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||
3624 | User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
3625 | User.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
3626 | |||||
3627 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p2: | ||||
3628 | // The second standard conversion sequence converts the | ||||
3629 | // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type | ||||
3630 | // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
3631 | // is an initialization, the special rules for | ||||
3632 | // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when | ||||
3633 | // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a | ||||
3634 | // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and | ||||
3635 | // 13.3.3.1). | ||||
3636 | User.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||
3637 | return Result; | ||||
3638 | } | ||||
3639 | llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Not a constructor or conversion function?" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 3639); | ||||
3640 | |||||
3641 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
3642 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
3643 | |||||
3644 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
3645 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||
3646 | } | ||||
3647 | |||||
3648 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 3648); | ||||
3649 | } | ||||
3650 | |||||
3651 | bool | ||||
3652 | Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { | ||||
3653 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
3654 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(), | ||||
3655 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
3656 | OverloadingResult OvResult = | ||||
3657 | IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined, | ||||
3658 | CandidateSet, AllowedExplicit::None, false); | ||||
3659 | |||||
3660 | if (!(OvResult == OR_Ambiguous || | ||||
3661 | (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()))) | ||||
3662 | return false; | ||||
3663 | |||||
3664 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates( | ||||
3665 | *this, | ||||
3666 | OvResult == OR_Ambiguous ? OCD_AmbiguousCandidates : OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||
3667 | From); | ||||
3668 | if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous) | ||||
3669 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) | ||||
3670 | << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
3671 | else { // OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty() | ||||
3672 | if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ToType, | ||||
3673 | diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete, | ||||
3674 | From->getType(), From->getSourceRange())) | ||||
3675 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition) | ||||
3676 | << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType; | ||||
3677 | } | ||||
3678 | |||||
3679 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
3680 | *this, From, Cands); | ||||
3681 | return true; | ||||
3682 | } | ||||
3683 | |||||
3684 | // Helper for compareConversionFunctions that gets the FunctionType that the | ||||
3685 | // conversion-operator return value 'points' to, or nullptr. | ||||
3686 | static const FunctionType * | ||||
3687 | getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(CXXConversionDecl *Conv) { | ||||
3688 | const FunctionType *ConvFuncTy = Conv->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
3689 | const PointerType *RetPtrTy = | ||||
3690 | ConvFuncTy->getReturnType()->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
3691 | |||||
3692 | if (!RetPtrTy) | ||||
3693 | return nullptr; | ||||
3694 | |||||
3695 | return RetPtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
3696 | } | ||||
3697 | |||||
3698 | /// Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors | ||||
3699 | /// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering | ||||
3700 | /// is possible. | ||||
3701 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3702 | compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1, | ||||
3703 | FunctionDecl *Function2) { | ||||
3704 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1); | ||||
3705 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2); | ||||
3706 | if (!Conv1 || !Conv2) | ||||
3707 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3708 | |||||
3709 | if (!Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() || !Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) | ||||
3710 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3711 | |||||
3712 | // Objective-C++: | ||||
3713 | // If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from | ||||
3714 | // a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer, | ||||
3715 | // respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer, | ||||
3716 | // because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely | ||||
3717 | // to keep code working. | ||||
3718 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjC && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
3719 | bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||
3720 | bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType(); | ||||
3721 | if (Block1 != Block2) | ||||
3722 | return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
3723 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3724 | } | ||||
3725 | |||||
3726 | // In order to support multiple calling conventions for the lambda conversion | ||||
3727 | // operator (such as when the free and member function calling convention is | ||||
3728 | // different), prefer the 'free' mechanism, followed by the calling-convention | ||||
3729 | // of operator(). The latter is in place to support the MSVC-like solution of | ||||
3730 | // defining ALL of the possible conversions in regards to calling-convention. | ||||
3731 | const FunctionType *Conv1FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv1); | ||||
3732 | const FunctionType *Conv2FuncRet = getConversionOpReturnTyAsFunction(Conv2); | ||||
3733 | |||||
3734 | if (Conv1FuncRet && Conv2FuncRet && | ||||
3735 | Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv() != Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv()) { | ||||
3736 | CallingConv Conv1CC = Conv1FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||
3737 | CallingConv Conv2CC = Conv2FuncRet->getCallConv(); | ||||
3738 | |||||
3739 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = Conv2->getParent()->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||
3740 | const auto *CallOpProto = CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
3741 | |||||
3742 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||
3743 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
3744 | CallingConv DefaultFree = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||
3745 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/false); | ||||
3746 | CallingConv DefaultMember = S.Context.getDefaultCallingConvention( | ||||
3747 | CallOpProto->isVariadic(), /*IsCXXMethod=*/true); | ||||
3748 | |||||
3749 | CallingConv PrefOrder[] = {DefaultFree, DefaultMember, CallOpCC}; | ||||
3750 | for (CallingConv CC : PrefOrder) { | ||||
3751 | if (Conv1CC == CC) | ||||
3752 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3753 | if (Conv2CC == CC) | ||||
3754 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3755 | } | ||||
3756 | } | ||||
3757 | |||||
3758 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3759 | } | ||||
3760 | |||||
3761 | static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion( | ||||
3762 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||
3763 | return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) || | ||||
3764 | (ICS.isUserDefined() && | ||||
3765 | ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr); | ||||
3766 | } | ||||
3767 | |||||
3768 | /// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit | ||||
3769 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||
3770 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2). | ||||
3771 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3772 | CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
3773 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1, | ||||
3774 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2) | ||||
3775 | { | ||||
3776 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit | ||||
3777 | // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1) | ||||
3778 | // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better | ||||
3779 | // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or | ||||
3780 | // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and | ||||
3781 | // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better | ||||
3782 | // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence | ||||
3783 | // (13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
3784 | // | ||||
3785 | // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10: | ||||
3786 | // For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as | ||||
3787 | // described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is | ||||
3788 | // treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable | ||||
3789 | // from any other user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||
3790 | |||||
3791 | // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has | ||||
3792 | // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at | ||||
3793 | // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse | ||||
3794 | // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the | ||||
3795 | // standard. For example: | ||||
3796 | // | ||||
3797 | // int &f(...); // #1 | ||||
3798 | // void f(char*); // #2 | ||||
3799 | // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); } | ||||
3800 | // | ||||
3801 | // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function. | ||||
3802 | // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis | ||||
3803 | // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there | ||||
3804 | // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't | ||||
3805 | // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11. | ||||
3806 | // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued | ||||
3807 | // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11. | ||||
3808 | |||||
3809 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||
3810 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) != | ||||
3811 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2) && | ||||
3812 | // Ill-formedness must not differ | ||||
3813 | ICS1.isBad() == ICS2.isBad()) | ||||
3814 | return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) | ||||
3815 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
3816 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3817 | |||||
3818 | if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank()) | ||||
3819 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3820 | if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank()) | ||||
3821 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3822 | |||||
3823 | // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of | ||||
3824 | // the same kind. | ||||
3825 | if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind()) | ||||
3826 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3827 | |||||
3828 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||
3829 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3830 | |||||
3831 | // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are | ||||
3832 | // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the | ||||
3833 | // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||
3834 | |||||
3835 | // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||
3836 | // list-initialization sequence L2 if: | ||||
3837 | // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or, | ||||
3838 | // if not that, | ||||
3839 | // — L1 and L2 convert to arrays of the same element type, and either the | ||||
3840 | // number of elements n_1 initialized by L1 is less than the number of | ||||
3841 | // elements n_2 initialized by L2, or (C++20) n_1 = n_2 and L2 converts to | ||||
3842 | // an array of unknown bound and L1 does not, | ||||
3843 | // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply. | ||||
3844 | if (!ICS1.isBad()) { | ||||
3845 | bool StdInit1 = false, StdInit2 = false; | ||||
3846 | if (ICS1.hasInitializerListContainerType()) | ||||
3847 | StdInit1 = S.isStdInitializerList(ICS1.getInitializerListContainerType(), | ||||
3848 | nullptr); | ||||
3849 | if (ICS2.hasInitializerListContainerType()) | ||||
3850 | StdInit2 = S.isStdInitializerList(ICS2.getInitializerListContainerType(), | ||||
3851 | nullptr); | ||||
3852 | if (StdInit1 != StdInit2) | ||||
3853 | return StdInit1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3854 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3855 | |||||
3856 | if (ICS1.hasInitializerListContainerType() && | ||||
3857 | ICS2.hasInitializerListContainerType()) | ||||
3858 | if (auto *CAT1 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType( | ||||
3859 | ICS1.getInitializerListContainerType())) | ||||
3860 | if (auto *CAT2 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType( | ||||
3861 | ICS2.getInitializerListContainerType())) { | ||||
3862 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CAT1->getElementType(), | ||||
3863 | CAT2->getElementType())) { | ||||
3864 | // Both to arrays of the same element type | ||||
3865 | if (CAT1->getSize() != CAT2->getSize()) | ||||
3866 | // Different sized, the smaller wins | ||||
3867 | return CAT1->getSize().ult(CAT2->getSize()) | ||||
3868 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3869 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3870 | if (ICS1.isInitializerListOfIncompleteArray() != | ||||
3871 | ICS2.isInitializerListOfIncompleteArray()) | ||||
3872 | // One is incomplete, it loses | ||||
3873 | return ICS2.isInitializerListOfIncompleteArray() | ||||
3874 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3875 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3876 | } | ||||
3877 | } | ||||
3878 | } | ||||
3879 | |||||
3880 | if (ICS1.isStandard()) | ||||
3881 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than | ||||
3882 | // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...] | ||||
3883 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
3884 | ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard); | ||||
3885 | else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) { | ||||
3886 | // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion | ||||
3887 | // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if | ||||
3888 | // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or | ||||
3889 | // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||
3890 | // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of | ||||
3891 | // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||
3892 | if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction == | ||||
3893 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction) | ||||
3894 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
3895 | ICS1.UserDefined.After, | ||||
3896 | ICS2.UserDefined.After); | ||||
3897 | else | ||||
3898 | Result = compareConversionFunctions(S, | ||||
3899 | ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction, | ||||
3900 | ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||
3901 | } | ||||
3902 | |||||
3903 | return Result; | ||||
3904 | } | ||||
3905 | |||||
3906 | // Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to | ||||
3907 | // determine if one is a proper subset of the other. | ||||
3908 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
3909 | compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
3910 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
3911 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||
3912 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result | ||||
3913 | = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3914 | |||||
3915 | // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of | ||||
3916 | // any non-identity conversion sequence | ||||
3917 | if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||
3918 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3919 | else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion()) | ||||
3920 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3921 | |||||
3922 | if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) { | ||||
3923 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3924 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3925 | else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3926 | Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3927 | else | ||||
3928 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3929 | } else if (!Context.hasSimilarType(SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1))) | ||||
3930 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3931 | |||||
3932 | if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) { | ||||
3933 | return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result | ||||
3934 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3935 | } | ||||
3936 | |||||
3937 | if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3938 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
3939 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||
3940 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
3941 | |||||
3942 | if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity) | ||||
3943 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
3944 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable | ||||
3945 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
3946 | |||||
3947 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
3948 | } | ||||
3949 | |||||
3950 | /// Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better | ||||
3951 | /// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are. | ||||
3952 | static bool | ||||
3953 | isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1, | ||||
3954 | const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) { | ||||
3955 | // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||
3956 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an | ||||
3957 | // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared | ||||
3958 | // without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference | ||||
3959 | // to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an | ||||
3960 | // lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue | ||||
3961 | // reference*. | ||||
3962 | // | ||||
3963 | // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits, | ||||
3964 | // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the | ||||
3965 | // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward | ||||
3966 | // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions. | ||||
3967 | // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration. | ||||
3968 | if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier || | ||||
3969 | SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier) | ||||
3970 | return false; | ||||
3971 | |||||
3972 | return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue && | ||||
3973 | SCS2.IsLvalueReference) || | ||||
3974 | (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue && | ||||
3975 | !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue); | ||||
3976 | } | ||||
3977 | |||||
3978 | enum class FixedEnumPromotion { | ||||
3979 | None, | ||||
3980 | ToUnderlyingType, | ||||
3981 | ToPromotedUnderlyingType | ||||
3982 | }; | ||||
3983 | |||||
3984 | /// Returns kind of fixed enum promotion the \a SCS uses. | ||||
3985 | static FixedEnumPromotion | ||||
3986 | getFixedEnumPromtion(Sema &S, const StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||
3987 | |||||
3988 | if (SCS.Second != ICK_Integral_Promotion) | ||||
3989 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||
3990 | |||||
3991 | QualType FromType = SCS.getFromType(); | ||||
3992 | if (!FromType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
3993 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||
3994 | |||||
3995 | EnumDecl *Enum = FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl(); | ||||
3996 | if (!Enum->isFixed()) | ||||
3997 | return FixedEnumPromotion::None; | ||||
3998 | |||||
3999 | QualType UnderlyingType = Enum->getIntegerType(); | ||||
4000 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(SCS.getToType(1), UnderlyingType)) | ||||
4001 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType; | ||||
4002 | |||||
4003 | return FixedEnumPromotion::ToPromotedUnderlyingType; | ||||
4004 | } | ||||
4005 | |||||
4006 | /// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard | ||||
4007 | /// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the | ||||
4008 | /// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3). | ||||
4009 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
4010 | CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
4011 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
4012 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) | ||||
4013 | { | ||||
4014 | // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence | ||||
4015 | // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3): | ||||
4016 | |||||
4017 | // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion | ||||
4018 | // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1, | ||||
4019 | // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion | ||||
4020 | // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any | ||||
4021 | // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that, | ||||
4022 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK | ||||
4023 | = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4024 | return CK; | ||||
4025 | |||||
4026 | // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules | ||||
4027 | // defined below), or, if not that, | ||||
4028 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank(); | ||||
4029 | ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank(); | ||||
4030 | if (Rank1 < Rank2) | ||||
4031 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4032 | else if (Rank2 < Rank1) | ||||
4033 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4034 | |||||
4035 | // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank | ||||
4036 | // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules | ||||
4037 | // applies: | ||||
4038 | |||||
4039 | // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or | ||||
4040 | // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion | ||||
4041 | // that is such a conversion. | ||||
4042 | if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()) | ||||
4043 | return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool() | ||||
4044 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4045 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4046 | |||||
4047 | // C++14 [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||
4048 | // This is retroactively applied to C++11 by CWG 1601. | ||||
4049 | // | ||||
4050 | // A conversion that promotes an enumeration whose underlying type is fixed | ||||
4051 | // to its underlying type is better than one that promotes to the promoted | ||||
4052 | // underlying type, if the two are different. | ||||
4053 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP1 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS1); | ||||
4054 | FixedEnumPromotion FEP2 = getFixedEnumPromtion(S, SCS2); | ||||
4055 | if (FEP1 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && FEP2 != FixedEnumPromotion::None && | ||||
4056 | FEP1 != FEP2) | ||||
4057 | return FEP1 == FixedEnumPromotion::ToUnderlyingType | ||||
4058 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4059 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4060 | |||||
4061 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2: | ||||
4062 | // | ||||
4063 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A, | ||||
4064 | // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to | ||||
4065 | // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion | ||||
4066 | // of B* to void*. | ||||
4067 | bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid | ||||
4068 | = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||
4069 | bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid | ||||
4070 | = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context); | ||||
4071 | if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||
4072 | // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to | ||||
4073 | // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion. | ||||
4074 | return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4075 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4076 | } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) { | ||||
4077 | // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare | ||||
4078 | // their derived-to-base conversions. | ||||
4079 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK | ||||
4080 | = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4081 | return DerivedCK; | ||||
4082 | } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid && | ||||
4083 | !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) { | ||||
4084 | // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void | ||||
4085 | // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an | ||||
4086 | // inheritance relationship in their sources. | ||||
4087 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||
4088 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||
4089 | |||||
4090 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||
4091 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||
4092 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4093 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||
4094 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4095 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||
4096 | |||||
4097 | QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4098 | QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4099 | |||||
4100 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||
4101 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4102 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||
4103 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4104 | |||||
4105 | // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the | ||||
4106 | // other, it is the better one. | ||||
4107 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1 | ||||
4108 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4109 | const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2 | ||||
4110 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4111 | if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) { | ||||
4112 | bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1, | ||||
4113 | FromObjCPtr2); | ||||
4114 | bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2, | ||||
4115 | FromObjCPtr1); | ||||
4116 | if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) { | ||||
4117 | return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4118 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4119 | } | ||||
4120 | } | ||||
4121 | } | ||||
4122 | |||||
4123 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||
4124 | // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings. | ||||
4125 | if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4126 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4127 | else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1)) | ||||
4128 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4129 | } | ||||
4130 | |||||
4131 | // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3, | ||||
4132 | // bullet 3). | ||||
4133 | if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK | ||||
4134 | = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2)) | ||||
4135 | return QualCK; | ||||
4136 | |||||
4137 | if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) { | ||||
4138 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4: | ||||
4139 | // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to | ||||
4140 | // which the references refer are the same type except for | ||||
4141 | // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference | ||||
4142 | // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type | ||||
4143 | // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers. | ||||
4144 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||
4145 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||
4146 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||
4147 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||
4148 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||
4149 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||
4150 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||
4151 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||
4152 | // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different | ||||
4153 | // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime. | ||||
4154 | if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding != | ||||
4155 | SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) { | ||||
4156 | return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding | ||||
4157 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
4158 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4159 | } | ||||
4160 | |||||
4161 | // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the | ||||
4162 | // type for comparison. | ||||
4163 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals) | ||||
4164 | T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals); | ||||
4165 | if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals) | ||||
4166 | T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals); | ||||
4167 | if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) | ||||
4168 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4169 | if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) | ||||
4170 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4171 | } | ||||
4172 | } | ||||
4173 | |||||
4174 | // In Microsoft mode (below 19.28), prefer an integral conversion to a | ||||
4175 | // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion | ||||
4176 | // is between types of the same size. | ||||
4177 | // For example: | ||||
4178 | // void f(float); | ||||
4179 | // void f(int); | ||||
4180 | // int main { | ||||
4181 | // long a; | ||||
4182 | // f(a); | ||||
4183 | // } | ||||
4184 | // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error | ||||
4185 | // as clang will do in standard mode. | ||||
4186 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||
4187 | !S.getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2019_8) && | ||||
4188 | SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion && | ||||
4189 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral && | ||||
4190 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) == | ||||
4191 | S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2))) | ||||
4192 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4193 | |||||
4194 | // Prefer a compatible vector conversion over a lax vector conversion | ||||
4195 | // For example: | ||||
4196 | // | ||||
4197 | // typedef float __v4sf __attribute__((__vector_size__(16))); | ||||
4198 | // void f(vector float); | ||||
4199 | // void f(vector signed int); | ||||
4200 | // int main() { | ||||
4201 | // __v4sf a; | ||||
4202 | // f(a); | ||||
4203 | // } | ||||
4204 | // Here, we'd like to choose f(vector float) and not | ||||
4205 | // report an ambiguous call error | ||||
4206 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion && | ||||
4207 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||
4208 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||
4209 | SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||
4210 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion = S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes( | ||||
4211 | SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||
4212 | |||||
4213 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion != SCS2IsCompatibleVectorConversion) | ||||
4214 | return SCS1IsCompatibleVectorConversion | ||||
4215 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4216 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4217 | } | ||||
4218 | |||||
4219 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion && | ||||
4220 | SCS2.Second == ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion) { | ||||
4221 | bool SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||
4222 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS1.getToType(2)); | ||||
4223 | bool SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion = | ||||
4224 | S.Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(SCS2.getFromType(), SCS2.getToType(2)); | ||||
4225 | |||||
4226 | if (SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion != | ||||
4227 | SCS2IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion) | ||||
4228 | return SCS1IsCompatibleSVEVectorConversion | ||||
4229 | ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4230 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4231 | } | ||||
4232 | |||||
4233 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4234 | } | ||||
4235 | |||||
4236 | /// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||
4237 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||
4238 | /// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3). | ||||
4239 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
4240 | CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S, | ||||
4241 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
4242 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||
4243 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3: | ||||
4244 | // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and | ||||
4245 | // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, [...] | ||||
4246 | // [C++98] | ||||
4247 | // [...] and the cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset | ||||
4248 | // of the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the | ||||
4249 | // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2). | ||||
4250 | // [C++2a] | ||||
4251 | // [...] where T1 can be converted to T2 by a qualification conversion. | ||||
4252 | if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second || | ||||
4253 | SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification) | ||||
4254 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4255 | |||||
4256 | // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification | ||||
4257 | // conversion (!) | ||||
4258 | QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2); | ||||
4259 | QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2); | ||||
4260 | T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1); | ||||
4261 | T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2); | ||||
4262 | assert(!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType())(static_cast <bool> (!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1->isReferenceType() && !T2->isReferenceType()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4262, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4263 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||
4264 | QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||
4265 | QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||
4266 | |||||
4267 | // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapping | ||||
4268 | // them. | ||||
4269 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) | ||||
4270 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4271 | |||||
4272 | // Don't ever prefer a standard conversion sequence that uses the deprecated | ||||
4273 | // string literal array to pointer conversion. | ||||
4274 | bool CanPick1 = !SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr; | ||||
4275 | bool CanPick2 = !SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr; | ||||
4276 | |||||
4277 | // Objective-C++ ARC: | ||||
4278 | // Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime | ||||
4279 | // to qualification conversions that do change lifetime. | ||||
4280 | if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime && | ||||
4281 | !SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) | ||||
4282 | CanPick1 = false; | ||||
4283 | if (SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime && | ||||
4284 | !SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) | ||||
4285 | CanPick2 = false; | ||||
4286 | |||||
4287 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
4288 | if (CanPick1 && | ||||
4289 | !S.IsQualificationConversion(T1, T2, false, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
4290 | CanPick1 = false; | ||||
4291 | // FIXME: In Objective-C ARC, we can have qualification conversions in both | ||||
4292 | // directions, so we can't short-cut this second check in general. | ||||
4293 | if (CanPick2 && | ||||
4294 | !S.IsQualificationConversion(T2, T1, false, ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
4295 | CanPick2 = false; | ||||
4296 | |||||
4297 | if (CanPick1 != CanPick2) | ||||
4298 | return CanPick1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4299 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4300 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4301 | } | ||||
4302 | |||||
4303 | /// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion | ||||
4304 | /// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their | ||||
4305 | /// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++ | ||||
4306 | /// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at | ||||
4307 | /// conversions between Objective-C interface types. | ||||
4308 | static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind | ||||
4309 | CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
4310 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1, | ||||
4311 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) { | ||||
4312 | QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType(); | ||||
4313 | QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1); | ||||
4314 | QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType(); | ||||
4315 | QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1); | ||||
4316 | |||||
4317 | // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer | ||||
4318 | // conversion, if we need to. | ||||
4319 | if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4320 | FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1); | ||||
4321 | if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer) | ||||
4322 | FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2); | ||||
4323 | |||||
4324 | // Canonicalize all of the types. | ||||
4325 | FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1); | ||||
4326 | ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1); | ||||
4327 | FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2); | ||||
4328 | ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2); | ||||
4329 | |||||
4330 | // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3: | ||||
4331 | // | ||||
4332 | // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and | ||||
4333 | // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B, | ||||
4334 | // | ||||
4335 | // Compare based on pointer conversions. | ||||
4336 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||
4337 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||
4338 | /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/ | ||||
4339 | FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() && | ||||
4340 | ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) { | ||||
4341 | QualType FromPointee1 = | ||||
4342 | FromType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4343 | QualType ToPointee1 = | ||||
4344 | ToType1->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4345 | QualType FromPointee2 = | ||||
4346 | FromType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4347 | QualType ToPointee2 = | ||||
4348 | ToType2->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4349 | |||||
4350 | // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||
4351 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||
4352 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||
4353 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4354 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||
4355 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4356 | } | ||||
4357 | |||||
4358 | // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*, | ||||
4359 | if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) { | ||||
4360 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||
4361 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4362 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||
4363 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4364 | } | ||||
4365 | } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && | ||||
4366 | SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||
4367 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1 | ||||
4368 | = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4369 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2 | ||||
4370 | = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4371 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1 | ||||
4372 | = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4373 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2 | ||||
4374 | = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
4375 | |||||
4376 | if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) { | ||||
4377 | // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types | ||||
4378 | // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the | ||||
4379 | // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of | ||||
4380 | // Objective-C pointer types. | ||||
4381 | bool FromAssignLeft | ||||
4382 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2); | ||||
4383 | bool FromAssignRight | ||||
4384 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1); | ||||
4385 | bool ToAssignLeft | ||||
4386 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2); | ||||
4387 | bool ToAssignRight | ||||
4388 | = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1); | ||||
4389 | |||||
4390 | // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id' | ||||
4391 | // type is better than a conversion to 'id'. | ||||
4392 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
4393 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4394 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4395 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
4396 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4397 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4398 | |||||
4399 | // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a | ||||
4400 | // conversion to a qualified 'id' type | ||||
4401 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4402 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4403 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4404 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4405 | |||||
4406 | // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class' | ||||
4407 | // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'. | ||||
4408 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
4409 | (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4410 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4411 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
4412 | (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())) | ||||
4413 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4414 | |||||
4415 | // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a | ||||
4416 | // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type. | ||||
4417 | if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4418 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4419 | if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
4420 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4421 | |||||
4422 | // -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||
4423 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||
4424 | !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
4425 | (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight)) { | ||||
4426 | if (FromPtr1->isSpecialized()) { | ||||
4427 | // "conversion of B<A> * to B * is better than conversion of B * to | ||||
4428 | // C *. | ||||
4429 | bool IsFirstSame = | ||||
4430 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
4431 | bool IsSecondSame = | ||||
4432 | FromPtr1->getInterfaceDecl() == ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
4433 | if (IsFirstSame) { | ||||
4434 | if (!IsSecondSame) | ||||
4435 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4436 | } else if (IsSecondSame) | ||||
4437 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4438 | } | ||||
4439 | return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse | ||||
4440 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4441 | } | ||||
4442 | |||||
4443 | // -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*," | ||||
4444 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) && | ||||
4445 | (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight)) | ||||
4446 | return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better | ||||
4447 | : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4448 | } | ||||
4449 | } | ||||
4450 | |||||
4451 | // Ranking of member-pointer types. | ||||
4452 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && | ||||
4453 | FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||
4454 | ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
4455 | const auto *FromMemPointer1 = FromType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4456 | const auto *ToMemPointer1 = ToType1->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4457 | const auto *FromMemPointer2 = FromType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4458 | const auto *ToMemPointer2 = ToType2->castAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
4459 | const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||
4460 | const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass(); | ||||
4461 | const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||
4462 | const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass(); | ||||
4463 | QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4464 | QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4465 | QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4466 | QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
4467 | // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*, | ||||
4468 | if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) { | ||||
4469 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2)) | ||||
4470 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4471 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1)) | ||||
4472 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4473 | } | ||||
4474 | // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::* | ||||
4475 | if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) { | ||||
4476 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2)) | ||||
4477 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4478 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1)) | ||||
4479 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4480 | } | ||||
4481 | } | ||||
4482 | |||||
4483 | if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||
4484 | // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A, | ||||
4485 | // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type | ||||
4486 | // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||
4487 | // reference of type A&, | ||||
4488 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||
4489 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||
4490 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2)) | ||||
4491 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4492 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1)) | ||||
4493 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4494 | } | ||||
4495 | |||||
4496 | // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A. | ||||
4497 | // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type | ||||
4498 | // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a | ||||
4499 | // reference of type A&, | ||||
4500 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) && | ||||
4501 | S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) { | ||||
4502 | if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1)) | ||||
4503 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
4504 | else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2)) | ||||
4505 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse; | ||||
4506 | } | ||||
4507 | } | ||||
4508 | |||||
4509 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable; | ||||
4510 | } | ||||
4511 | |||||
4512 | /// Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid | ||||
4513 | /// C++ class. | ||||
4514 | static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) { | ||||
4515 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||
4516 | return !Record->isInvalidDecl(); | ||||
4517 | |||||
4518 | return true; | ||||
4519 | } | ||||
4520 | |||||
4521 | static QualType withoutUnaligned(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||
4522 | if (!T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned()) | ||||
4523 | return T; | ||||
4524 | |||||
4525 | Qualifiers Q; | ||||
4526 | T = Ctx.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Q); | ||||
4527 | Q.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
4528 | return Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Q); | ||||
4529 | } | ||||
4530 | |||||
4531 | /// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to | ||||
4532 | /// determine whether they are reference-compatible, | ||||
4533 | /// reference-related, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by | ||||
4534 | /// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference | ||||
4535 | /// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference | ||||
4536 | /// type being initialized. | ||||
4537 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult | ||||
4538 | Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
4539 | QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2, | ||||
4540 | ReferenceConversions *ConvOut) { | ||||
4541 | assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4542, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
4542 | "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type")(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigT1->isReferenceType() && \"T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4542, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4543 | assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type")(static_cast <bool> (!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ( "!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && \"T2 cannot be a reference type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4543, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4544 | |||||
4545 | QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1); | ||||
4546 | QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2); | ||||
4547 | Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals; | ||||
4548 | QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals); | ||||
4549 | QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals); | ||||
4550 | |||||
4551 | ReferenceConversions ConvTmp; | ||||
4552 | ReferenceConversions &Conv = ConvOut ? *ConvOut : ConvTmp; | ||||
4553 | Conv = ReferenceConversions(); | ||||
4554 | |||||
4555 | // C++2a [dcl.init.ref]p4: | ||||
4556 | // Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is | ||||
4557 | // reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is similar to T2, or | ||||
4558 | // T1 is a base class of T2. | ||||
4559 | // "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if | ||||
4560 | // a prvalue of type "pointer to cv2 T2" can be converted to the type | ||||
4561 | // "pointer to cv1 T1" via a standard conversion sequence. | ||||
4562 | |||||
4563 | // Check for standard conversions we can apply to pointers: derived-to-base | ||||
4564 | // conversions, ObjC pointer conversions, and function pointer conversions. | ||||
4565 | // (Qualification conversions are checked last.) | ||||
4566 | QualType ConvertedT2; | ||||
4567 | if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) { | ||||
4568 | // Nothing to do. | ||||
4569 | } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) && | ||||
4570 | isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) && | ||||
4571 | IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1)) | ||||
4572 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase; | ||||
4573 | else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||
4574 | UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() && | ||||
4575 | Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2)) | ||||
4576 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjC; | ||||
4577 | else if (UnqualT2->isFunctionType() && | ||||
4578 | IsFunctionConversion(UnqualT2, UnqualT1, ConvertedT2)) { | ||||
4579 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Function; | ||||
4580 | // No need to check qualifiers; function types don't have them. | ||||
4581 | return Ref_Compatible; | ||||
4582 | } | ||||
4583 | bool ConvertedReferent = Conv != 0; | ||||
4584 | |||||
4585 | // We can have a qualification conversion. Compute whether the types are | ||||
4586 | // similar at the same time. | ||||
4587 | bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true; | ||||
4588 | bool TopLevel = true; | ||||
4589 | do { | ||||
4590 | if (T1 == T2) | ||||
4591 | break; | ||||
4592 | |||||
4593 | // We will need a qualification conversion. | ||||
4594 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::Qualification; | ||||
4595 | |||||
4596 | // Track whether we performed a qualification conversion anywhere other | ||||
4597 | // than the top level. This matters for ranking reference bindings in | ||||
4598 | // overload resolution. | ||||
4599 | if (!TopLevel) | ||||
4600 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification; | ||||
4601 | |||||
4602 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||
4603 | T1 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T1); | ||||
4604 | T2 = withoutUnaligned(Context, T2); | ||||
4605 | |||||
4606 | // If we find a qualifier mismatch, the types are not reference-compatible, | ||||
4607 | // but are still be reference-related if they're similar. | ||||
4608 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false; | ||||
4609 | if (!isQualificationConversionStep(T2, T1, /*CStyle=*/false, TopLevel, | ||||
4610 | PreviousToQualsIncludeConst, | ||||
4611 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
4612 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSimilarType(T1, T2)) | ||||
4613 | ? Ref_Related | ||||
4614 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||
4615 | |||||
4616 | // FIXME: Should we track this for any level other than the first? | ||||
4617 | if (ObjCLifetimeConversion) | ||||
4618 | Conv |= ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime; | ||||
4619 | |||||
4620 | TopLevel = false; | ||||
4621 | } while (Context.UnwrapSimilarTypes(T1, T2)); | ||||
4622 | |||||
4623 | // At this point, if the types are reference-related, we must either have the | ||||
4624 | // same inner type (ignoring qualifiers), or must have already worked out how | ||||
4625 | // to convert the referent. | ||||
4626 | return (ConvertedReferent || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||
4627 | ? Ref_Compatible | ||||
4628 | : Ref_Incompatible; | ||||
4629 | } | ||||
4630 | |||||
4631 | /// Look for a user-defined conversion to a value reference-compatible | ||||
4632 | /// with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found. | ||||
4633 | static bool | ||||
4634 | FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, | ||||
4635 | QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||
4636 | Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues, | ||||
4637 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
4638 | assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.")(static_cast <bool> (T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T2->isRecordType() && \"Can only find conversions of record types.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4638, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4639 | auto *T2RecordDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||
4640 | |||||
4641 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||
4642 | DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion); | ||||
4643 | const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
4644 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
4645 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||
4646 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
4647 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
4648 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
4649 | |||||
4650 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate | ||||
4651 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
4652 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||
4653 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
4654 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
4655 | else | ||||
4656 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
4657 | |||||
4658 | if (AllowRvalues) { | ||||
4659 | // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion | ||||
4660 | // functions that return lvalues. | ||||
4661 | if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) { | ||||
4662 | const ReferenceType *RefType | ||||
4663 | = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||
4664 | if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
4665 | continue; | ||||
4666 | } | ||||
4667 | |||||
4668 | if (!ConvTemplate && | ||||
4669 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship( | ||||
4670 | DeclLoc, | ||||
4671 | Conv->getConversionType() | ||||
4672 | .getNonReferenceType() | ||||
4673 | .getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
4674 | DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType()) == | ||||
4675 | Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||
4676 | continue; | ||||
4677 | } else { | ||||
4678 | // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type, | ||||
4679 | // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference | ||||
4680 | // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type. | ||||
4681 | |||||
4682 | const ReferenceType *RefType = | ||||
4683 | Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>(); | ||||
4684 | if (!RefType || | ||||
4685 | (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() && | ||||
4686 | !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())) | ||||
4687 | continue; | ||||
4688 | } | ||||
4689 | |||||
4690 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
4691 | S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
4692 | ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||
4693 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||
4694 | else | ||||
4695 | S.AddConversionCandidate( | ||||
4696 | Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init, DeclType, CandidateSet, | ||||
4697 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, AllowExplicit); | ||||
4698 | } | ||||
4699 | |||||
4700 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
4701 | |||||
4702 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
4703 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best)) { | ||||
4704 | case OR_Success: | ||||
4705 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||
4706 | // | ||||
4707 | // [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of | ||||
4708 | // applying a conversion function to the argument | ||||
4709 | // expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||
4710 | // user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the | ||||
4711 | // second standard conversion sequence either an identity | ||||
4712 | // conversion or, if the conversion function returns an | ||||
4713 | // entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter | ||||
4714 | // type, a derived-to-base Conversion. | ||||
4715 | if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding) | ||||
4716 | return false; | ||||
4717 | |||||
4718 | ICS.setUserDefined(); | ||||
4719 | ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard; | ||||
4720 | ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion; | ||||
4721 | ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates; | ||||
4722 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function; | ||||
4723 | ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
4724 | ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
4725 | assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
4726 | ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
4727 | "Expected a direct reference binding!")(static_cast <bool> (ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && "Expected a direct reference binding!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding && ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding && \"Expected a direct reference binding!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4727, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4728 | return true; | ||||
4729 | |||||
4730 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
4731 | ICS.setAmbiguous(); | ||||
4732 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(); | ||||
4733 | Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) | ||||
4734 | if (Cand->Best) | ||||
4735 | ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function); | ||||
4736 | return true; | ||||
4737 | |||||
4738 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
4739 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
4740 | // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted | ||||
4741 | // conversion; continue with other checks. | ||||
4742 | return false; | ||||
4743 | } | ||||
4744 | |||||
4745 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid OverloadResult!", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 4745); | ||||
4746 | } | ||||
4747 | |||||
4748 | /// Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference | ||||
4749 | /// initialization. | ||||
4750 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
4751 | TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType, | ||||
4752 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, | ||||
4753 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
4754 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
4755 | assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference")(static_cast <bool> (DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DeclType->isReferenceType() && \"Reference init needs a reference\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 4755, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
4756 | |||||
4757 | // Most paths end in a failed conversion. | ||||
4758 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
4759 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4760 | |||||
4761 | QualType T1 = DeclType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
4762 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||
4763 | |||||
4764 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||
4765 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||
4766 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||
4767 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
4768 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||
4769 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType, | ||||
4770 | false, Found)) | ||||
4771 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||
4772 | } | ||||
4773 | |||||
4774 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||
4775 | bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||
4776 | Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context); | ||||
4777 | |||||
4778 | Sema::ReferenceConversions RefConv; | ||||
4779 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||
4780 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, &RefConv); | ||||
4781 | |||||
4782 | auto SetAsReferenceBinding = [&](bool BindsDirectly) { | ||||
4783 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
4784 | ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity; | ||||
4785 | // FIXME: A reference binding can be a function conversion too. We should | ||||
4786 | // consider that when ordering reference-to-function bindings. | ||||
4787 | ICS.Standard.Second = (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::DerivedToBase) | ||||
4788 | ? ICK_Derived_To_Base | ||||
4789 | : (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjC) | ||||
4790 | ? ICK_Compatible_Conversion | ||||
4791 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||
4792 | // FIXME: As a speculative fix to a defect introduced by CWG2352, we rank | ||||
4793 | // a reference binding that performs a non-top-level qualification | ||||
4794 | // conversion as a qualification conversion, not as an identity conversion. | ||||
4795 | ICS.Standard.Third = (RefConv & | ||||
4796 | Sema::ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification) | ||||
4797 | ? ICK_Qualification | ||||
4798 | : ICK_Identity; | ||||
4799 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(T2); | ||||
4800 | ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2); | ||||
4801 | ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1); | ||||
4802 | ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1); | ||||
4803 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
4804 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = BindsDirectly; | ||||
4805 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||
4806 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType(); | ||||
4807 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue(); | ||||
4808 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
4809 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = | ||||
4810 | (RefConv & Sema::ReferenceConversions::ObjCLifetime) != 0; | ||||
4811 | ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr; | ||||
4812 | ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false; | ||||
4813 | }; | ||||
4814 | |||||
4815 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||
4816 | // A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression | ||||
4817 | // of type "cv2 T2" as follows: | ||||
4818 | |||||
4819 | // -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression | ||||
4820 | if (!isRValRef) { | ||||
4821 | // -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is | ||||
4822 | // reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or | ||||
4823 | // | ||||
4824 | // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here. | ||||
4825 | if (InitCategory.isLValue() && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible) { | ||||
4826 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1: | ||||
4827 | // When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3) | ||||
4828 | // to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence | ||||
4829 | // is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression | ||||
4830 | // has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type, | ||||
4831 | // in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a | ||||
4832 | // derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1). | ||||
4833 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/true); | ||||
4834 | |||||
4835 | // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for | ||||
4836 | // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're | ||||
4837 | // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++ | ||||
4838 | // [over.best.ics]p2). | ||||
4839 | return ICS; | ||||
4840 | } | ||||
4841 | |||||
4842 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is | ||||
4843 | // not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly | ||||
4844 | // converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1" | ||||
4845 | // is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this | ||||
4846 | // conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable | ||||
4847 | // conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best | ||||
4848 | // one through overload resolution (13.3)), | ||||
4849 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() && | ||||
4850 | S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||
4851 | RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) { | ||||
4852 | if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||
4853 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false, | ||||
4854 | AllowExplicit)) | ||||
4855 | return ICS; | ||||
4856 | } | ||||
4857 | } | ||||
4858 | |||||
4859 | // -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a | ||||
4860 | // non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference | ||||
4861 | // shall be an rvalue reference. | ||||
4862 | if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||
4863 | if (InitCategory.isRValue() && RefRelationship != Sema::Ref_Incompatible) | ||||
4864 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4865 | return ICS; | ||||
4866 | } | ||||
4867 | |||||
4868 | // -- If the initializer expression | ||||
4869 | // | ||||
4870 | // -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function | ||||
4871 | // lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or | ||||
4872 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Compatible && | ||||
4873 | (InitCategory.isXValue() || | ||||
4874 | (InitCategory.isPRValue() && | ||||
4875 | (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) || | ||||
4876 | (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) { | ||||
4877 | // In C++11, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct | ||||
4878 | // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue. | ||||
4879 | // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we | ||||
4880 | // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of | ||||
4881 | // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here. | ||||
4882 | SetAsReferenceBinding(/*BindsDirectly=*/S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || | ||||
4883 | !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType())); | ||||
4884 | return ICS; | ||||
4885 | } | ||||
4886 | |||||
4887 | // -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not | ||||
4888 | // reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to | ||||
4889 | // an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type | ||||
4890 | // "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with | ||||
4891 | // "cv3 T3", | ||||
4892 | // | ||||
4893 | // then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer | ||||
4894 | // expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion | ||||
4895 | // in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base | ||||
4896 | // class subobject). | ||||
4897 | if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||
4898 | T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) && | ||||
4899 | FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc, | ||||
4900 | Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true, | ||||
4901 | AllowExplicit)) { | ||||
4902 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference | ||||
4903 | // and the second standard conversion sequence of the | ||||
4904 | // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||
4905 | // conversion, the program is ill-formed. | ||||
4906 | if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef && | ||||
4907 | ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) | ||||
4908 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4909 | |||||
4910 | return ICS; | ||||
4911 | } | ||||
4912 | |||||
4913 | // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try. | ||||
4914 | if (T1->isFunctionType()) | ||||
4915 | return ICS; | ||||
4916 | |||||
4917 | // -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and | ||||
4918 | // initialized from the initializer expression using the | ||||
4919 | // rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The | ||||
4920 | // reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is | ||||
4921 | // reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same | ||||
4922 | // cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than, | ||||
4923 | // cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed. | ||||
4924 | if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||
4925 | // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then | ||||
4926 | // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with | ||||
4927 | // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference | ||||
4928 | // initialization fails. | ||||
4929 | // | ||||
4930 | // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here. | ||||
4931 | // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important. | ||||
4932 | Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers(); | ||||
4933 | Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers(); | ||||
4934 | T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
4935 | T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
4936 | T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
4937 | T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
4938 | // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same. | ||||
4939 | T1Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
4940 | T2Quals.removeUnaligned(); | ||||
4941 | if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals)) | ||||
4942 | return ICS; | ||||
4943 | } | ||||
4944 | |||||
4945 | // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not | ||||
4946 | // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the | ||||
4947 | // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking | ||||
4948 | // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to | ||||
4949 | // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor. | ||||
4950 | if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible && | ||||
4951 | (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType())) | ||||
4952 | return ICS; | ||||
4953 | |||||
4954 | // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue | ||||
4955 | // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue. | ||||
4956 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related && isRValRef && | ||||
4957 | Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue()) { | ||||
4958 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, Init, DeclType); | ||||
4959 | return ICS; | ||||
4960 | } | ||||
4961 | |||||
4962 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2: | ||||
4963 | // When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to | ||||
4964 | // an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one | ||||
4965 | // required to convert the argument expression to the | ||||
4966 | // underlying type of the reference according to | ||||
4967 | // 13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds | ||||
4968 | // to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with | ||||
4969 | // the argument expression. Any difference in top-level | ||||
4970 | // cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself | ||||
4971 | // and does not constitute a conversion. | ||||
4972 | ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
4973 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
4974 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
4975 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
4976 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
4977 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
4978 | |||||
4979 | // Of course, that's still a reference binding. | ||||
4980 | if (ICS.isStandard()) { | ||||
4981 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
4982 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||
4983 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
4984 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||
4985 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
4986 | ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
4987 | } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) { | ||||
4988 | const ReferenceType *LValRefType = | ||||
4989 | ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType() | ||||
4990 | ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>(); | ||||
4991 | |||||
4992 | // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3: | ||||
4993 | // Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a | ||||
4994 | // standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...] | ||||
4995 | // binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function | ||||
4996 | // lvalue. | ||||
4997 | // Note that the function case is not possible here. | ||||
4998 | if (isRValRef && LValRefType) { | ||||
4999 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType); | ||||
5000 | return ICS; | ||||
5001 | } | ||||
5002 | |||||
5003 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
5004 | ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef; | ||||
5005 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
5006 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType; | ||||
5007 | ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
5008 | ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
5009 | } | ||||
5010 | |||||
5011 | return ICS; | ||||
5012 | } | ||||
5013 | |||||
5014 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5015 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
5016 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5017 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5018 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5019 | bool AllowExplicit = false); | ||||
5020 | |||||
5021 | /// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the | ||||
5022 | /// initializer list From. | ||||
5023 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5024 | TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
5025 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5026 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5027 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) { | ||||
5028 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1: | ||||
5029 | // When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and | ||||
5030 | // special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type. | ||||
5031 | |||||
5032 | ImplicitConversionSequence Result; | ||||
5033 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType); | ||||
5034 | |||||
5035 | // We need a complete type for what follows. With one C++20 exception, | ||||
5036 | // incomplete types can never be initialized from init lists. | ||||
5037 | QualType InitTy = ToType; | ||||
5038 | const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType); | ||||
5039 | if (AT && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||
5040 | if (const auto *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) | ||||
5041 | // C++20 allows list initialization of an incomplete array type. | ||||
5042 | InitTy = IAT->getElementType(); | ||||
5043 | if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), InitTy)) | ||||
5044 | return Result; | ||||
5045 | |||||
5046 | // Per DR1467: | ||||
5047 | // If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single | ||||
5048 | // element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the | ||||
5049 | // implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element | ||||
5050 | // to the parameter type. | ||||
5051 | // | ||||
5052 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ] | ||||
5053 | // and the initializer list has a single element that is an | ||||
5054 | // appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the | ||||
5055 | // implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||
5056 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||
5057 | if (ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||
5058 | QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType(); | ||||
5059 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) || | ||||
5060 | S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getBeginLoc(), InitType, ToType)) | ||||
5061 | return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||
5062 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5063 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5064 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5065 | } | ||||
5066 | |||||
5067 | if (AT && S.IsStringInit(From->getInit(0), AT)) { | ||||
5068 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||
5069 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||
5070 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||
5071 | if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) { | ||||
5072 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||
5073 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5074 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5075 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5076 | return Result; | ||||
5077 | } | ||||
5078 | } | ||||
5079 | } | ||||
5080 | |||||
5081 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below). | ||||
5082 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2: | ||||
5083 | // If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and | ||||
5084 | // all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit | ||||
5085 | // conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an | ||||
5086 | // element of the list to X. | ||||
5087 | // | ||||
5088 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||
5089 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer | ||||
5090 | // list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is | ||||
5091 | // default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list | ||||
5092 | // can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is | ||||
5093 | // the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X. | ||||
5094 | if (AT || S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &InitTy)) { | ||||
5095 | unsigned e = From->getNumInits(); | ||||
5096 | ImplicitConversionSequence DfltElt; | ||||
5097 | DfltElt.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, QualType(), | ||||
5098 | QualType()); | ||||
5099 | QualType ContTy = ToType; | ||||
5100 | bool IsUnbounded = false; | ||||
5101 | if (AT) { | ||||
5102 | InitTy = AT->getElementType(); | ||||
5103 | if (ConstantArrayType const *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { | ||||
5104 | if (CT->getSize().ult(e)) { | ||||
5105 | // Too many inits, fatally bad | ||||
5106 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::too_many_initializers, From, | ||||
5107 | ToType); | ||||
5108 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); | ||||
5109 | return Result; | ||||
5110 | } | ||||
5111 | if (CT->getSize().ugt(e)) { | ||||
5112 | // Need an init from empty {}, is there one? | ||||
5113 | InitListExpr EmptyList(S.Context, From->getEndLoc(), None, | ||||
5114 | From->getEndLoc()); | ||||
5115 | EmptyList.setType(S.Context.VoidTy); | ||||
5116 | DfltElt = TryListConversion( | ||||
5117 | S, &EmptyList, InitTy, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5118 | InOverloadResolution, AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5119 | if (DfltElt.isBad()) { | ||||
5120 | // No {} init, fatally bad | ||||
5121 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers, From, | ||||
5122 | ToType); | ||||
5123 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); | ||||
5124 | return Result; | ||||
5125 | } | ||||
5126 | } | ||||
5127 | } else { | ||||
5128 | assert(isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && "Expected incomplete array")(static_cast <bool> (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && "Expected incomplete array") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && \"Expected incomplete array\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5128, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5129 | IsUnbounded = true; | ||||
5130 | if (!e) { | ||||
5131 | // Cannot convert to zero-sized. | ||||
5132 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers, From, | ||||
5133 | ToType); | ||||
5134 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); | ||||
5135 | return Result; | ||||
5136 | } | ||||
5137 | llvm::APInt Size(S.Context.getTypeSize(S.Context.getSizeType()), e); | ||||
5138 | ContTy = S.Context.getConstantArrayType(InitTy, Size, nullptr, | ||||
5139 | ArrayType::Normal, 0); | ||||
5140 | } | ||||
5141 | } | ||||
5142 | |||||
5143 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||
5144 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5145 | Result.Standard.setFromType(InitTy); | ||||
5146 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(InitTy); | ||||
5147 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < e; ++i) { | ||||
5148 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(i); | ||||
5149 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryCopyInitialization( | ||||
5150 | S, Init, InitTy, SuppressUserConversions, InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5151 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5152 | |||||
5153 | // Keep the worse conversion seen so far. | ||||
5154 | // FIXME: Sequences are not totally ordered, so 'worse' can be | ||||
5155 | // ambiguous. CWG has been informed. | ||||
5156 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, From->getBeginLoc(), ICS, | ||||
5157 | Result) == | ||||
5158 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) { | ||||
5159 | Result = ICS; | ||||
5160 | // Bail as soon as we find something unconvertible. | ||||
5161 | if (Result.isBad()) { | ||||
5162 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); | ||||
5163 | return Result; | ||||
5164 | } | ||||
5165 | } | ||||
5166 | } | ||||
5167 | |||||
5168 | // If we needed any implicit {} initialization, compare that now. | ||||
5169 | // over.ics.list/6 indicates we should compare that conversion. Again CWG | ||||
5170 | // has been informed that this might not be the best thing. | ||||
5171 | if (!DfltElt.isBad() && CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||
5172 | S, From->getEndLoc(), DfltElt, Result) == | ||||
5173 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse) | ||||
5174 | Result = DfltElt; | ||||
5175 | // Record the type being initialized so that we may compare sequences | ||||
5176 | Result.setInitializerListContainerType(ContTy, IsUnbounded); | ||||
5177 | return Result; | ||||
5178 | } | ||||
5179 | |||||
5180 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||
5181 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3: | ||||
5182 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload | ||||
5183 | // resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit | ||||
5184 | // conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple | ||||
5185 | // constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the | ||||
5186 | // implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||
5187 | if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||
5188 | // This function can deal with initializer lists. | ||||
5189 | return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5190 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
5191 | InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5192 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5193 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5194 | } | ||||
5195 | |||||
5196 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||
5197 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4: | ||||
5198 | // Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be | ||||
5199 | // initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion | ||||
5200 | // sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. | ||||
5201 | if (ToType->isAggregateType()) { | ||||
5202 | // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes | ||||
5203 | // down to checking whether the initialization works. | ||||
5204 | // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not. | ||||
5205 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||
5206 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType, | ||||
5207 | /*Consumed=*/false); | ||||
5208 | if (S.CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution(Entity, | ||||
5209 | From)) { | ||||
5210 | Result.setUserDefined(); | ||||
5211 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5212 | // Initializer lists don't have a type. | ||||
5213 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType()); | ||||
5214 | Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType()); | ||||
5215 | |||||
5216 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5217 | Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5218 | Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5219 | Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr; | ||||
5220 | } | ||||
5221 | return Result; | ||||
5222 | } | ||||
5223 | |||||
5224 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||
5225 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5: | ||||
5226 | // Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4. | ||||
5227 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
5228 | // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't | ||||
5229 | // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list- | ||||
5230 | // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that. | ||||
5231 | |||||
5232 | QualType T1 = ToType->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5233 | |||||
5234 | // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related | ||||
5235 | // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that. | ||||
5236 | if (From->getNumInits() == 1) { | ||||
5237 | Expr *Init = From->getInit(0); | ||||
5238 | |||||
5239 | QualType T2 = Init->getType(); | ||||
5240 | |||||
5241 | // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try | ||||
5242 | // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the | ||||
5243 | // type of the resulting function. | ||||
5244 | if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
5245 | DeclAccessPair Found; | ||||
5246 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||
5247 | Init, ToType, false, Found)) | ||||
5248 | T2 = Fn->getType(); | ||||
5249 | } | ||||
5250 | |||||
5251 | // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer. | ||||
5252 | Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship = | ||||
5253 | S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getBeginLoc(), T1, T2); | ||||
5254 | |||||
5255 | if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) { | ||||
5256 | return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5257 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5258 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5259 | } | ||||
5260 | } | ||||
5261 | |||||
5262 | // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the | ||||
5263 | // initializer list. | ||||
5264 | Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5265 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5266 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5267 | if (Result.isFailure()) | ||||
5268 | return Result; | ||||
5269 | assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5270, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
5270 | "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.")(static_cast <bool> (!Result.isEllipsis() && "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Result.isEllipsis() && \"Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5270, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5271 | |||||
5272 | // Can we even bind to a temporary? | ||||
5273 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() || | ||||
5274 | (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) { | ||||
5275 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard : | ||||
5276 | Result.UserDefined.After; | ||||
5277 | SCS.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
5278 | SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType(); | ||||
5279 | SCS.BindsToRvalue = true; | ||||
5280 | SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
5281 | SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false; | ||||
5282 | SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false; | ||||
5283 | } else | ||||
5284 | Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, | ||||
5285 | From, ToType); | ||||
5286 | return Result; | ||||
5287 | } | ||||
5288 | |||||
5289 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||
5290 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6: | ||||
5291 | // Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class: | ||||
5292 | if (!ToType->isRecordType()) { | ||||
5293 | // - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an | ||||
5294 | // initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one | ||||
5295 | // required to convert the element to the parameter type. | ||||
5296 | unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits(); | ||||
5297 | if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0))) | ||||
5298 | Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType, | ||||
5299 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5300 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5301 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5302 | // - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion | ||||
5303 | // sequence is the identity conversion. | ||||
5304 | else if (NumInits == 0) { | ||||
5305 | Result.setStandard(); | ||||
5306 | Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5307 | Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType); | ||||
5308 | Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
5309 | } | ||||
5310 | return Result; | ||||
5311 | } | ||||
5312 | |||||
5313 | // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8: | ||||
5314 | // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7: | ||||
5315 | // In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible | ||||
5316 | return Result; | ||||
5317 | } | ||||
5318 | |||||
5319 | /// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type | ||||
5320 | /// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion | ||||
5321 | /// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad | ||||
5322 | /// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to | ||||
5323 | /// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we | ||||
5324 | /// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. | ||||
5325 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5326 | TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
5327 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5328 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5329 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5330 | bool AllowExplicit) { | ||||
5331 | if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) | ||||
5332 | return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5333 | InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion); | ||||
5334 | |||||
5335 | if (ToType->isReferenceType()) | ||||
5336 | return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType, | ||||
5337 | /*FIXME:*/ From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5338 | SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit); | ||||
5339 | |||||
5340 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType, | ||||
5341 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
5342 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
5343 | InOverloadResolution, | ||||
5344 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5345 | AllowObjCWritebackConversion, | ||||
5346 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5347 | } | ||||
5348 | |||||
5349 | static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy, | ||||
5350 | const CanQualType ToQTy, | ||||
5351 | Sema &S, | ||||
5352 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
5353 | ExprValueKind FromVK) { | ||||
5354 | OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK); | ||||
5355 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5356 | TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false); | ||||
5357 | |||||
5358 | return !ICS.isBad(); | ||||
5359 | } | ||||
5360 | |||||
5361 | /// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object | ||||
5362 | /// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the | ||||
5363 | /// expression @p From. | ||||
5364 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5365 | TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType, | ||||
5366 | Expr::Classification FromClassification, | ||||
5367 | CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
5368 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) { | ||||
5369 | QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext); | ||||
5370 | // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or | ||||
5371 | // const volatile object. | ||||
5372 | Qualifiers Quals = Method->getMethodQualifiers(); | ||||
5373 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||
5374 | Quals.addConst(); | ||||
5375 | Quals.addVolatile(); | ||||
5376 | } | ||||
5377 | |||||
5378 | QualType ImplicitParamType = S.Context.getQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals); | ||||
5379 | |||||
5380 | // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us | ||||
5381 | // to exit early. | ||||
5382 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS; | ||||
5383 | |||||
5384 | // We need to have an object of class type. | ||||
5385 | if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
5386 | FromType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5387 | |||||
5388 | // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||
5389 | // better have an lvalue. | ||||
5390 | assert(FromClassification.isLValue())(static_cast <bool> (FromClassification.isLValue()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromClassification.isLValue()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5390, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5391 | } | ||||
5392 | |||||
5393 | assert(FromType->isRecordType())(static_cast <bool> (FromType->isRecordType()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromType->isRecordType()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5393, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
5394 | |||||
5395 | // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||
5396 | // For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object | ||||
5397 | // parameter is | ||||
5398 | // | ||||
5399 | // - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a | ||||
5400 | // ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier | ||||
5401 | // - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the && | ||||
5402 | // ref-qualifier | ||||
5403 | // | ||||
5404 | // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the | ||||
5405 | // cv-qualification on the member function declaration. | ||||
5406 | // | ||||
5407 | // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we | ||||
5408 | // are not allowed to perform user-defined conversions | ||||
5409 | // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of | ||||
5410 | // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to | ||||
5411 | // non-constant references. | ||||
5412 | |||||
5413 | // First check the qualifiers. | ||||
5414 | QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType); | ||||
5415 | if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() | ||||
5416 | != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() && | ||||
5417 | !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) { | ||||
5418 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||
5419 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5420 | return ICS; | ||||
5421 | } | ||||
5422 | |||||
5423 | if (FromTypeCanon.hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||
5424 | Qualifiers QualsImplicitParamType = ImplicitParamType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5425 | Qualifiers QualsFromType = FromTypeCanon.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5426 | if (!QualsImplicitParamType.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(QualsFromType)) { | ||||
5427 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers, | ||||
5428 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5429 | return ICS; | ||||
5430 | } | ||||
5431 | } | ||||
5432 | |||||
5433 | // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It | ||||
5434 | // affects the conversion rank. | ||||
5435 | QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType); | ||||
5436 | ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind; | ||||
5437 | if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) { | ||||
5438 | SecondKind = ICK_Identity; | ||||
5439 | } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType)) | ||||
5440 | SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base; | ||||
5441 | else { | ||||
5442 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class, | ||||
5443 | FromType, ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5444 | return ICS; | ||||
5445 | } | ||||
5446 | |||||
5447 | // Check the ref-qualifier. | ||||
5448 | switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) { | ||||
5449 | case RQ_None: | ||||
5450 | // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness. | ||||
5451 | break; | ||||
5452 | |||||
5453 | case RQ_LValue: | ||||
5454 | if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && !Quals.hasOnlyConst()) { | ||||
5455 | // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue | ||||
5456 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType, | ||||
5457 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5458 | return ICS; | ||||
5459 | } | ||||
5460 | break; | ||||
5461 | |||||
5462 | case RQ_RValue: | ||||
5463 | if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) { | ||||
5464 | // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue | ||||
5465 | ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType, | ||||
5466 | ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5467 | return ICS; | ||||
5468 | } | ||||
5469 | break; | ||||
5470 | } | ||||
5471 | |||||
5472 | // Success. Mark this as a reference binding. | ||||
5473 | ICS.setStandard(); | ||||
5474 | ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
5475 | ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind; | ||||
5476 | ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType); | ||||
5477 | ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType); | ||||
5478 | ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true; | ||||
5479 | ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true; | ||||
5480 | ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue; | ||||
5481 | ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false; | ||||
5482 | ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue(); | ||||
5483 | ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier | ||||
5484 | = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None); | ||||
5485 | return ICS; | ||||
5486 | } | ||||
5487 | |||||
5488 | /// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of | ||||
5489 | /// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given | ||||
5490 | /// expression. | ||||
5491 | ExprResult | ||||
5492 | Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, | ||||
5493 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||
5494 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||
5495 | CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | ||||
5496 | QualType FromRecordType, DestType; | ||||
5497 | QualType ImplicitParamRecordType = | ||||
5498 | Method->getThisType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5499 | |||||
5500 | Expr::Classification FromClassification; | ||||
5501 | if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
5502 | FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5503 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||
5504 | FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||
5505 | } else { | ||||
5506 | FromRecordType = From->getType(); | ||||
5507 | DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType; | ||||
5508 | FromClassification = From->Classify(Context); | ||||
5509 | |||||
5510 | // When performing member access on a prvalue, materialize a temporary. | ||||
5511 | if (From->isPRValue()) { | ||||
5512 | From = CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(FromRecordType, From, | ||||
5513 | Method->getRefQualifier() != | ||||
5514 | RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue); | ||||
5515 | } | ||||
5516 | } | ||||
5517 | |||||
5518 | // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing | ||||
5519 | // the actual argument initialization. | ||||
5520 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
5521 | *this, From->getBeginLoc(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method, | ||||
5522 | Method->getParent()); | ||||
5523 | if (ICS.isBad()) { | ||||
5524 | switch (ICS.Bad.Kind) { | ||||
5525 | case BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers: { | ||||
5526 | Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5527 | Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
5528 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
5529 | if (CVR) { | ||||
5530 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr) | ||||
5531 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1) | ||||
5532 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5533 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
5534 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
5535 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5536 | } | ||||
5537 | break; | ||||
5538 | } | ||||
5539 | |||||
5540 | case BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue: | ||||
5541 | case BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue: { | ||||
5542 | bool IsRValueQualified = | ||||
5543 | Method->getRefQualifier() == RefQualifierKind::RQ_RValue; | ||||
5544 | Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_ref) | ||||
5545 | << Method->getDeclName() << FromClassification.isRValue() | ||||
5546 | << IsRValueQualified; | ||||
5547 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
5548 | << Method->getDeclName(); | ||||
5549 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5550 | } | ||||
5551 | |||||
5552 | case BadConversionSequence::no_conversion: | ||||
5553 | case BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class: | ||||
5554 | break; | ||||
5555 | |||||
5556 | case BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers: | ||||
5557 | case BadConversionSequence::too_many_initializers: | ||||
5558 | llvm_unreachable("Lists are not objects")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Lists are not objects", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5558); | ||||
5559 | } | ||||
5560 | |||||
5561 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_member_function_call_bad_type) | ||||
5562 | << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType | ||||
5563 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5564 | } | ||||
5565 | |||||
5566 | if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { | ||||
5567 | ExprResult FromRes = | ||||
5568 | PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
5569 | if (FromRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
5570 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5571 | From = FromRes.get(); | ||||
5572 | } | ||||
5573 | |||||
5574 | if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType)) { | ||||
5575 | CastKind CK; | ||||
5576 | QualType PteeTy = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
5577 | LangAS DestAS = | ||||
5578 | PteeTy.isNull() ? DestType.getAddressSpace() : PteeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
5579 | if (FromRecordType.getAddressSpace() != DestAS) | ||||
5580 | CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||
5581 | else | ||||
5582 | CK = CK_NoOp; | ||||
5583 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK, From->getValueKind()).get(); | ||||
5584 | } | ||||
5585 | return From; | ||||
5586 | } | ||||
5587 | |||||
5588 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the | ||||
5589 | /// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||
5590 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5591 | TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||
5592 | // C++ [dcl.init]/17.8: | ||||
5593 | // - Otherwise, if the initialization is direct-initialization, the source | ||||
5594 | // type is std::nullptr_t, and the destination type is bool, the initial | ||||
5595 | // value of the object being initialized is false. | ||||
5596 | if (From->getType()->isNullPtrType()) | ||||
5597 | return ImplicitConversionSequence::getNullptrToBool(From->getType(), | ||||
5598 | S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||
5599 | From->isGLValue()); | ||||
5600 | |||||
5601 | // All other direct-initialization of bool is equivalent to an implicit | ||||
5602 | // conversion to bool in which explicit conversions are permitted. | ||||
5603 | return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy, | ||||
5604 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5605 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||
5606 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
5607 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5608 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
5609 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5610 | } | ||||
5611 | |||||
5612 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion | ||||
5613 | /// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3). | ||||
5614 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) { | ||||
5615 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||
5616 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5617 | |||||
5618 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From); | ||||
5619 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||
5620 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||
5621 | |||||
5622 | if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy)) | ||||
5623 | return Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition) | ||||
5624 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5625 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5626 | } | ||||
5627 | |||||
5628 | /// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant | ||||
5629 | /// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion | ||||
5630 | /// is acceptable. | ||||
5631 | static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S, | ||||
5632 | StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||
5633 | // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration | ||||
5634 | // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third | ||||
5635 | // conversions are fine. | ||||
5636 | switch (SCS.Second) { | ||||
5637 | case ICK_Identity: | ||||
5638 | case ICK_Integral_Promotion: | ||||
5639 | case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere. | ||||
5640 | case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: | ||||
5641 | return true; | ||||
5642 | |||||
5643 | case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: | ||||
5644 | // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is | ||||
5645 | // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral | ||||
5646 | // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression. | ||||
5647 | // | ||||
5648 | // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks | ||||
5649 | // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this | ||||
5650 | // (non-conforming) extension. | ||||
5651 | return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && | ||||
5652 | SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType(); | ||||
5653 | |||||
5654 | case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||
5655 | case ICK_Pointer_Member: | ||||
5656 | // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are | ||||
5657 | // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t. | ||||
5658 | return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType(); | ||||
5659 | |||||
5660 | case ICK_Floating_Promotion: | ||||
5661 | case ICK_Complex_Promotion: | ||||
5662 | case ICK_Floating_Conversion: | ||||
5663 | case ICK_Complex_Conversion: | ||||
5664 | case ICK_Floating_Integral: | ||||
5665 | case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: | ||||
5666 | case ICK_Derived_To_Base: | ||||
5667 | case ICK_Vector_Conversion: | ||||
5668 | case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion: | ||||
5669 | case ICK_Vector_Splat: | ||||
5670 | case ICK_Complex_Real: | ||||
5671 | case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||
5672 | case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: | ||||
5673 | case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: | ||||
5674 | case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: | ||||
5675 | case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: | ||||
5676 | case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: | ||||
5677 | return false; | ||||
5678 | |||||
5679 | case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: | ||||
5680 | case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: | ||||
5681 | case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: | ||||
5682 | llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a first conversion kind in Second" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5682); | ||||
5683 | |||||
5684 | case ICK_Function_Conversion: | ||||
5685 | case ICK_Qualification: | ||||
5686 | llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("found a third conversion kind in Second" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5686); | ||||
5687 | |||||
5688 | case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: | ||||
5689 | break; | ||||
5690 | } | ||||
5691 | |||||
5692 | llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown conversion kind", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 5692); | ||||
5693 | } | ||||
5694 | |||||
5695 | /// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a | ||||
5696 | /// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce | ||||
5697 | /// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3. | ||||
5698 | static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From, | ||||
5699 | QualType T, APValue &Value, | ||||
5700 | Sema::CCEKind CCE, | ||||
5701 | bool RequireInt, | ||||
5702 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||
5703 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&(static_cast <bool> (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5704, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
5704 | "converted constant expression outside C++11")(static_cast <bool> (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && "converted constant expression outside C++11") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && \"converted constant expression outside C++11\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5704, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5705 | |||||
5706 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From)) | ||||
5707 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5708 | |||||
5709 | // C++1z [expr.const]p3: | ||||
5710 | // A converted constant expression of type T is an expression, | ||||
5711 | // implicitly converted to type T, where the converted | ||||
5712 | // expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion | ||||
5713 | // sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...]. | ||||
5714 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5715 | (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ExplicitBool || CCE == Sema::CCEK_Noexcept) | ||||
5716 | ? TryContextuallyConvertToBool(S, From) | ||||
5717 | : TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T, | ||||
5718 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5719 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
5720 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
5721 | /*AllowExplicit=*/false); | ||||
5722 | StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr; | ||||
5723 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||
5724 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||
5725 | SCS = &ICS.Standard; | ||||
5726 | break; | ||||
5727 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
5728 | if (T->isRecordType()) | ||||
5729 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.Before; | ||||
5730 | else | ||||
5731 | SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After; | ||||
5732 | break; | ||||
5733 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||
5734 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||
5735 | if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T)) | ||||
5736 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5737 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression) | ||||
5738 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||
5739 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5740 | |||||
5741 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||
5742 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StaticObjectArgumentConversion: | ||||
5743 | llvm_unreachable("bad conversion in converted constant expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad conversion in converted constant expression" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5743); | ||||
5744 | } | ||||
5745 | |||||
5746 | // Check that we would only use permitted conversions. | ||||
5747 | if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) { | ||||
5748 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5749 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed) | ||||
5750 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||
5751 | } | ||||
5752 | // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly. | ||||
5753 | if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) { | ||||
5754 | return S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
5755 | diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect) | ||||
5756 | << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T; | ||||
5757 | } | ||||
5758 | |||||
5759 | // Usually we can simply apply the ImplicitConversionSequence we formed | ||||
5760 | // earlier, but that's not guaranteed to work when initializing an object of | ||||
5761 | // class type. | ||||
5762 | ExprResult Result; | ||||
5763 | if (T->isRecordType()) { | ||||
5764 | assert(CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg &&(static_cast <bool> (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5765, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
5765 | "unexpected class type converted constant expr")(static_cast <bool> (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && "unexpected class type converted constant expr") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && \"unexpected class type converted constant expr\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5765, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5766 | Result = S.PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
5767 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemplateParameter( | ||||
5768 | T, cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Dest)), | ||||
5769 | SourceLocation(), From); | ||||
5770 | } else { | ||||
5771 | Result = S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting); | ||||
5772 | } | ||||
5773 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
5774 | return Result; | ||||
5775 | |||||
5776 | // C++2a [intro.execution]p5: | ||||
5777 | // A full-expression is [...] a constant-expression [...] | ||||
5778 | Result = | ||||
5779 | S.ActOnFinishFullExpr(Result.get(), From->getExprLoc(), | ||||
5780 | /*DiscardedValue=*/false, /*IsConstexpr=*/true); | ||||
5781 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
5782 | return Result; | ||||
5783 | |||||
5784 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||
5785 | bool ReturnPreNarrowingValue = false; | ||||
5786 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||
5787 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||
5788 | switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue, | ||||
5789 | PreNarrowingType)) { | ||||
5790 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||
5791 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||
5792 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||
5793 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||
5794 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||
5795 | // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment. | ||||
5796 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||
5797 | break; | ||||
5798 | |||||
5799 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||
5800 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_ArrayBound && | ||||
5801 | PreNarrowingType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && | ||||
5802 | PreNarrowingValue.isInt()) { | ||||
5803 | // Don't diagnose array bound narrowing here; we produce more precise | ||||
5804 | // errors by allowing the un-narrowed value through. | ||||
5805 | ReturnPreNarrowingValue = true; | ||||
5806 | break; | ||||
5807 | } | ||||
5808 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||
5809 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||
5810 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T; | ||||
5811 | break; | ||||
5812 | |||||
5813 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||
5814 | // FIXME: It would be better to diagnose that the expression is not a | ||||
5815 | // constant expression. | ||||
5816 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing) | ||||
5817 | << CCE << /*Constant*/ 0 << From->getType() << T; | ||||
5818 | break; | ||||
5819 | } | ||||
5820 | |||||
5821 | if (Result.get()->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
5822 | Value = APValue(); | ||||
5823 | return Result; | ||||
5824 | } | ||||
5825 | |||||
5826 | // Check the expression is a constant expression. | ||||
5827 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||
5828 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||
5829 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||
5830 | |||||
5831 | ConstantExprKind Kind; | ||||
5832 | if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg && T->isRecordType()) | ||||
5833 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument; | ||||
5834 | else if (CCE == Sema::CCEK_TemplateArg) | ||||
5835 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument; | ||||
5836 | else | ||||
5837 | Kind = ConstantExprKind::Normal; | ||||
5838 | |||||
5839 | if (!Result.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, S.Context, Kind) || | ||||
5840 | (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) { | ||||
5841 | // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in | ||||
5842 | // the AST. | ||||
5843 | Result = ExprError(); | ||||
5844 | } else { | ||||
5845 | Value = Eval.Val; | ||||
5846 | |||||
5847 | if (Notes.empty()) { | ||||
5848 | // It's a constant expression. | ||||
5849 | Expr *E = ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get(), Value); | ||||
5850 | if (ReturnPreNarrowingValue) | ||||
5851 | Value = std::move(PreNarrowingValue); | ||||
5852 | return E; | ||||
5853 | } | ||||
5854 | } | ||||
5855 | |||||
5856 | // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic. | ||||
5857 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && | ||||
5858 | Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||
5859 | S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE; | ||||
5860 | } else if (!Notes.empty() && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||
5861 | diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg) { | ||||
5862 | Notes[0].second.setDiagID(diag::err_constexpr_invalid_template_arg); | ||||
5863 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||
5864 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||
5865 | } else { | ||||
5866 | S.Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_cce) | ||||
5867 | << CCE << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5868 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I) | ||||
5869 | S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); | ||||
5870 | } | ||||
5871 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5872 | } | ||||
5873 | |||||
5874 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||
5875 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, | ||||
5876 | NamedDecl *Dest) { | ||||
5877 | return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false, | ||||
5878 | Dest); | ||||
5879 | } | ||||
5880 | |||||
5881 | ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, | ||||
5882 | llvm::APSInt &Value, | ||||
5883 | CCEKind CCE) { | ||||
5884 | assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type")(static_cast <bool> (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType( ) && "unexpected converted const type") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && \"unexpected converted const type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 5884, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
5885 | |||||
5886 | APValue V; | ||||
5887 | auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true, | ||||
5888 | /*Dest=*/nullptr); | ||||
5889 | if (!R.isInvalid() && !R.get()->isValueDependent()) | ||||
5890 | Value = V.getInt(); | ||||
5891 | return R; | ||||
5892 | } | ||||
5893 | |||||
5894 | |||||
5895 | /// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence | ||||
5896 | /// involves any pointer conversions, remove them. This may change | ||||
5897 | /// the result type of the conversion sequence. | ||||
5898 | static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) { | ||||
5899 | if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) { | ||||
5900 | SCS.Second = ICK_Identity; | ||||
5901 | SCS.Third = ICK_Identity; | ||||
5902 | SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0]; | ||||
5903 | } | ||||
5904 | } | ||||
5905 | |||||
5906 | /// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually | ||||
5907 | /// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
5908 | static ImplicitConversionSequence | ||||
5909 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) { | ||||
5910 | // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'. | ||||
5911 | QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
5912 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS | ||||
5913 | = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty, | ||||
5914 | // FIXME: Are these flags correct? | ||||
5915 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
5916 | AllowedExplicit::Conversions, | ||||
5917 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
5918 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
5919 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false, | ||||
5920 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true); | ||||
5921 | |||||
5922 | // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'. | ||||
5923 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||
5924 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||
5925 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: | ||||
5926 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: | ||||
5927 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StaticObjectArgumentConversion: | ||||
5928 | break; | ||||
5929 | |||||
5930 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
5931 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After); | ||||
5932 | break; | ||||
5933 | |||||
5934 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||
5935 | dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard); | ||||
5936 | break; | ||||
5937 | } | ||||
5938 | |||||
5939 | return ICS; | ||||
5940 | } | ||||
5941 | |||||
5942 | /// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual | ||||
5943 | /// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type. | ||||
5944 | /// Returns a valid but null ExprResult if no conversion sequence exists. | ||||
5945 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) { | ||||
5946 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From)) | ||||
5947 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5948 | |||||
5949 | QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
5950 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
5951 | TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From); | ||||
5952 | if (!ICS.isBad()) | ||||
5953 | return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting); | ||||
5954 | return ExprResult(); | ||||
5955 | } | ||||
5956 | |||||
5957 | /// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration | ||||
5958 | /// type of a permitted flavor. | ||||
5959 | bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) { | ||||
5960 | return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() | ||||
5961 | : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||
5962 | } | ||||
5963 | |||||
5964 | static ExprResult | ||||
5965 | diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||
5966 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||
5967 | QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) { | ||||
5968 | |||||
5969 | if (Converter.Suppress) | ||||
5970 | return ExprError(); | ||||
5971 | |||||
5972 | Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
5973 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
5974 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = | ||||
5975 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
5976 | QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
5977 | Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy); | ||||
5978 | } | ||||
5979 | return From; | ||||
5980 | } | ||||
5981 | |||||
5982 | static bool | ||||
5983 | diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||
5984 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||
5985 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
5986 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) { | ||||
5987 | if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) { | ||||
5988 | DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0]; | ||||
5989 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||
5990 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
5991 | |||||
5992 | // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit | ||||
5993 | // conversion; use it. | ||||
5994 | QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
5995 | std::string TypeStr; | ||||
5996 | ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy()); | ||||
5997 | |||||
5998 | Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy) | ||||
5999 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
6000 | "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(") | ||||
6001 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( | ||||
6002 | SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||
6003 | Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy); | ||||
6004 | |||||
6005 | // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the | ||||
6006 | // explicit conversion function. | ||||
6007 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||
6008 | return true; | ||||
6009 | |||||
6010 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||
6011 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||
6012 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||
6013 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
6014 | return true; | ||||
6015 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||
6016 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||
6017 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||
6018 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||
6019 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
6020 | } | ||||
6021 | return false; | ||||
6022 | } | ||||
6023 | |||||
6024 | static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From, | ||||
6025 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, | ||||
6026 | QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6027 | DeclAccessPair &Found) { | ||||
6028 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||
6029 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
6030 | SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found); | ||||
6031 | |||||
6032 | QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6033 | if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) { | ||||
6034 | if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) | ||||
6035 | return true; | ||||
6036 | |||||
6037 | Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType) | ||||
6038 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6039 | } | ||||
6040 | |||||
6041 | ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion, | ||||
6042 | HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||
6043 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
6044 | return true; | ||||
6045 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||
6046 | From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||
6047 | CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), | ||||
6048 | nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(), | ||||
6049 | SemaRef.CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
6050 | return false; | ||||
6051 | } | ||||
6052 | |||||
6053 | static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||
6054 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, | ||||
6055 | Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||
6056 | if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress) | ||||
6057 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType()) | ||||
6058 | << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6059 | |||||
6060 | return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||
6061 | } | ||||
6062 | |||||
6063 | static void | ||||
6064 | collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
6065 | UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions, | ||||
6066 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
6067 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
6068 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I]; | ||||
6069 | NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
6070 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
6071 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
6072 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
6073 | |||||
6074 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv; | ||||
6075 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate; | ||||
6076 | if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))) | ||||
6077 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
6078 | else | ||||
6079 | Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
6080 | |||||
6081 | if (ConvTemplate) | ||||
6082 | SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
6083 | ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||
6084 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
6085 | else | ||||
6086 | SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, | ||||
6087 | ToType, CandidateSet, | ||||
6088 | /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false, | ||||
6089 | /*AllowExplicit*/ true); | ||||
6090 | } | ||||
6091 | } | ||||
6092 | |||||
6093 | /// Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted | ||||
6094 | /// by the given converter. | ||||
6095 | /// | ||||
6096 | /// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a | ||||
6097 | /// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class | ||||
6098 | /// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching | ||||
6099 | /// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only | ||||
6100 | /// one target type. | ||||
6101 | /// | ||||
6102 | /// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the | ||||
6103 | /// conversion. | ||||
6104 | /// | ||||
6105 | /// \param From The expression we're converting from. | ||||
6106 | /// | ||||
6107 | /// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process. | ||||
6108 | /// | ||||
6109 | /// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if | ||||
6110 | /// successful. | ||||
6111 | ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion( | ||||
6112 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) { | ||||
6113 | // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||
6114 | if (From->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
6115 | return From; | ||||
6116 | |||||
6117 | // Process placeholders immediately. | ||||
6118 | if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
6119 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From); | ||||
6120 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||
6121 | return result; | ||||
6122 | From = result.get(); | ||||
6123 | } | ||||
6124 | |||||
6125 | // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden. | ||||
6126 | QualType T = From->getType(); | ||||
6127 | if (Converter.match(T)) | ||||
6128 | return DefaultLvalueConversion(From); | ||||
6129 | |||||
6130 | // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type? | ||||
6131 | |||||
6132 | // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class | ||||
6133 | // type. | ||||
6134 | const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
6135 | if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
6136 | if (!Converter.Suppress) | ||||
6137 | Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6138 | return From; | ||||
6139 | } | ||||
6140 | |||||
6141 | // We must have a complete class type. | ||||
6142 | struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser { | ||||
6143 | ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter; | ||||
6144 | Expr *From; | ||||
6145 | |||||
6146 | TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From) | ||||
6147 | : Converter(Converter), From(From) {} | ||||
6148 | |||||
6149 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||
6150 | Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6151 | } | ||||
6152 | } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From); | ||||
6153 | |||||
6154 | if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T) | ||||
6155 | : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser)) | ||||
6156 | return From; | ||||
6157 | |||||
6158 | // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type. | ||||
6159 | UnresolvedSet<4> | ||||
6160 | ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y. | ||||
6161 | UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions; | ||||
6162 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||
6163 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
6164 | |||||
6165 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = | ||||
6166 | (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1); | ||||
6167 | |||||
6168 | // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y: | ||||
6169 | QualType ToType; | ||||
6170 | bool HasUniqueTargetType = true; | ||||
6171 | |||||
6172 | // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions. | ||||
6173 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
6174 | NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
6175 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion; | ||||
6176 | FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
6177 | if (ConvTemplate) { | ||||
6178 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) | ||||
6179 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()); | ||||
6180 | else | ||||
6181 | continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?). | ||||
6182 | } else | ||||
6183 | Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
6184 | |||||
6185 | assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6187, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6186 | "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6187, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6187 | "viable in C++1y")(static_cast <bool> ((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 ) && "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially " "viable in C++1y") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) && \"Conversion operator templates are considered potentially \" \"viable in C++1y\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6187, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6188 | |||||
6189 | QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6190 | if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) { | ||||
6191 | |||||
6192 | if (Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||
6193 | // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction? | ||||
6194 | // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion() | ||||
6195 | if (!ConvTemplate) | ||||
6196 | ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||
6197 | } else { | ||||
6198 | if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||
6199 | if (ToType.isNull()) | ||||
6200 | ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
6201 | else if (HasUniqueTargetType && | ||||
6202 | (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType)) | ||||
6203 | HasUniqueTargetType = false; | ||||
6204 | } | ||||
6205 | ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess()); | ||||
6206 | } | ||||
6207 | } | ||||
6208 | } | ||||
6209 | |||||
6210 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { | ||||
6211 | // C++1y [conv]p6: | ||||
6212 | // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context | ||||
6213 | // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified | ||||
6214 | // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly | ||||
6215 | // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched | ||||
6216 | // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to | ||||
6217 | // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be | ||||
6218 | // exactly one such T. | ||||
6219 | |||||
6220 | // If no unique T is found: | ||||
6221 | if (ToType.isNull()) { | ||||
6222 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6223 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6224 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||
6225 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6226 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||
6227 | } | ||||
6228 | |||||
6229 | // If more than one unique Ts are found: | ||||
6230 | if (!HasUniqueTargetType) | ||||
6231 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6232 | ViableConversions); | ||||
6233 | |||||
6234 | // If one unique T is found: | ||||
6235 | // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded | ||||
6236 | // potentially viable conversions. | ||||
6237 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
6238 | collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions, | ||||
6239 | CandidateSet); | ||||
6240 | |||||
6241 | // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set. | ||||
6242 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
6243 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) { | ||||
6244 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
6245 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||
6246 | DeclAccessPair Found = | ||||
6247 | DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||
6248 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6249 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||
6250 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6251 | break; | ||||
6252 | } | ||||
6253 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
6254 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6255 | ViableConversions); | ||||
6256 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
6257 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6258 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6259 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||
6260 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6261 | [[fallthrough]]; | ||||
6262 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
6263 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||
6264 | break; | ||||
6265 | } | ||||
6266 | } else { | ||||
6267 | switch (ViableConversions.size()) { | ||||
6268 | case 0: { | ||||
6269 | if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6270 | HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
6271 | ExplicitConversions)) | ||||
6272 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6273 | |||||
6274 | // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type. | ||||
6275 | break; | ||||
6276 | } | ||||
6277 | case 1: { | ||||
6278 | // Apply this conversion. | ||||
6279 | DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0]; | ||||
6280 | if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6281 | HadMultipleCandidates, Found)) | ||||
6282 | return ExprError(); | ||||
6283 | break; | ||||
6284 | } | ||||
6285 | default: | ||||
6286 | return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T, | ||||
6287 | ViableConversions); | ||||
6288 | } | ||||
6289 | } | ||||
6290 | |||||
6291 | return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter); | ||||
6292 | } | ||||
6293 | |||||
6294 | /// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is | ||||
6295 | /// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose | ||||
6296 | /// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine | ||||
6297 | /// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning | ||||
6298 | /// enumeration types. | ||||
6299 | static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
6300 | FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||
6301 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
6302 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||
6303 | QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType(); | ||||
6304 | |||||
6305 | if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType())) | ||||
6306 | return true; | ||||
6307 | |||||
6308 | if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType())) | ||||
6309 | return true; | ||||
6310 | |||||
6311 | const auto *Proto = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
6312 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1) | ||||
6313 | return false; | ||||
6314 | |||||
6315 | if (T1->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
6316 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6317 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType)) | ||||
6318 | return true; | ||||
6319 | } | ||||
6320 | |||||
6321 | if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2) | ||||
6322 | return false; | ||||
6323 | |||||
6324 | if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
6325 | QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
6326 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType)) | ||||
6327 | return true; | ||||
6328 | } | ||||
6329 | |||||
6330 | return false; | ||||
6331 | } | ||||
6332 | |||||
6333 | /// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of | ||||
6334 | /// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If | ||||
6335 | /// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined | ||||
6336 | /// conversions via constructors or conversion operators. | ||||
6337 | /// | ||||
6338 | /// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading | ||||
6339 | /// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by | ||||
6340 | /// code completion. | ||||
6341 | void Sema::AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
6342 | FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6343 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6344 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||
6345 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||
6346 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
6347 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||
6348 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||
6349 | assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded")(static_cast <bool> (Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6349, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6350 | assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6351 | "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates")(static_cast <bool> (!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6351, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6352 | |||||
6353 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||
6354 | if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) { | ||||
6355 | // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function | ||||
6356 | // that is named without a member access expression (e.g., | ||||
6357 | // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created | ||||
6358 | // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member | ||||
6359 | // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied | ||||
6360 | // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context | ||||
6361 | // is irrelevant. | ||||
6362 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(), QualType(), | ||||
6363 | Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(), Args, | ||||
6364 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6365 | PartialOverloading, EarlyConversions, PO); | ||||
6366 | return; | ||||
6367 | } | ||||
6368 | // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object | ||||
6369 | // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution. | ||||
6370 | } | ||||
6371 | |||||
6372 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function, PO)) | ||||
6373 | return; | ||||
6374 | |||||
6375 | // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402] | ||||
6376 | // A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by | ||||
6377 | // overload resolution. | ||||
6378 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function); | ||||
6379 | if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() && | ||||
6380 | Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||
6381 | return; | ||||
6382 | |||||
6383 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
6384 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
6385 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
6386 | |||||
6387 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
6388 | // if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the | ||||
6389 | // lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to | ||||
6390 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there | ||||
6391 | // is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to | ||||
6392 | // (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are | ||||
6393 | // candidate functions. | ||||
6394 | if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||
6395 | !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args)) | ||||
6396 | return; | ||||
6397 | |||||
6398 | // Add this candidate | ||||
6399 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
6400 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size(), EarlyConversions); | ||||
6401 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
6402 | Candidate.Function = Function; | ||||
6403 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
6404 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
6405 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Function, PO); | ||||
6406 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
6407 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||
6408 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
6409 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
6410 | |||||
6411 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||
6412 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||
6413 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||
6414 | if (!AllowExplicit && ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Function).isExplicit()) { | ||||
6415 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6416 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
6417 | return; | ||||
6418 | } | ||||
6419 | |||||
6420 | // Functions with internal linkage are only viable in the same module unit. | ||||
6421 | if (auto *MF = Function->getOwningModule()) { | ||||
6422 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlusModules && !MF->isModuleMapModule() && | ||||
6423 | !isModuleUnitOfCurrentTU(MF)) { | ||||
6424 | /// FIXME: Currently, the semantics of linkage in clang is slightly | ||||
6425 | /// different from the semantics in C++ spec. In C++ spec, only names | ||||
6426 | /// have linkage. So that all entities of the same should share one | ||||
6427 | /// linkage. But in clang, different entities of the same could have | ||||
6428 | /// different linkage. | ||||
6429 | NamedDecl *ND = Function; | ||||
6430 | if (auto *SpecInfo = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) | ||||
6431 | ND = SpecInfo->getTemplate(); | ||||
6432 | |||||
6433 | if (ND->getFormalLinkage() == Linkage::InternalLinkage) { | ||||
6434 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6435 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_module_mismatched; | ||||
6436 | return; | ||||
6437 | } | ||||
6438 | } | ||||
6439 | } | ||||
6440 | |||||
6441 | if (Function->isMultiVersion() && Function->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
6442 | !Function->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||
6443 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6444 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||
6445 | return; | ||||
6446 | } | ||||
6447 | |||||
6448 | if (Constructor) { | ||||
6449 | // C++ [class.copy]p3: | ||||
6450 | // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy | ||||
6451 | // of a class object to an object of its class type. | ||||
6452 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||
6453 | if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() && | ||||
6454 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) || | ||||
6455 | IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||
6456 | ClassType))) { | ||||
6457 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6458 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor; | ||||
6459 | return; | ||||
6460 | } | ||||
6461 | |||||
6462 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p8: (proposed DR resolution) | ||||
6463 | // A constructor inherited from class type C that has a first parameter | ||||
6464 | // of type "reference to P" (including such a constructor instantiated | ||||
6465 | // from a template) is excluded from the set of candidate functions when | ||||
6466 | // constructing an object of type cv D if the argument list has exactly | ||||
6467 | // one argument and D is reference-related to P and P is reference-related | ||||
6468 | // to C. | ||||
6469 | auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||
6470 | if (Shadow && Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->getNumParams() >= 1 && | ||||
6471 | Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
6472 | QualType P = Constructor->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
6473 | QualType C = Context.getRecordType(Constructor->getParent()); | ||||
6474 | QualType D = Context.getRecordType(Shadow->getParent()); | ||||
6475 | SourceLocation Loc = Args.front()->getExprLoc(); | ||||
6476 | if ((Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(P, C) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, P, C)) && | ||||
6477 | (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(D, P) || IsDerivedFrom(Loc, D, P))) { | ||||
6478 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6479 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_inhctor_slice; | ||||
6480 | return; | ||||
6481 | } | ||||
6482 | } | ||||
6483 | |||||
6484 | // Check that the constructor is capable of constructing an object in the | ||||
6485 | // destination address space. | ||||
6486 | if (!Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf( | ||||
6487 | Constructor->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(), | ||||
6488 | CandidateSet.getDestAS())) { | ||||
6489 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6490 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch; | ||||
6491 | } | ||||
6492 | } | ||||
6493 | |||||
6494 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
6495 | |||||
6496 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||
6497 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||
6498 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||
6499 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||
6500 | !Proto->isVariadic() && | ||||
6501 | shouldEnforceArgLimit(PartialOverloading, Function)) { | ||||
6502 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6503 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
6504 | return; | ||||
6505 | } | ||||
6506 | |||||
6507 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||
6508 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||
6509 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||
6510 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||
6511 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||
6512 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
6513 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||
6514 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||
6515 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6516 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
6517 | return; | ||||
6518 | } | ||||
6519 | |||||
6520 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||
6521 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
6522 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) | ||||
6523 | // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this | ||||
6524 | // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is | ||||
6525 | // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of | ||||
6526 | // the class. | ||||
6527 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Function)) { | ||||
6528 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6529 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||
6530 | return; | ||||
6531 | } | ||||
6532 | |||||
6533 | if (Function->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
6534 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
6535 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Function, Satisfaction, /*Loc*/ {}, | ||||
6536 | /*ForOverloadResolution*/ true) || | ||||
6537 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
6538 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6539 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||
6540 | return; | ||||
6541 | } | ||||
6542 | } | ||||
6543 | |||||
6544 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
6545 | // arguments. | ||||
6546 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
6547 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||
6548 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 - ArgIdx : ArgIdx; | ||||
6549 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||
6550 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||
6551 | // template argument deduction. | ||||
6552 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||
6553 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||
6554 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
6555 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||
6556 | // parameter of F. | ||||
6557 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
6558 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization( | ||||
6559 | *this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6560 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
6561 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
6562 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, AllowExplicitConversions); | ||||
6563 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
6564 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6565 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
6566 | return; | ||||
6567 | } | ||||
6568 | } else { | ||||
6569 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||
6570 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||
6571 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
6572 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||
6573 | } | ||||
6574 | } | ||||
6575 | |||||
6576 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
6577 | CheckEnableIf(Function, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args)) { | ||||
6578 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6579 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
6580 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
6581 | return; | ||||
6582 | } | ||||
6583 | } | ||||
6584 | |||||
6585 | ObjCMethodDecl * | ||||
6586 | Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance, | ||||
6587 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) { | ||||
6588 | if (Methods.size() <= 1) | ||||
6589 | return nullptr; | ||||
6590 | |||||
6591 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||
6592 | bool Match = true; | ||||
6593 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b]; | ||||
6594 | unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs(); | ||||
6595 | // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due | ||||
6596 | // to addition of c-style arguments in method. | ||||
6597 | if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs) | ||||
6598 | NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size(); | ||||
6599 | if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs) | ||||
6600 | continue; | ||||
6601 | |||||
6602 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) { | ||||
6603 | // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument. | ||||
6604 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
6605 | Match = false; | ||||
6606 | break; | ||||
6607 | } | ||||
6608 | |||||
6609 | ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i]; | ||||
6610 | Expr *argExpr = Args[i]; | ||||
6611 | assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression")(static_cast <bool> (argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("argExpr && \"SelectBestMethod(): missing expression\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6611, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6612 | |||||
6613 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's | ||||
6614 | // a consumed argument. | ||||
6615 | if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) && | ||||
6616 | !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()) | ||||
6617 | argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr); | ||||
6618 | |||||
6619 | // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method. | ||||
6620 | if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
6621 | Match = false; | ||||
6622 | break; | ||||
6623 | } | ||||
6624 | |||||
6625 | ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState | ||||
6626 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(), | ||||
6627 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/false, | ||||
6628 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
6629 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
6630 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||
6631 | /*AllowExplicit*/false); | ||||
6632 | // This function looks for a reasonably-exact match, so we consider | ||||
6633 | // incompatible pointer conversions to be a failure here. | ||||
6634 | if (ConversionState.isBad() || | ||||
6635 | (ConversionState.isStandard() && | ||||
6636 | ConversionState.Standard.Second == | ||||
6637 | ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion)) { | ||||
6638 | Match = false; | ||||
6639 | break; | ||||
6640 | } | ||||
6641 | } | ||||
6642 | // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods. | ||||
6643 | if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) { | ||||
6644 | for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) { | ||||
6645 | if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
6646 | Match = false; | ||||
6647 | break; | ||||
6648 | } | ||||
6649 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||
6650 | nullptr); | ||||
6651 | if (Arg.isInvalid()) { | ||||
6652 | Match = false; | ||||
6653 | break; | ||||
6654 | } | ||||
6655 | } | ||||
6656 | } else { | ||||
6657 | // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods. | ||||
6658 | if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs) | ||||
6659 | Match = false; | ||||
6660 | else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) { | ||||
6661 | // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select | ||||
6662 | // one with the most general result type of 'id'. | ||||
6663 | for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) { | ||||
6664 | QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType(); | ||||
6665 | if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType()) | ||||
6666 | return Methods[b]; | ||||
6667 | } | ||||
6668 | } | ||||
6669 | } | ||||
6670 | |||||
6671 | if (Match) | ||||
6672 | return Method; | ||||
6673 | } | ||||
6674 | return nullptr; | ||||
6675 | } | ||||
6676 | |||||
6677 | static bool convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||
6678 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function, Expr *ThisArg, SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||
6679 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, Sema::SFINAETrap &Trap, bool MissingImplicitThis, | ||||
6680 | Expr *&ConvertedThis, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &ConvertedArgs) { | ||||
6681 | if (ThisArg) { | ||||
6682 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function); | ||||
6683 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6684, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6684 | "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Shouldn't have `this` for ctors!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6684, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6685 | assert(!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!")(static_cast <bool> (!Method->isStatic() && "Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Method->isStatic() && \"Shouldn't have `this` for static methods!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6685, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6686 | ExprResult R = S.PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
6687 | ThisArg, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Method, Method); | ||||
6688 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
6689 | return false; | ||||
6690 | ConvertedThis = R.get(); | ||||
6691 | } else { | ||||
6692 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) { | ||||
6693 | (void)MD; | ||||
6694 | assert((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() ||(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6696, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6695 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) &&(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6696, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6696 | "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods")(static_cast <bool> ((MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic () || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && "Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(MissingImplicitThis || MD->isStatic() || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) && \"Expected `this` for non-ctor instance methods\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6696, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6697 | } | ||||
6698 | ConvertedThis = nullptr; | ||||
6699 | } | ||||
6700 | |||||
6701 | // Ignore any variadic arguments. Converting them is pointless, since the | ||||
6702 | // user can't refer to them in the function condition. | ||||
6703 | unsigned ArgSizeNoVarargs = std::min(Function->param_size(), Args.size()); | ||||
6704 | |||||
6705 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
6706 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArgSizeNoVarargs; ++I) { | ||||
6707 | ExprResult R; | ||||
6708 | R = S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
6709 | S.Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)), | ||||
6710 | SourceLocation(), Args[I]); | ||||
6711 | |||||
6712 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
6713 | return false; | ||||
6714 | |||||
6715 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||
6716 | } | ||||
6717 | |||||
6718 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||
6719 | return false; | ||||
6720 | |||||
6721 | // Push default arguments if needed. | ||||
6722 | if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) { | ||||
6723 | for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
6724 | ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i); | ||||
6725 | if (!P->hasDefaultArg()) | ||||
6726 | return false; | ||||
6727 | ExprResult R = S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, Function, P); | ||||
6728 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
6729 | return false; | ||||
6730 | ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get()); | ||||
6731 | } | ||||
6732 | |||||
6733 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) | ||||
6734 | return false; | ||||
6735 | } | ||||
6736 | return true; | ||||
6737 | } | ||||
6738 | |||||
6739 | EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
6740 | SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||
6741 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6742 | bool MissingImplicitThis) { | ||||
6743 | auto EnableIfAttrs = Function->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
6744 | if (EnableIfAttrs.begin() == EnableIfAttrs.end()) | ||||
6745 | return nullptr; | ||||
6746 | |||||
6747 | SFINAETrap Trap(*this); | ||||
6748 | SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs; | ||||
6749 | // FIXME: We should look into making enable_if late-parsed. | ||||
6750 | Expr *DiscardedThis; | ||||
6751 | if (!convertArgsForAvailabilityChecks( | ||||
6752 | *this, Function, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallLoc, Args, Trap, | ||||
6753 | /*MissingImplicitThis=*/true, DiscardedThis, ConvertedArgs)) | ||||
6754 | return *EnableIfAttrs.begin(); | ||||
6755 | |||||
6756 | for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) { | ||||
6757 | APValue Result; | ||||
6758 | // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is | ||||
6759 | // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully. | ||||
6760 | if (EIA->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
6761 | !EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||
6762 | Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs))) | ||||
6763 | return EIA; | ||||
6764 | |||||
6765 | if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue()) | ||||
6766 | return EIA; | ||||
6767 | } | ||||
6768 | return nullptr; | ||||
6769 | } | ||||
6770 | |||||
6771 | template <typename CheckFn> | ||||
6772 | static bool diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith(Sema &S, const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
6773 | bool ArgDependent, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
6774 | CheckFn &&IsSuccessful) { | ||||
6775 | SmallVector<const DiagnoseIfAttr *, 8> Attrs; | ||||
6776 | for (const auto *DIA : ND->specific_attrs<DiagnoseIfAttr>()) { | ||||
6777 | if (ArgDependent == DIA->getArgDependent()) | ||||
6778 | Attrs.push_back(DIA); | ||||
6779 | } | ||||
6780 | |||||
6781 | // Common case: No diagnose_if attributes, so we can quit early. | ||||
6782 | if (Attrs.empty()) | ||||
6783 | return false; | ||||
6784 | |||||
6785 | auto WarningBegin = std::stable_partition( | ||||
6786 | Attrs.begin(), Attrs.end(), | ||||
6787 | [](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { return DIA->isError(); }); | ||||
6788 | |||||
6789 | // Note that diagnose_if attributes are late-parsed, so they appear in the | ||||
6790 | // correct order (unlike enable_if attributes). | ||||
6791 | auto ErrAttr = llvm::find_if(llvm::make_range(Attrs.begin(), WarningBegin), | ||||
6792 | IsSuccessful); | ||||
6793 | if (ErrAttr != WarningBegin) { | ||||
6794 | const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA = *ErrAttr; | ||||
6795 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||
6796 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||
6797 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6798 | return true; | ||||
6799 | } | ||||
6800 | |||||
6801 | for (const auto *DIA : llvm::make_range(WarningBegin, Attrs.end())) | ||||
6802 | if (IsSuccessful(DIA)) { | ||||
6803 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_diagnose_if_succeeded) << DIA->getMessage(); | ||||
6804 | S.Diag(DIA->getLocation(), diag::note_from_diagnose_if) | ||||
6805 | << DIA->getParent() << DIA->getCond()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
6806 | } | ||||
6807 | |||||
6808 | return false; | ||||
6809 | } | ||||
6810 | |||||
6811 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
6812 | const Expr *ThisArg, | ||||
6813 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, | ||||
6814 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
6815 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||
6816 | *this, Function, /*ArgDependent=*/true, Loc, | ||||
6817 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||
6818 | APValue Result; | ||||
6819 | // It's sane to use the same Args for any redecl of this function, since | ||||
6820 | // EvaluateWithSubstitution only cares about the position of each | ||||
6821 | // argument in the arg list, not the ParmVarDecl* it maps to. | ||||
6822 | if (!DIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution( | ||||
6823 | Result, Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(DIA->getParent()), Args, ThisArg)) | ||||
6824 | return false; | ||||
6825 | return Result.isInt() && Result.getInt().getBoolValue(); | ||||
6826 | }); | ||||
6827 | } | ||||
6828 | |||||
6829 | bool Sema::diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, | ||||
6830 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
6831 | return diagnoseDiagnoseIfAttrsWith( | ||||
6832 | *this, ND, /*ArgDependent=*/false, Loc, | ||||
6833 | [&](const DiagnoseIfAttr *DIA) { | ||||
6834 | bool Result; | ||||
6835 | return DIA->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Context) && | ||||
6836 | Result; | ||||
6837 | }); | ||||
6838 | } | ||||
6839 | |||||
6840 | /// Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to | ||||
6841 | /// the overload candidate set. | ||||
6842 | void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
6843 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6844 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
6845 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
6846 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6847 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
6848 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase) { | ||||
6849 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||
6850 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
6851 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||
6852 | |||||
6853 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
6854 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||
6855 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
6856 | |||||
6857 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()) { | ||||
6858 | QualType ObjectType; | ||||
6859 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification; | ||||
6860 | if (Args.size() > 0) { | ||||
6861 | if (Expr *E = Args[0]) { | ||||
6862 | // Use the explicit base to restrict the lookup: | ||||
6863 | ObjectType = E->getType(); | ||||
6864 | // Pointers in the object arguments are implicitly dereferenced, so we | ||||
6865 | // always classify them as l-values. | ||||
6866 | if (!ObjectType.isNull() && ObjectType->isPointerType()) | ||||
6867 | ObjectClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(); | ||||
6868 | else | ||||
6869 | ObjectClassification = E->Classify(Context); | ||||
6870 | } // .. else there is an implicit base. | ||||
6871 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||
6872 | } | ||||
6873 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||
6874 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||
6875 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||
6876 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()), | ||||
6877 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||
6878 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6879 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
6880 | } else { | ||||
6881 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(), | ||||
6882 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(), ObjectType, | ||||
6883 | ObjectClassification, FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||
6884 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||
6885 | } | ||||
6886 | } else { | ||||
6887 | // This branch handles both standalone functions and static methods. | ||||
6888 | |||||
6889 | // Slice the first argument (which is the base) when we access | ||||
6890 | // static method as non-static. | ||||
6891 | if (Args.size() > 0 && | ||||
6892 | (!Args[0] || (FirstArgumentIsBase && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && | ||||
6893 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)))) { | ||||
6894 | assert(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())(static_cast <bool> (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)-> isStatic()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6894, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6895 | FunctionArgs = Args.slice(1); | ||||
6896 | } | ||||
6897 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||
6898 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), | ||||
6899 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, FunctionArgs, | ||||
6900 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6901 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
6902 | } else { | ||||
6903 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet, | ||||
6904 | SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading); | ||||
6905 | } | ||||
6906 | } | ||||
6907 | } | ||||
6908 | } | ||||
6909 | |||||
6910 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of | ||||
6911 | /// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set. | ||||
6912 | void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
6913 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||
6914 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6915 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
6916 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6917 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
6918 | NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
6919 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext()); | ||||
6920 | |||||
6921 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)) | ||||
6922 | Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
6923 | |||||
6924 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) { | ||||
6925 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Expected a member function template") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6926, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6926 | "Expected a member function template")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl ()) && "Expected a member function template") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Expected a member function template\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6926, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6927 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||
6928 | /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, ObjectType, | ||||
6929 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
6930 | SuppressUserConversions, false, PO); | ||||
6931 | } else { | ||||
6932 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext, | ||||
6933 | ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
6934 | SuppressUserConversions, false, None, PO); | ||||
6935 | } | ||||
6936 | } | ||||
6937 | |||||
6938 | /// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set | ||||
6939 | /// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments | ||||
6940 | /// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call | ||||
6941 | /// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain | ||||
6942 | /// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't | ||||
6943 | /// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion | ||||
6944 | /// operators. | ||||
6945 | void | ||||
6946 | Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
6947 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
6948 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, | ||||
6949 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
6950 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
6951 | bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
6952 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
6953 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions, | ||||
6954 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
6955 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto | ||||
6956 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()); | ||||
6957 | assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded")(static_cast <bool> (Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Proto && \"Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6957, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6958 | assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6959, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
6959 | "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method ) && "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) && \"Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 6959, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
6960 | |||||
6961 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method, PO)) | ||||
6962 | return; | ||||
6963 | |||||
6964 | // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402] | ||||
6965 | // A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is | ||||
6966 | // ignored by overload resolution. | ||||
6967 | if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() && | ||||
6968 | Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
6969 | return; | ||||
6970 | |||||
6971 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
6972 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
6973 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
6974 | |||||
6975 | // Add this candidate | ||||
6976 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
6977 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1, EarlyConversions); | ||||
6978 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
6979 | Candidate.Function = Method; | ||||
6980 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
6981 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Method, PO); | ||||
6982 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
6983 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
6984 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
6985 | |||||
6986 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
6987 | |||||
6988 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||
6989 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||
6990 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||
6991 | if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) && | ||||
6992 | !Proto->isVariadic() && | ||||
6993 | shouldEnforceArgLimit(PartialOverloading, Method)) { | ||||
6994 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
6995 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
6996 | return; | ||||
6997 | } | ||||
6998 | |||||
6999 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters | ||||
7000 | // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument | ||||
7001 | // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the | ||||
7002 | // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are | ||||
7003 | // exactly m parameters. | ||||
7004 | unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
7005 | if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) { | ||||
7006 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||
7007 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7008 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
7009 | return; | ||||
7010 | } | ||||
7011 | |||||
7012 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7013 | |||||
7014 | unsigned FirstConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||
7015 | if (ObjectType.isNull()) | ||||
7016 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true; | ||||
7017 | else if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
7018 | // [over.best.ics.general]p8 | ||||
7019 | // When the parameter is the implicit object parameter of a static member | ||||
7020 | // function, the implicit conversion sequence is a standard conversion | ||||
7021 | // sequence that is neither better nor worse than any other standard | ||||
7022 | // conversion sequence. | ||||
7023 | // | ||||
7024 | // This is a rule that was introduced in C++23 to support static lambdas. We | ||||
7025 | // apply it retroactively because we want to support static lambdas as an | ||||
7026 | // extension and it doesn't hurt previous code. | ||||
7027 | Candidate.Conversions[FirstConvIdx].setStaticObjectArgument(); | ||||
7028 | } else { | ||||
7029 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object | ||||
7030 | // parameter. | ||||
7031 | Candidate.Conversions[FirstConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7032 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||
7033 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||
7034 | if (Candidate.Conversions[FirstConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
7035 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7036 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7037 | return; | ||||
7038 | } | ||||
7039 | } | ||||
7040 | |||||
7041 | // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets. | ||||
7042 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
7043 | if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) | ||||
7044 | if (!IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, Method)) { | ||||
7045 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7046 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target; | ||||
7047 | return; | ||||
7048 | } | ||||
7049 | |||||
7050 | if (Method->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
7051 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
7052 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Method, Satisfaction, /*Loc*/ {}, | ||||
7053 | /*ForOverloadResolution*/ true) || | ||||
7054 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
7055 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7056 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||
7057 | return; | ||||
7058 | } | ||||
7059 | } | ||||
7060 | |||||
7061 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
7062 | // arguments. | ||||
7063 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
7064 | unsigned ConvIdx = | ||||
7065 | PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 0 : (ArgIdx + 1); | ||||
7066 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||
7067 | // We already formed a conversion sequence for this parameter during | ||||
7068 | // template argument deduction. | ||||
7069 | } else if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||
7070 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||
7071 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
7072 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||
7073 | // parameter of F. | ||||
7074 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
7075 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||
7076 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||
7077 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7078 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
7079 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7080 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
7081 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
7082 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7083 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7084 | return; | ||||
7085 | } | ||||
7086 | } else { | ||||
7087 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||
7088 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||
7089 | // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
7090 | Candidate.Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||
7091 | } | ||||
7092 | } | ||||
7093 | |||||
7094 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
7095 | CheckEnableIf(Method, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Args, true)) { | ||||
7096 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7097 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
7098 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
7099 | return; | ||||
7100 | } | ||||
7101 | |||||
7102 | if (Method->isMultiVersion() && Method->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
7103 | !Method->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||
7104 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7105 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||
7106 | } | ||||
7107 | } | ||||
7108 | |||||
7109 | /// Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate | ||||
7110 | /// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member | ||||
7111 | /// function template specialization. | ||||
7112 | void Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||
7113 | FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7114 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||
7115 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
7116 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7117 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7118 | bool PartialOverloading, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7119 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl, PO)) | ||||
7120 | return; | ||||
7121 | |||||
7122 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||
7123 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||
7124 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||
7125 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||
7126 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||
7127 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||
7128 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||
7129 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||
7130 | // functions. | ||||
7131 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||
7132 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
7133 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||
7134 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||
7135 | MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||
7136 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||
7137 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||
7138 | MethodTmpl, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||
7139 | SuppressUserConversions, ActingContext, ObjectType, | ||||
7140 | ObjectClassification, PO); | ||||
7141 | })) { | ||||
7142 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
7143 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||
7144 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7145 | Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7146 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7147 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
7148 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||
7149 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7150 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||
7151 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function)->isStatic() || | ||||
7152 | ObjectType.isNull(); | ||||
7153 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7154 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||
7155 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7156 | else { | ||||
7157 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||
7158 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||
7159 | Info); | ||||
7160 | } | ||||
7161 | return; | ||||
7162 | } | ||||
7163 | |||||
7164 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||
7165 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||
7166 | assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing member function template specialization?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7166, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7167 | assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization ) && "Specialization is not a member function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7168, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7168 | "Specialization is not a member function?")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization ) && "Specialization is not a member function?") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) && \"Specialization is not a member function?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7168, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7169 | AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl, | ||||
7170 | ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, | ||||
7171 | CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading, | ||||
7172 | Conversions, PO); | ||||
7173 | } | ||||
7174 | |||||
7175 | /// Determine whether a given function template has a simple explicit specifier | ||||
7176 | /// or a non-value-dependent explicit-specification that evaluates to true. | ||||
7177 | static bool isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD) { | ||||
7178 | return ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(FTD->getTemplatedDecl()).isExplicit(); | ||||
7179 | } | ||||
7180 | |||||
7181 | /// Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate | ||||
7182 | /// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce | ||||
7183 | /// an appropriate function template specialization. | ||||
7184 | void Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
7185 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7186 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7187 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7188 | bool PartialOverloading, bool AllowExplicit, ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate, | ||||
7189 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7190 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate, PO)) | ||||
7191 | return; | ||||
7192 | |||||
7193 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||
7194 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||
7195 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||
7196 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||
7197 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||
7198 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7199 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7200 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7201 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
7202 | return; | ||||
7203 | } | ||||
7204 | |||||
7205 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7: | ||||
7206 | // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate | ||||
7207 | // function template specializations are generated using template argument | ||||
7208 | // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as | ||||
7209 | // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one | ||||
7210 | // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template | ||||
7211 | // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each | ||||
7212 | // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate | ||||
7213 | // functions. | ||||
7214 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||
7215 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
7216 | ConversionSequenceList Conversions; | ||||
7217 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result = DeduceTemplateArguments( | ||||
7218 | FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Specialization, Info, | ||||
7219 | PartialOverloading, [&](ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes) { | ||||
7220 | return CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||
7221 | FunctionTemplate, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, Conversions, | ||||
7222 | SuppressUserConversions, nullptr, QualType(), {}, PO); | ||||
7223 | })) { | ||||
7224 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = | ||||
7225 | CandidateSet.addCandidate(Conversions.size(), Conversions); | ||||
7226 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7227 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7228 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7229 | Candidate.RewriteKind = | ||||
7230 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().getRewriteKind(Candidate.Function, PO); | ||||
7231 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7232 | Candidate.IsADLCandidate = IsADLCandidate; | ||||
7233 | // Ignore the object argument if there is one, since we don't have an object | ||||
7234 | // type. | ||||
7235 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = | ||||
7236 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Candidate.Function) && | ||||
7237 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Candidate.Function); | ||||
7238 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7239 | if (Result == TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure) | ||||
7240 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7241 | else { | ||||
7242 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||
7243 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||
7244 | Info); | ||||
7245 | } | ||||
7246 | return; | ||||
7247 | } | ||||
7248 | |||||
7249 | // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument | ||||
7250 | // deduction as a candidate. | ||||
7251 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7251, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7252 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
7253 | Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7254 | PartialOverloading, AllowExplicit, | ||||
7255 | /*AllowExplicitConversions*/ false, IsADLCandidate, Conversions, PO); | ||||
7256 | } | ||||
7257 | |||||
7258 | /// Check that implicit conversion sequences can be formed for each argument | ||||
7259 | /// whose corresponding parameter has a non-dependent type, per DR1391's | ||||
7260 | /// [temp.deduct.call]p10. | ||||
7261 | bool Sema::CheckNonDependentConversions( | ||||
7262 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, | ||||
7263 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
7264 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7265 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, | ||||
7266 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7267 | // FIXME: The cases in which we allow explicit conversions for constructor | ||||
7268 | // arguments never consider calling a constructor template. It's not clear | ||||
7269 | // that is correct. | ||||
7270 | const bool AllowExplicit = false; | ||||
7271 | |||||
7272 | auto *FD = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7273 | auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); | ||||
7274 | bool HasThisConversion = Method && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); | ||||
7275 | unsigned ThisConversions = HasThisConversion ? 1 : 0; | ||||
7276 | |||||
7277 | Conversions = | ||||
7278 | CandidateSet.allocateConversionSequences(ThisConversions + Args.size()); | ||||
7279 | |||||
7280 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7281 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7282 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7283 | |||||
7284 | // For a method call, check the 'this' conversion here too. DR1391 doesn't | ||||
7285 | // require that, but this check should never result in a hard error, and | ||||
7286 | // overload resolution is permitted to sidestep instantiations. | ||||
7287 | if (HasThisConversion && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic() && | ||||
7288 | !ObjectType.isNull()) { | ||||
7289 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed ? 1 : 0; | ||||
7290 | Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7291 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification, | ||||
7292 | Method, ActingContext); | ||||
7293 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||
7294 | return true; | ||||
7295 | } | ||||
7296 | |||||
7297 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(ParamTypes.size(), Args.size()); I != N; | ||||
7298 | ++I) { | ||||
7299 | QualType ParamType = ParamTypes[I]; | ||||
7300 | if (!ParamType->isDependentType()) { | ||||
7301 | unsigned ConvIdx = PO == OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed | ||||
7302 | ? 0 | ||||
7303 | : (ThisConversions + I); | ||||
7304 | Conversions[ConvIdx] | ||||
7305 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[I], ParamType, | ||||
7306 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
7307 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
7308 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7309 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount, | ||||
7310 | AllowExplicit); | ||||
7311 | if (Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||
7312 | return true; | ||||
7313 | } | ||||
7314 | } | ||||
7315 | |||||
7316 | return false; | ||||
7317 | } | ||||
7318 | |||||
7319 | /// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result | ||||
7320 | /// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++ | ||||
7321 | /// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1. | ||||
7322 | /// | ||||
7323 | /// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function. | ||||
7324 | /// | ||||
7325 | /// \param ToType The type we are converting to. | ||||
7326 | /// | ||||
7327 | /// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one | ||||
7328 | /// Objective-C pointer to another. | ||||
7329 | /// | ||||
7330 | /// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise. | ||||
7331 | static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S, | ||||
7332 | QualType ConvType, QualType ToType, | ||||
7333 | bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) { | ||||
7334 | QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
7335 | |||||
7336 | // Easy case: the types are the same. | ||||
7337 | if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType)) | ||||
7338 | return true; | ||||
7339 | |||||
7340 | // Allow qualification conversions. | ||||
7341 | bool ObjCLifetimeConversion; | ||||
7342 | if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false, | ||||
7343 | ObjCLifetimeConversion)) | ||||
7344 | return true; | ||||
7345 | |||||
7346 | // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions, | ||||
7347 | // we're done. | ||||
7348 | if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion) | ||||
7349 | return false; | ||||
7350 | |||||
7351 | // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion? | ||||
7352 | bool IncompatibleObjC = false; | ||||
7353 | QualType ConvertedType; | ||||
7354 | return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType, | ||||
7355 | IncompatibleObjC); | ||||
7356 | } | ||||
7357 | |||||
7358 | /// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a | ||||
7359 | /// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv], | ||||
7360 | /// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from, | ||||
7361 | /// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to | ||||
7362 | /// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the | ||||
7363 | /// conversion function produces). | ||||
7364 | void Sema::AddConversionCandidate( | ||||
7365 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7366 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
7367 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
7368 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||
7369 | assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&(static_cast <bool> (!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7370, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7370 | "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate")(static_cast <bool> (!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate () && "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && \"Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7370, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7371 | QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
7372 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||
7373 | return; | ||||
7374 | |||||
7375 | // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its | ||||
7376 | // deduction now. | ||||
7377 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) { | ||||
7378 | if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc())) | ||||
7379 | return; | ||||
7380 | ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
7381 | } | ||||
7382 | |||||
7383 | // If we don't allow any conversion of the result type, ignore conversion | ||||
7384 | // functions that don't convert to exactly (possibly cv-qualified) T. | ||||
7385 | if (!AllowResultConversion && | ||||
7386 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Conversion->getConversionType(), ToType)) | ||||
7387 | return; | ||||
7388 | |||||
7389 | // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion | ||||
7390 | // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or | ||||
7391 | // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion. | ||||
7392 | // | ||||
7393 | // FIXME: Include such functions in the candidate list and explain why we | ||||
7394 | // can't select them. | ||||
7395 | if (Conversion->isExplicit() && | ||||
7396 | !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType, | ||||
7397 | AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) | ||||
7398 | return; | ||||
7399 | |||||
7400 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7401 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7402 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7403 | |||||
7404 | // Add this candidate | ||||
7405 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1); | ||||
7406 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7407 | Candidate.Function = Conversion; | ||||
7408 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7409 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7410 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
7411 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType); | ||||
7412 | Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType); | ||||
7413 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7414 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||
7415 | |||||
7416 | // Explicit functions are not actually candidates at all if we're not | ||||
7417 | // allowing them in this context, but keep them around so we can point | ||||
7418 | // to them in diagnostics. | ||||
7419 | if (!AllowExplicit && Conversion->isExplicit()) { | ||||
7420 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7421 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
7422 | return; | ||||
7423 | } | ||||
7424 | |||||
7425 | // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4: | ||||
7426 | // For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of | ||||
7427 | // the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of | ||||
7428 | // defining the type of the implicit object parameter. | ||||
7429 | // | ||||
7430 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||
7431 | // object parameter. | ||||
7432 | QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType(); | ||||
7433 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
7434 | ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7435 | CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext | ||||
7436 | = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||
7437 | |||||
7438 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7439 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(), | ||||
7440 | From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext); | ||||
7441 | |||||
7442 | if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) { | ||||
7443 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7444 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7445 | return; | ||||
7446 | } | ||||
7447 | |||||
7448 | if (Conversion->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
7449 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
7450 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(Conversion, Satisfaction) || | ||||
7451 | !Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
7452 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7453 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied; | ||||
7454 | return; | ||||
7455 | } | ||||
7456 | } | ||||
7457 | |||||
7458 | // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a | ||||
7459 | // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only | ||||
7460 | // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user] | ||||
7461 | QualType FromCanon | ||||
7462 | = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
7463 | QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
7464 | if (FromCanon == ToCanon || | ||||
7465 | IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) { | ||||
7466 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7467 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion; | ||||
7468 | return; | ||||
7469 | } | ||||
7470 | |||||
7471 | // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the | ||||
7472 | // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to | ||||
7473 | // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the | ||||
7474 | // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This | ||||
7475 | // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to | ||||
7476 | // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this | ||||
7477 | // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be | ||||
7478 | // well-formed. | ||||
7479 | DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Context, Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(), | ||||
7480 | VK_LValue, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
7481 | ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, | ||||
7482 | Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()), | ||||
7483 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, &ConversionRef, | ||||
7484 | VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||
7485 | |||||
7486 | QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType(); | ||||
7487 | if (!isCompleteType(From->getBeginLoc(), ConversionType)) { | ||||
7488 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7489 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||
7490 | return; | ||||
7491 | } | ||||
7492 | |||||
7493 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType); | ||||
7494 | |||||
7495 | // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because | ||||
7496 | // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's | ||||
7497 | // allocator). | ||||
7498 | QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
7499 | |||||
7500 | alignas(CallExpr) char Buffer[sizeof(CallExpr) + sizeof(Stmt *)]; | ||||
7501 | CallExpr *TheTemporaryCall = CallExpr::CreateTemporary( | ||||
7502 | Buffer, &ConversionFn, CallResultType, VK, From->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
7503 | |||||
7504 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
7505 | TryCopyInitialization(*this, TheTemporaryCall, ToType, | ||||
7506 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, | ||||
7507 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
7508 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||
7509 | |||||
7510 | switch (ICS.getKind()) { | ||||
7511 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: | ||||
7512 | Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard; | ||||
7513 | |||||
7514 | // C++ [over.ics.user]p3: | ||||
7515 | // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a | ||||
7516 | // conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence | ||||
7517 | // shall have exact match rank. | ||||
7518 | if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() && | ||||
7519 | GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) { | ||||
7520 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7521 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact; | ||||
7522 | return; | ||||
7523 | } | ||||
7524 | |||||
7525 | // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5: | ||||
7526 | // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and | ||||
7527 | // the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined | ||||
7528 | // conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the | ||||
7529 | // program is ill-formed. | ||||
7530 | if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() && | ||||
7531 | ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) { | ||||
7532 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7533 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||
7534 | return; | ||||
7535 | } | ||||
7536 | break; | ||||
7537 | |||||
7538 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: | ||||
7539 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7540 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion; | ||||
7541 | return; | ||||
7542 | |||||
7543 | default: | ||||
7544 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7545) | ||||
7545 | "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7545); | ||||
7546 | } | ||||
7547 | |||||
7548 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
7549 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||
7550 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7551 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
7552 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
7553 | return; | ||||
7554 | } | ||||
7555 | |||||
7556 | if (Conversion->isMultiVersion() && Conversion->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
7557 | !Conversion->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) { | ||||
7558 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7559 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_non_default_multiversion_function; | ||||
7560 | } | ||||
7561 | } | ||||
7562 | |||||
7563 | /// Adds a conversion function template specialization | ||||
7564 | /// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction | ||||
7565 | /// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function | ||||
7566 | /// template from the type that we are converting to (C++ | ||||
7567 | /// [temp.deduct.conv]). | ||||
7568 | void Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate( | ||||
7569 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7570 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC, Expr *From, QualType ToType, | ||||
7571 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
7572 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion) { | ||||
7573 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate ->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7574, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7574 | "Only conversion function templates permitted here")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate ->getTemplatedDecl()) && "Only conversion function templates permitted here" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) && \"Only conversion function templates permitted here\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7574, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7575 | |||||
7576 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate)) | ||||
7577 | return; | ||||
7578 | |||||
7579 | // If the function template has a non-dependent explicit specification, | ||||
7580 | // exclude it now if appropriate; we are not permitted to perform deduction | ||||
7581 | // and substitution in this case. | ||||
7582 | if (!AllowExplicit && isNonDependentlyExplicit(FunctionTemplate)) { | ||||
7583 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||
7584 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7585 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7586 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7587 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_explicit; | ||||
7588 | return; | ||||
7589 | } | ||||
7590 | |||||
7591 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation()); | ||||
7592 | CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
7593 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||
7594 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType, | ||||
7595 | Specialization, Info)) { | ||||
7596 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(); | ||||
7597 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7598 | Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | ||||
7599 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7600 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction; | ||||
7601 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7602 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7603 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1; | ||||
7604 | Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, | ||||
7605 | Info); | ||||
7606 | return; | ||||
7607 | } | ||||
7608 | |||||
7609 | // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by | ||||
7610 | // template argument deduction as a candidate. | ||||
7611 | assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"Missing function template specialization?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7611, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7612 | AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType, | ||||
7613 | CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, | ||||
7614 | AllowExplicit, AllowResultConversion); | ||||
7615 | } | ||||
7616 | |||||
7617 | /// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that | ||||
7618 | /// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the | ||||
7619 | /// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it | ||||
7620 | /// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is | ||||
7621 | /// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling. | ||||
7622 | void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, | ||||
7623 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
7624 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, | ||||
7625 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||
7626 | Expr *Object, | ||||
7627 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7628 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) { | ||||
7629 | if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion)) | ||||
7630 | return; | ||||
7631 | |||||
7632 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7633 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7634 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7635 | |||||
7636 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1); | ||||
7637 | Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl; | ||||
7638 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||
7639 | Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion; | ||||
7640 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7641 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = true; | ||||
7642 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7643 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7644 | |||||
7645 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit | ||||
7646 | // object parameter. | ||||
7647 | ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
7648 | *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(), | ||||
7649 | Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext); | ||||
7650 | if (ObjectInit.isBad()) { | ||||
7651 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7652 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7653 | Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit; | ||||
7654 | return; | ||||
7655 | } | ||||
7656 | |||||
7657 | // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose | ||||
7658 | // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is | ||||
7659 | // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such. | ||||
7660 | Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined(); | ||||
7661 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard; | ||||
7662 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false; | ||||
7663 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false; | ||||
7664 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion; | ||||
7665 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl; | ||||
7666 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After | ||||
7667 | = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before; | ||||
7668 | Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
7669 | |||||
7670 | // Find the | ||||
7671 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
7672 | |||||
7673 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m | ||||
7674 | // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter | ||||
7675 | // list (8.3.5). | ||||
7676 | if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
7677 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7678 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
7679 | return; | ||||
7680 | } | ||||
7681 | |||||
7682 | // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if | ||||
7683 | // we have enough arguments. | ||||
7684 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||
7685 | // Not enough arguments. | ||||
7686 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7687 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
7688 | return; | ||||
7689 | } | ||||
7690 | |||||
7691 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
7692 | // arguments. | ||||
7693 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
7694 | if (ArgIdx < NumParams) { | ||||
7695 | // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall | ||||
7696 | // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence | ||||
7697 | // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding | ||||
7698 | // parameter of F. | ||||
7699 | QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx); | ||||
7700 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1] | ||||
7701 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType, | ||||
7702 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
7703 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
7704 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7705 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
7706 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) { | ||||
7707 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7708 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7709 | return; | ||||
7710 | } | ||||
7711 | } else { | ||||
7712 | // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any | ||||
7713 | // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is | ||||
7714 | // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3). | ||||
7715 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis(); | ||||
7716 | } | ||||
7717 | } | ||||
7718 | |||||
7719 | if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = | ||||
7720 | CheckEnableIf(Conversion, CandidateSet.getLocation(), None)) { | ||||
7721 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7722 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if; | ||||
7723 | Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr; | ||||
7724 | return; | ||||
7725 | } | ||||
7726 | } | ||||
7727 | |||||
7728 | /// Add all of the non-member operator function declarations in the given | ||||
7729 | /// function set to the overload candidate set. | ||||
7730 | void Sema::AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( | ||||
7731 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7732 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
7733 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||
7734 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) { | ||||
7735 | NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
7736 | ArrayRef<Expr *> FunctionArgs = Args; | ||||
7737 | |||||
7738 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D); | ||||
7739 | FunctionDecl *FD = | ||||
7740 | FunTmpl ? FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl() : cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
7741 | |||||
7742 | // Don't consider rewritten functions if we're not rewriting. | ||||
7743 | if (!CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isAcceptableCandidate(FD)) | ||||
7744 | continue; | ||||
7745 | |||||
7746 | assert(!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) &&(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7747 | "unqualified operator lookup found a member function")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && "unqualified operator lookup found a member function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && \"unqualified operator lookup found a member function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7747, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7748 | |||||
7749 | if (FunTmpl) { | ||||
7750 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
7751 | FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||
7752 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||
7753 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
7754 | FunTmpl, F.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
7755 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, false, false, | ||||
7756 | true, ADLCallKind::NotADL, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
7757 | } else { | ||||
7758 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||
7759 | continue; | ||||
7760 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), FunctionArgs, CandidateSet); | ||||
7761 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) | ||||
7762 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), | ||||
7763 | {FunctionArgs[1], FunctionArgs[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||
7764 | false, false, true, false, ADLCallKind::NotADL, | ||||
7765 | None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
7766 | } | ||||
7767 | } | ||||
7768 | } | ||||
7769 | |||||
7770 | /// Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are | ||||
7771 | /// member functions. | ||||
7772 | /// | ||||
7773 | /// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions | ||||
7774 | /// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such | ||||
7775 | /// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and | ||||
7776 | /// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++ | ||||
7777 | /// [over.match.oper]). | ||||
7778 | void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
7779 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
7780 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7781 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
7782 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO) { | ||||
7783 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
7784 | |||||
7785 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
7786 | // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose | ||||
7787 | // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with | ||||
7788 | // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and | ||||
7789 | // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2, | ||||
7790 | // three sets of candidate functions, designated member | ||||
7791 | // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are | ||||
7792 | // constructed as follows: | ||||
7793 | QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType(); | ||||
7794 | |||||
7795 | // -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being | ||||
7796 | // defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the | ||||
7797 | // qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, | ||||
7798 | // the set of member candidates is empty. | ||||
7799 | if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
7800 | // Complete the type if it can be completed. | ||||
7801 | if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined()) | ||||
7802 | return; | ||||
7803 | // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now. | ||||
7804 | if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition()) | ||||
7805 | return; | ||||
7806 | |||||
7807 | LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
7808 | LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl()); | ||||
7809 | Operators.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
7810 | |||||
7811 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(), | ||||
7812 | OperEnd = Operators.end(); | ||||
7813 | Oper != OperEnd; | ||||
7814 | ++Oper) | ||||
7815 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(), | ||||
7816 | Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1), | ||||
7817 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false, PO); | ||||
7818 | } | ||||
7819 | } | ||||
7820 | |||||
7821 | /// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in | ||||
7822 | /// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types | ||||
7823 | /// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the | ||||
7824 | /// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator | ||||
7825 | /// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment | ||||
7826 | /// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments | ||||
7827 | /// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually | ||||
7828 | /// converted to bool. | ||||
7829 | void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
7830 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||
7831 | bool IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||
7832 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||
7833 | // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context. | ||||
7834 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
7835 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
7836 | |||||
7837 | // Add this candidate | ||||
7838 | OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size()); | ||||
7839 | Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none); | ||||
7840 | Candidate.Function = nullptr; | ||||
7841 | Candidate.IsSurrogate = false; | ||||
7842 | Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false; | ||||
7843 | std::copy(ParamTys, ParamTys + Args.size(), Candidate.BuiltinParamTypes); | ||||
7844 | |||||
7845 | // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the | ||||
7846 | // arguments. | ||||
7847 | Candidate.Viable = true; | ||||
7848 | Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size(); | ||||
7849 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
7850 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p4: | ||||
7851 | // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the | ||||
7852 | // left operand are restricted as follows: | ||||
7853 | // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and | ||||
7854 | // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left | ||||
7855 | // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most | ||||
7856 | // parameter of a built-in candidate. | ||||
7857 | // | ||||
7858 | // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined | ||||
7859 | // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of | ||||
7860 | // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that | ||||
7861 | // is not of the same type. | ||||
7862 | if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) { | ||||
7863 | assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&(static_cast <bool> (ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
7864 | "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type")(static_cast <bool> (ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy && \"Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 7864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
7865 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||
7866 | = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||
7867 | } else { | ||||
7868 | Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] | ||||
7869 | = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx], | ||||
7870 | ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator, | ||||
7871 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
7872 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
7873 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
7874 | } | ||||
7875 | if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
7876 | Candidate.Viable = false; | ||||
7877 | Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion; | ||||
7878 | break; | ||||
7879 | } | ||||
7880 | } | ||||
7881 | } | ||||
7882 | |||||
7883 | namespace { | ||||
7884 | |||||
7885 | /// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the | ||||
7886 | /// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++ | ||||
7887 | /// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and | ||||
7888 | /// enumeration types. | ||||
7889 | class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet { | ||||
7890 | /// TypeSet - A set of types. | ||||
7891 | typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>, | ||||
7892 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet; | ||||
7893 | |||||
7894 | /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the | ||||
7895 | /// built-in candidates. | ||||
7896 | TypeSet PointerTypes; | ||||
7897 | |||||
7898 | /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be | ||||
7899 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||
7900 | TypeSet MemberPointerTypes; | ||||
7901 | |||||
7902 | /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be | ||||
7903 | /// used in the built-in candidates. | ||||
7904 | TypeSet EnumerationTypes; | ||||
7905 | |||||
7906 | /// The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in | ||||
7907 | /// candidates. | ||||
7908 | TypeSet VectorTypes; | ||||
7909 | |||||
7910 | /// The set of matrix types that will be used in the built-in | ||||
7911 | /// candidates. | ||||
7912 | TypeSet MatrixTypes; | ||||
7913 | |||||
7914 | /// A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates | ||||
7915 | bool HasNonRecordTypes; | ||||
7916 | |||||
7917 | /// A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types | ||||
7918 | /// were present in the candidate set. | ||||
7919 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; | ||||
7920 | |||||
7921 | /// A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the | ||||
7922 | /// candidate set. | ||||
7923 | bool HasNullPtrType; | ||||
7924 | |||||
7925 | /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the | ||||
7926 | /// candidate type set. | ||||
7927 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||
7928 | |||||
7929 | /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets. | ||||
7930 | ASTContext &Context; | ||||
7931 | |||||
7932 | bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||
7933 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals); | ||||
7934 | bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty); | ||||
7935 | |||||
7936 | public: | ||||
7937 | /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set. | ||||
7938 | typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator; | ||||
7939 | |||||
7940 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef) | ||||
7941 | : HasNonRecordTypes(false), | ||||
7942 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false), | ||||
7943 | HasNullPtrType(false), | ||||
7944 | SemaRef(SemaRef), | ||||
7945 | Context(SemaRef.Context) { } | ||||
7946 | |||||
7947 | void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||
7948 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
7949 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||
7950 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||
7951 | const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||
7952 | |||||
7953 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> pointer_types() { return PointerTypes; } | ||||
7954 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> member_pointer_types() { | ||||
7955 | return MemberPointerTypes; | ||||
7956 | } | ||||
7957 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> enumeration_types() { | ||||
7958 | return EnumerationTypes; | ||||
7959 | } | ||||
7960 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> vector_types() { return VectorTypes; } | ||||
7961 | llvm::iterator_range<iterator> matrix_types() { return MatrixTypes; } | ||||
7962 | |||||
7963 | bool containsMatrixType(QualType Ty) const { return MatrixTypes.count(Ty); } | ||||
7964 | bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; } | ||||
7965 | bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; } | ||||
7966 | bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; } | ||||
7967 | }; | ||||
7968 | |||||
7969 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
7970 | |||||
7971 | /// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to | ||||
7972 | /// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||
7973 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||
7974 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||
7975 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||
7976 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||
7977 | /// false otherwise. | ||||
7978 | /// | ||||
7979 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||
7980 | bool | ||||
7981 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty, | ||||
7982 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||
7983 | |||||
7984 | // Insert this type. | ||||
7985 | if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||
7986 | return false; | ||||
7987 | |||||
7988 | QualType PointeeTy; | ||||
7989 | const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
7990 | bool buildObjCPtr = false; | ||||
7991 | if (!PointerTy) { | ||||
7992 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
7993 | PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7994 | buildObjCPtr = true; | ||||
7995 | } else { | ||||
7996 | PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
7997 | } | ||||
7998 | |||||
7999 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||
8000 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||
8001 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||
8002 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||
8003 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||
8004 | return true; | ||||
8005 | |||||
8006 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
8007 | bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||
8008 | bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict(); | ||||
8009 | |||||
8010 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR. | ||||
8011 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||
8012 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||
8013 | // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types. | ||||
8014 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue; | ||||
8015 | |||||
8016 | // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if | ||||
8017 | // the type cannot be restrict-qualified. | ||||
8018 | if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && | ||||
8019 | (!hasRestrict || | ||||
8020 | (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType())))) | ||||
8021 | continue; | ||||
8022 | |||||
8023 | // Build qualified pointee type. | ||||
8024 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||
8025 | |||||
8026 | // Build qualified pointer type. | ||||
8027 | QualType QPointerTy; | ||||
8028 | if (!buildObjCPtr) | ||||
8029 | QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||
8030 | else | ||||
8031 | QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy); | ||||
8032 | |||||
8033 | // Insert qualified pointer type. | ||||
8034 | PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy); | ||||
8035 | } | ||||
8036 | |||||
8037 | return true; | ||||
8038 | } | ||||
8039 | |||||
8040 | /// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty | ||||
8041 | /// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of | ||||
8042 | /// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine | ||||
8043 | /// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const | ||||
8044 | /// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of | ||||
8045 | /// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded, | ||||
8046 | /// false otherwise. | ||||
8047 | /// | ||||
8048 | /// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers? | ||||
8049 | bool | ||||
8050 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants( | ||||
8051 | QualType Ty) { | ||||
8052 | // Insert this type. | ||||
8053 | if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty)) | ||||
8054 | return false; | ||||
8055 | |||||
8056 | const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); | ||||
8057 | assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!")(static_cast <bool> (PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("PointerTy && \"type was not a member pointer type!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 8057, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
8058 | |||||
8059 | QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8060 | // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed | ||||
8061 | // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the | ||||
8062 | // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int, | ||||
8063 | // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway. | ||||
8064 | if (PointeeTy->isArrayType()) | ||||
8065 | return true; | ||||
8066 | const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass(); | ||||
8067 | |||||
8068 | // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR | ||||
8069 | // qualifiers. | ||||
8070 | unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
8071 | for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) { | ||||
8072 | if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue; | ||||
8073 | |||||
8074 | QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR); | ||||
8075 | MemberPointerTypes.insert( | ||||
8076 | Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy)); | ||||
8077 | } | ||||
8078 | |||||
8079 | return true; | ||||
8080 | } | ||||
8081 | |||||
8082 | /// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p | ||||
8083 | /// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're | ||||
8084 | /// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also | ||||
8085 | /// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator. | ||||
8086 | /// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion | ||||
8087 | /// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we | ||||
8088 | /// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class | ||||
8089 | /// type. | ||||
8090 | void | ||||
8091 | BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, | ||||
8092 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
8093 | bool AllowUserConversions, | ||||
8094 | bool AllowExplicitConversions, | ||||
8095 | const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) { | ||||
8096 | // Only deal with canonical types. | ||||
8097 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); | ||||
8098 | |||||
8099 | // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an | ||||
8100 | // expression for the purposes of conversions. | ||||
8101 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
8102 | Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8103 | |||||
8104 | // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer. | ||||
8105 | if (Ty->isArrayType()) | ||||
8106 | Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty); | ||||
8107 | |||||
8108 | // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type. | ||||
8109 | Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
8110 | |||||
8111 | // Flag if we ever add a non-record type. | ||||
8112 | const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
8113 | HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec; | ||||
8114 | |||||
8115 | // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type. | ||||
8116 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = | ||||
8117 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType(); | ||||
8118 | |||||
8119 | if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType()) | ||||
8120 | PointerTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8121 | else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
8122 | // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set | ||||
8123 | // of types. | ||||
8124 | if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals)) | ||||
8125 | return; | ||||
8126 | } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { | ||||
8127 | // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted. | ||||
8128 | if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty)) | ||||
8129 | return; | ||||
8130 | } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
8131 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||
8132 | EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8133 | } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) { | ||||
8134 | // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an | ||||
8135 | // extension. | ||||
8136 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||
8137 | VectorTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8138 | } else if (Ty->isMatrixType()) { | ||||
8139 | // Similar to vector types, we treat vector types as arithmetic types in | ||||
8140 | // many contexts as an extension. | ||||
8141 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true; | ||||
8142 | MatrixTypes.insert(Ty); | ||||
8143 | } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||
8144 | HasNullPtrType = true; | ||||
8145 | } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) { | ||||
8146 | // No conversion functions in incomplete types. | ||||
8147 | if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty)) | ||||
8148 | return; | ||||
8149 | |||||
8150 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||
8151 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||
8152 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
8153 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
8154 | |||||
8155 | // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything | ||||
8156 | // about which builtin types we can convert to. | ||||
8157 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||
8158 | continue; | ||||
8159 | |||||
8160 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
8161 | if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||
8162 | AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false, | ||||
8163 | VisibleQuals); | ||||
8164 | } | ||||
8165 | } | ||||
8166 | } | ||||
8167 | } | ||||
8168 | /// Helper function for adjusting address spaces for the pointer or reference | ||||
8169 | /// operands of builtin operators depending on the argument. | ||||
8170 | static QualType AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||
8171 | Expr *Arg) { | ||||
8172 | return S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T, Arg->getType().getAddressSpace()); | ||||
8173 | } | ||||
8174 | |||||
8175 | /// Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds | ||||
8176 | /// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the | ||||
8177 | /// given type to the candidate set. | ||||
8178 | static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S, | ||||
8179 | QualType T, | ||||
8180 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
8181 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
8182 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
8183 | |||||
8184 | // T& operator=(T&, T) | ||||
8185 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8186 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, T, Args[0])); | ||||
8187 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||
8188 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8189 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8190 | |||||
8191 | if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||
8192 | // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T) | ||||
8193 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8194 | AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType(S, S.Context.getVolatileType(T), | ||||
8195 | Args[0])); | ||||
8196 | ParamTypes[1] = T; | ||||
8197 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8198 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8199 | } | ||||
8200 | } | ||||
8201 | |||||
8202 | /// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers, | ||||
8203 | /// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type. | ||||
8204 | static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) { | ||||
8205 | Qualifiers VRQuals; | ||||
8206 | const RecordType *TyRec; | ||||
8207 | if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType = | ||||
8208 | ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
8209 | TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
8210 | else | ||||
8211 | TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
8212 | if (!TyRec) { | ||||
8213 | // Just to be safe, assume the worst case. | ||||
8214 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||
8215 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||
8216 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8217 | } | ||||
8218 | |||||
8219 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl()); | ||||
8220 | if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition()) | ||||
8221 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8222 | |||||
8223 | for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) { | ||||
8224 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
8225 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
8226 | if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
8227 | QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType()); | ||||
8228 | if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
8229 | CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8230 | // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers | ||||
8231 | // as see them. | ||||
8232 | bool done = false; | ||||
8233 | while (!done) { | ||||
8234 | if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||
8235 | VRQuals.addRestrict(); | ||||
8236 | if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
8237 | CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8238 | else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr = | ||||
8239 | CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
8240 | CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8241 | else | ||||
8242 | done = true; | ||||
8243 | if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
8244 | VRQuals.addVolatile(); | ||||
8245 | if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile()) | ||||
8246 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8247 | } | ||||
8248 | } | ||||
8249 | } | ||||
8250 | return VRQuals; | ||||
8251 | } | ||||
8252 | |||||
8253 | // Note: We're currently only handling qualifiers that are meaningful for the | ||||
8254 | // LHS of compound assignment overloading. | ||||
8255 | static void forAllQualifierCombinationsImpl( | ||||
8256 | QualifiersAndAtomic Available, QualifiersAndAtomic Applied, | ||||
8257 | llvm::function_ref<void(QualifiersAndAtomic)> Callback) { | ||||
8258 | // _Atomic | ||||
8259 | if (Available.hasAtomic()) { | ||||
8260 | Available.removeAtomic(); | ||||
8261 | forAllQualifierCombinationsImpl(Available, Applied.withAtomic(), Callback); | ||||
8262 | forAllQualifierCombinationsImpl(Available, Applied, Callback); | ||||
8263 | return; | ||||
8264 | } | ||||
8265 | |||||
8266 | // volatile | ||||
8267 | if (Available.hasVolatile()) { | ||||
8268 | Available.removeVolatile(); | ||||
8269 | assert(!Applied.hasVolatile())(static_cast <bool> (!Applied.hasVolatile()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Applied.hasVolatile()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 8269, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
8270 | forAllQualifierCombinationsImpl(Available, Applied.withVolatile(), | ||||
8271 | Callback); | ||||
8272 | forAllQualifierCombinationsImpl(Available, Applied, Callback); | ||||
8273 | return; | ||||
8274 | } | ||||
8275 | |||||
8276 | Callback(Applied); | ||||
8277 | } | ||||
8278 | |||||
8279 | static void forAllQualifierCombinations( | ||||
8280 | QualifiersAndAtomic Quals, | ||||
8281 | llvm::function_ref<void(QualifiersAndAtomic)> Callback) { | ||||
8282 | return forAllQualifierCombinationsImpl(Quals, QualifiersAndAtomic(), | ||||
8283 | Callback); | ||||
8284 | } | ||||
8285 | |||||
8286 | static QualType makeQualifiedLValueReferenceType(QualType Base, | ||||
8287 | QualifiersAndAtomic Quals, | ||||
8288 | Sema &S) { | ||||
8289 | if (Quals.hasAtomic()) | ||||
8290 | Base = S.Context.getAtomicType(Base); | ||||
8291 | if (Quals.hasVolatile()) | ||||
8292 | Base = S.Context.getVolatileType(Base); | ||||
8293 | return S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Base); | ||||
8294 | } | ||||
8295 | |||||
8296 | namespace { | ||||
8297 | |||||
8298 | /// Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload | ||||
8299 | /// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout | ||||
8300 | /// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin | ||||
8301 | /// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set. | ||||
8302 | class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder { | ||||
8303 | // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods. | ||||
8304 | Sema &S; | ||||
8305 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args; | ||||
8306 | QualifiersAndAtomic VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||
8307 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType; | ||||
8308 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes; | ||||
8309 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet; | ||||
8310 | |||||
8311 | static constexpr int ArithmeticTypesCap = 24; | ||||
8312 | SmallVector<CanQualType, ArithmeticTypesCap> ArithmeticTypes; | ||||
8313 | |||||
8314 | // Define some indices used to iterate over the arithmetic types in | ||||
8315 | // ArithmeticTypes. The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic | ||||
8316 | // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). | ||||
8317 | unsigned FirstIntegralType, | ||||
8318 | LastIntegralType; | ||||
8319 | unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType, | ||||
8320 | LastPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8321 | unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType, | ||||
8322 | LastPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8323 | unsigned NumArithmeticTypes; | ||||
8324 | |||||
8325 | void InitArithmeticTypes() { | ||||
8326 | // Start of promoted types. | ||||
8327 | FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0; | ||||
8328 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.FloatTy); | ||||
8329 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.DoubleTy); | ||||
8330 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongDoubleTy); | ||||
8331 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type()) | ||||
8332 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Float128Ty); | ||||
8333 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasIbm128Type()) | ||||
8334 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Ibm128Ty); | ||||
8335 | |||||
8336 | // Start of integral types. | ||||
8337 | FirstIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8338 | FirstPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8339 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.IntTy); | ||||
8340 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongTy); | ||||
8341 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.LongLongTy); | ||||
8342 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||
8343 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||
8344 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||
8345 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Int128Ty); | ||||
8346 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedIntTy); | ||||
8347 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongTy); | ||||
8348 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy); | ||||
8349 | if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasInt128Type() || | ||||
8350 | (S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo() && | ||||
8351 | S.Context.getAuxTargetInfo()->hasInt128Type())) | ||||
8352 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty); | ||||
8353 | LastPromotedIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8354 | LastPromotedArithmeticType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8355 | // End of promoted types. | ||||
8356 | |||||
8357 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.BoolTy); | ||||
8358 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.CharTy); | ||||
8359 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.WCharTy); | ||||
8360 | if (S.Context.getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||
8361 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char8Ty); | ||||
8362 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char16Ty); | ||||
8363 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.Char32Ty); | ||||
8364 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.SignedCharTy); | ||||
8365 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.ShortTy); | ||||
8366 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedCharTy); | ||||
8367 | ArithmeticTypes.push_back(S.Context.UnsignedShortTy); | ||||
8368 | LastIntegralType = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8369 | NumArithmeticTypes = ArithmeticTypes.size(); | ||||
8370 | // End of integral types. | ||||
8371 | // FIXME: What about complex? What about half? | ||||
8372 | |||||
8373 | assert(ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap &&(static_cast <bool> (ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 8374, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
8374 | "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.")(static_cast <bool> (ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && "Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArithmeticTypes.size() <= ArithmeticTypesCap && \"Enough inline storage for all arithmetic types.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 8374, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
8375 | } | ||||
8376 | |||||
8377 | /// Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads | ||||
8378 | /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators. | ||||
8379 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy, | ||||
8380 | bool HasVolatile, | ||||
8381 | bool HasRestrict) { | ||||
8382 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8383 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy), | ||||
8384 | S.Context.IntTy | ||||
8385 | }; | ||||
8386 | |||||
8387 | // Non-volatile version. | ||||
8388 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8389 | |||||
8390 | // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set: | ||||
8391 | // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type. | ||||
8392 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||
8393 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8394 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8395 | S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy)); | ||||
8396 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8397 | } | ||||
8398 | |||||
8399 | // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type | ||||
8400 | // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer. | ||||
8401 | if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||
8402 | !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) { | ||||
8403 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||
8404 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8405 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict)); | ||||
8406 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8407 | |||||
8408 | if (HasVolatile) { | ||||
8409 | ParamTypes[0] | ||||
8410 | = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
8411 | S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, | ||||
8412 | (Qualifiers::Volatile | | ||||
8413 | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||
8414 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8415 | } | ||||
8416 | } | ||||
8417 | |||||
8418 | } | ||||
8419 | |||||
8420 | /// Helper to add an overload candidate for a binary builtin with types \p L | ||||
8421 | /// and \p R. | ||||
8422 | void AddCandidate(QualType L, QualType R) { | ||||
8423 | QualType LandR[2] = {L, R}; | ||||
8424 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8425 | } | ||||
8426 | |||||
8427 | public: | ||||
8428 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder( | ||||
8429 | Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
8430 | QualifiersAndAtomic VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||
8431 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||
8432 | SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes, | ||||
8433 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) | ||||
8434 | : S(S), Args(Args), | ||||
8435 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals), | ||||
8436 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType( | ||||
8437 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType), | ||||
8438 | CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes), | ||||
8439 | CandidateSet(CandidateSet) { | ||||
8440 | |||||
8441 | InitArithmeticTypes(); | ||||
8442 | } | ||||
8443 | |||||
8444 | // Increment is deprecated for bool since C++17. | ||||
8445 | // | ||||
8446 | // C++ [over.built]p3: | ||||
8447 | // | ||||
8448 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||
8449 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||
8450 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8451 | // | ||||
8452 | // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&); | ||||
8453 | // T operator++(VQ T&, int); | ||||
8454 | // | ||||
8455 | // C++ [over.built]p4: | ||||
8456 | // | ||||
8457 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other | ||||
8458 | // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist | ||||
8459 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8460 | // | ||||
8461 | // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&); | ||||
8462 | // T operator--(VQ T&, int); | ||||
8463 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
8464 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8465 | return; | ||||
8466 | |||||
8467 | for (unsigned Arith = 0; Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) { | ||||
8468 | const auto TypeOfT = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||
8469 | if (TypeOfT == S.Context.BoolTy) { | ||||
8470 | if (Op == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||
8471 | continue; | ||||
8472 | if (Op == OO_PlusPlus && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) | ||||
8473 | continue; | ||||
8474 | } | ||||
8475 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||
8476 | TypeOfT, | ||||
8477 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(), | ||||
8478 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()); | ||||
8479 | } | ||||
8480 | } | ||||
8481 | |||||
8482 | // C++ [over.built]p5: | ||||
8483 | // | ||||
8484 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||
8485 | // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or | ||||
8486 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8487 | // | ||||
8488 | // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&); | ||||
8489 | // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&); | ||||
8490 | // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int); | ||||
8491 | // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int); | ||||
8492 | void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() { | ||||
8493 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8494 | // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types. | ||||
8495 | if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||
8496 | continue; | ||||
8497 | |||||
8498 | addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads( | ||||
8499 | PtrTy, | ||||
8500 | (!PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
8501 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()), | ||||
8502 | (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||
8503 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict())); | ||||
8504 | } | ||||
8505 | } | ||||
8506 | |||||
8507 | // C++ [over.built]p6: | ||||
8508 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there | ||||
8509 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8510 | // | ||||
8511 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||
8512 | // | ||||
8513 | // C++ [over.built]p7: | ||||
8514 | // For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a | ||||
8515 | // ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8516 | // T& operator*(T*); | ||||
8517 | void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() { | ||||
8518 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8519 | QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8520 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||
8521 | continue; | ||||
8522 | |||||
8523 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
8524 | if (Proto->getMethodQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier()) | ||||
8525 | continue; | ||||
8526 | |||||
8527 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8528 | } | ||||
8529 | } | ||||
8530 | |||||
8531 | // C++ [over.built]p9: | ||||
8532 | // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate | ||||
8533 | // operator functions of the form | ||||
8534 | // | ||||
8535 | // T operator+(T); | ||||
8536 | // T operator-(T); | ||||
8537 | void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8538 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8539 | return; | ||||
8540 | |||||
8541 | for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8542 | Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) { | ||||
8543 | QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith]; | ||||
8544 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8545 | } | ||||
8546 | |||||
8547 | // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types. | ||||
8548 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8549 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8550 | } | ||||
8551 | |||||
8552 | // C++ [over.built]p8: | ||||
8553 | // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||
8554 | // the form | ||||
8555 | // | ||||
8556 | // T* operator+(T*); | ||||
8557 | void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() { | ||||
8558 | for (QualType ParamTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) | ||||
8559 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8560 | } | ||||
8561 | |||||
8562 | // C++ [over.built]p10: | ||||
8563 | // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate | ||||
8564 | // operator functions of the form | ||||
8565 | // | ||||
8566 | // T operator~(T); | ||||
8567 | void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() { | ||||
8568 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8569 | return; | ||||
8570 | |||||
8571 | for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8572 | Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) { | ||||
8573 | QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int]; | ||||
8574 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&IntTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8575 | } | ||||
8576 | |||||
8577 | // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types. | ||||
8578 | for (QualType VecTy : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8579 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&VecTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8580 | } | ||||
8581 | |||||
8582 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p16: | ||||
8583 | // For every pointer to member type T or type std::nullptr_t, there | ||||
8584 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8585 | // | ||||
8586 | // bool operator==(T,T); | ||||
8587 | // bool operator!=(T,T); | ||||
8588 | void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads() { | ||||
8589 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8590 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8591 | |||||
8592 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8593 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
8594 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||
8595 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||
8596 | continue; | ||||
8597 | |||||
8598 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||
8599 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8600 | } | ||||
8601 | |||||
8602 | if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) { | ||||
8603 | CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy); | ||||
8604 | if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second) { | ||||
8605 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy }; | ||||
8606 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8607 | } | ||||
8608 | } | ||||
8609 | } | ||||
8610 | } | ||||
8611 | |||||
8612 | // C++ [over.built]p15: | ||||
8613 | // | ||||
8614 | // For every T, where T is an enumeration type or a pointer type, | ||||
8615 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8616 | // | ||||
8617 | // bool operator<(T, T); | ||||
8618 | // bool operator>(T, T); | ||||
8619 | // bool operator<=(T, T); | ||||
8620 | // bool operator>=(T, T); | ||||
8621 | // bool operator==(T, T); | ||||
8622 | // bool operator!=(T, T); | ||||
8623 | // R operator<=>(T, T) | ||||
8624 | void addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(bool IsSpaceship) { | ||||
8625 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
8626 | // [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator | ||||
8627 | // functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...] | ||||
8628 | // do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member | ||||
8629 | // candidate. | ||||
8630 | // | ||||
8631 | // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there | ||||
8632 | // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator | ||||
8633 | // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other | ||||
8634 | // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=, | ||||
8635 | // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place | ||||
8636 | // where we must suppress candidates like this. | ||||
8637 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> > | ||||
8638 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators; | ||||
8639 | |||||
8640 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8641 | if (!CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types().empty()) { | ||||
8642 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||
8643 | CEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||
8644 | C != CEnd; ++C) { | ||||
8645 | if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2) | ||||
8646 | continue; | ||||
8647 | |||||
8648 | if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) | ||||
8649 | continue; | ||||
8650 | |||||
8651 | // We interpret "same parameter-type-list" as applying to the | ||||
8652 | // "synthesized candidate, with the order of the two parameters | ||||
8653 | // reversed", not to the original function. | ||||
8654 | bool Reversed = C->isReversed(); | ||||
8655 | QualType FirstParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 1 : 0) | ||||
8656 | ->getType() | ||||
8657 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
8658 | QualType SecondParamType = C->Function->getParamDecl(Reversed ? 0 : 1) | ||||
8659 | ->getType() | ||||
8660 | .getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
8661 | |||||
8662 | // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type. | ||||
8663 | if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() || | ||||
8664 | !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
8665 | continue; | ||||
8666 | |||||
8667 | // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators. | ||||
8668 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert( | ||||
8669 | std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType), | ||||
8670 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType))); | ||||
8671 | } | ||||
8672 | } | ||||
8673 | } | ||||
8674 | |||||
8675 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8676 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8677 | |||||
8678 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8679 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8680 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice. | ||||
8681 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
8682 | continue; | ||||
8683 | if (IsSpaceship && PtrTy->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||
8684 | continue; | ||||
8685 | |||||
8686 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||
8687 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8688 | } | ||||
8689 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||
8690 | CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy); | ||||
8691 | |||||
8692 | // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined | ||||
8693 | // candidate exists. | ||||
8694 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second || | ||||
8695 | UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType, | ||||
8696 | CanonType))) | ||||
8697 | continue; | ||||
8698 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||
8699 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8700 | } | ||||
8701 | } | ||||
8702 | } | ||||
8703 | |||||
8704 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||
8705 | // | ||||
8706 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T | ||||
8707 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8708 | // | ||||
8709 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8710 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW] | ||||
8711 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8712 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||
8713 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW] | ||||
8714 | // | ||||
8715 | // C++ [over.built]p14: | ||||
8716 | // | ||||
8717 | // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there | ||||
8718 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8719 | // | ||||
8720 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||
8721 | void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) { | ||||
8722 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8723 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8724 | |||||
8725 | for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) { | ||||
8726 | QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8727 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||
8728 | S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||
8729 | }; | ||||
8730 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8731 | QualType PointeeTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
8732 | if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType()) | ||||
8733 | continue; | ||||
8734 | |||||
8735 | AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = PtrTy; | ||||
8736 | if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) { | ||||
8737 | // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||
8738 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||
8739 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8740 | } | ||||
8741 | if (Op == OO_Minus) { | ||||
8742 | // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T); | ||||
8743 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
8744 | continue; | ||||
8745 | |||||
8746 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||
8747 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8748 | } | ||||
8749 | } | ||||
8750 | } | ||||
8751 | } | ||||
8752 | |||||
8753 | // C++ [over.built]p12: | ||||
8754 | // | ||||
8755 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there | ||||
8756 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8757 | // | ||||
8758 | // LR operator*(L, R); | ||||
8759 | // LR operator/(L, R); | ||||
8760 | // LR operator+(L, R); | ||||
8761 | // LR operator-(L, R); | ||||
8762 | // bool operator<(L, R); | ||||
8763 | // bool operator>(L, R); | ||||
8764 | // bool operator<=(L, R); | ||||
8765 | // bool operator>=(L, R); | ||||
8766 | // bool operator==(L, R); | ||||
8767 | // bool operator!=(L, R); | ||||
8768 | // | ||||
8769 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
8770 | // between types L and R. | ||||
8771 | // | ||||
8772 | // C++ [over.built]p24: | ||||
8773 | // | ||||
8774 | // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist | ||||
8775 | // candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8776 | // | ||||
8777 | // LR operator?(bool, L, R); | ||||
8778 | // | ||||
8779 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
8780 | // between types L and R. | ||||
8781 | // Our candidates ignore the first parameter. | ||||
8782 | void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8783 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8784 | return; | ||||
8785 | |||||
8786 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8787 | Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) { | ||||
8788 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
8789 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||
8790 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||
8791 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||
8792 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8793 | } | ||||
8794 | } | ||||
8795 | |||||
8796 | // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the | ||||
8797 | // conditional operator for vector types. | ||||
8798 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
8799 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[1].vector_types()) { | ||||
8800 | QualType LandR[2] = {Vec1Ty, Vec2Ty}; | ||||
8801 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8802 | } | ||||
8803 | } | ||||
8804 | |||||
8805 | /// Add binary operator overloads for each candidate matrix type M1, M2: | ||||
8806 | /// * (M1, M1) -> M1 | ||||
8807 | /// * (M1, M1.getElementType()) -> M1 | ||||
8808 | /// * (M2.getElementType(), M2) -> M2 | ||||
8809 | /// * (M2, M2) -> M2 // Only if M2 is not part of CandidateTypes[0]. | ||||
8810 | void addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8811 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8812 | return; | ||||
8813 | |||||
8814 | for (QualType M1 : CandidateTypes[0].matrix_types()) { | ||||
8815 | AddCandidate(M1, cast<MatrixType>(M1)->getElementType()); | ||||
8816 | AddCandidate(M1, M1); | ||||
8817 | } | ||||
8818 | |||||
8819 | for (QualType M2 : CandidateTypes[1].matrix_types()) { | ||||
8820 | AddCandidate(cast<MatrixType>(M2)->getElementType(), M2); | ||||
8821 | if (!CandidateTypes[0].containsMatrixType(M2)) | ||||
8822 | AddCandidate(M2, M2); | ||||
8823 | } | ||||
8824 | } | ||||
8825 | |||||
8826 | // C++2a [over.built]p14: | ||||
8827 | // | ||||
8828 | // For every integral type T there exists a candidate operator function | ||||
8829 | // of the form | ||||
8830 | // | ||||
8831 | // std::strong_ordering operator<=>(T, T) | ||||
8832 | // | ||||
8833 | // C++2a [over.built]p15: | ||||
8834 | // | ||||
8835 | // For every pair of floating-point types L and R, there exists a candidate | ||||
8836 | // operator function of the form | ||||
8837 | // | ||||
8838 | // std::partial_ordering operator<=>(L, R); | ||||
8839 | // | ||||
8840 | // FIXME: The current specification for integral types doesn't play nice with | ||||
8841 | // the direction of p0946r0, which allows mixed integral and unscoped-enum | ||||
8842 | // comparisons. Under the current spec this can lead to ambiguity during | ||||
8843 | // overload resolution. For example: | ||||
8844 | // | ||||
8845 | // enum A : int {a}; | ||||
8846 | // auto x = (a <=> (long)42); | ||||
8847 | // | ||||
8848 | // error: call is ambiguous for arguments 'A' and 'long'. | ||||
8849 | // note: candidate operator<=>(int, int) | ||||
8850 | // note: candidate operator<=>(long, long) | ||||
8851 | // | ||||
8852 | // To avoid this error, this function deviates from the specification and adds | ||||
8853 | // the mixed overloads `operator<=>(L, R)` where L and R are promoted | ||||
8854 | // arithmetic types (the same as the generic relational overloads). | ||||
8855 | // | ||||
8856 | // For now this function acts as a placeholder. | ||||
8857 | void addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8858 | addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
8859 | } | ||||
8860 | |||||
8861 | // C++ [over.built]p17: | ||||
8862 | // | ||||
8863 | // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there | ||||
8864 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8865 | // | ||||
8866 | // LR operator%(L, R); | ||||
8867 | // LR operator&(L, R); | ||||
8868 | // LR operator^(L, R); | ||||
8869 | // LR operator|(L, R); | ||||
8870 | // L operator<<(L, R); | ||||
8871 | // L operator>>(L, R); | ||||
8872 | // | ||||
8873 | // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
8874 | // between types L and R. | ||||
8875 | void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads() { | ||||
8876 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
8877 | return; | ||||
8878 | |||||
8879 | for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8880 | Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||
8881 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
8882 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||
8883 | QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], | ||||
8884 | ArithmeticTypes[Right] }; | ||||
8885 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(LandR, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8886 | } | ||||
8887 | } | ||||
8888 | } | ||||
8889 | |||||
8890 | // C++ [over.built]p20: | ||||
8891 | // | ||||
8892 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or | ||||
8893 | // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||
8894 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8895 | // | ||||
8896 | // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T); | ||||
8897 | void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() { | ||||
8898 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8899 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8900 | |||||
8901 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
8902 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||
8903 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||
8904 | continue; | ||||
8905 | |||||
8906 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, EnumTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8907 | } | ||||
8908 | |||||
8909 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
8910 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||
8911 | continue; | ||||
8912 | |||||
8913 | AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, MemPtrTy, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
8914 | } | ||||
8915 | } | ||||
8916 | } | ||||
8917 | |||||
8918 | // C++ [over.built]p19: | ||||
8919 | // | ||||
8920 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either | ||||
8921 | // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions | ||||
8922 | // of the form | ||||
8923 | // | ||||
8924 | // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*); | ||||
8925 | // | ||||
8926 | // C++ [over.built]p21: | ||||
8927 | // | ||||
8928 | // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or | ||||
8929 | // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or | ||||
8930 | // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
8931 | // | ||||
8932 | // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8933 | // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
8934 | void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||
8935 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
8936 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
8937 | |||||
8938 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8939 | // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added. | ||||
8940 | if (isEqualOp) | ||||
8941 | AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8942 | else if (!PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) | ||||
8943 | continue; | ||||
8944 | |||||
8945 | // non-volatile version | ||||
8946 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8947 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||
8948 | isEqualOp ? PtrTy : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), | ||||
8949 | }; | ||||
8950 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8951 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp); | ||||
8952 | |||||
8953 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
8954 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||
8955 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
8956 | // volatile version | ||||
8957 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8958 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8959 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8960 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8961 | } | ||||
8962 | |||||
8963 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||
8964 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||
8965 | // restrict version | ||||
8966 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8967 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||
8968 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8969 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8970 | |||||
8971 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
8972 | // volatile restrict version | ||||
8973 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
8974 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||
8975 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||
8976 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8977 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
8978 | } | ||||
8979 | } | ||||
8980 | } | ||||
8981 | |||||
8982 | if (isEqualOp) { | ||||
8983 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||
8984 | // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice. | ||||
8985 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
8986 | continue; | ||||
8987 | |||||
8988 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { | ||||
8989 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PtrTy), | ||||
8990 | PtrTy, | ||||
8991 | }; | ||||
8992 | |||||
8993 | // non-volatile version | ||||
8994 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
8995 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
8996 | |||||
8997 | bool NeedVolatile = !PtrTy.isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
8998 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(); | ||||
8999 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
9000 | // volatile version | ||||
9001 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
9002 | S.Context.getVolatileType(PtrTy)); | ||||
9003 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9004 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
9005 | } | ||||
9006 | |||||
9007 | if (!PtrTy.isRestrictQualified() && | ||||
9008 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) { | ||||
9009 | // restrict version | ||||
9010 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType( | ||||
9011 | S.Context.getRestrictType(PtrTy)); | ||||
9012 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9013 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
9014 | |||||
9015 | if (NeedVolatile) { | ||||
9016 | // volatile restrict version | ||||
9017 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
9018 | S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType( | ||||
9019 | PtrTy, (Qualifiers::Volatile | Qualifiers::Restrict))); | ||||
9020 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9021 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true); | ||||
9022 | } | ||||
9023 | } | ||||
9024 | } | ||||
9025 | } | ||||
9026 | } | ||||
9027 | |||||
9028 | // C++ [over.built]p18: | ||||
9029 | // | ||||
9030 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type, | ||||
9031 | // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted | ||||
9032 | // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of | ||||
9033 | // the form | ||||
9034 | // | ||||
9035 | // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9036 | // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9037 | // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9038 | // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9039 | // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9040 | void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) { | ||||
9041 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
9042 | return; | ||||
9043 | |||||
9044 | for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) { | ||||
9045 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType; | ||||
9046 | Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) { | ||||
9047 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
9048 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||
9049 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||
9050 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||
9051 | |||||
9052 | forAllQualifierCombinations( | ||||
9053 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, [&](QualifiersAndAtomic Quals) { | ||||
9054 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
9055 | makeQualifiedLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy, Quals, S); | ||||
9056 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9057 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
9058 | }); | ||||
9059 | } | ||||
9060 | } | ||||
9061 | |||||
9062 | // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types. | ||||
9063 | for (QualType Vec1Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) | ||||
9064 | for (QualType Vec2Ty : CandidateTypes[0].vector_types()) { | ||||
9065 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
9066 | ParamTypes[1] = Vec2Ty; | ||||
9067 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty). | ||||
9068 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Vec1Ty); | ||||
9069 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9070 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
9071 | |||||
9072 | // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile'). | ||||
9073 | if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) { | ||||
9074 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(Vec1Ty); | ||||
9075 | ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]); | ||||
9076 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9077 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/isEqualOp); | ||||
9078 | } | ||||
9079 | } | ||||
9080 | } | ||||
9081 | |||||
9082 | // C++ [over.built]p22: | ||||
9083 | // | ||||
9084 | // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ | ||||
9085 | // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral | ||||
9086 | // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9087 | // | ||||
9088 | // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9089 | // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9090 | // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9091 | // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9092 | // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9093 | // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R); | ||||
9094 | void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() { | ||||
9095 | if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType) | ||||
9096 | return; | ||||
9097 | |||||
9098 | for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) { | ||||
9099 | for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType; | ||||
9100 | Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) { | ||||
9101 | QualType ParamTypes[2]; | ||||
9102 | ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right]; | ||||
9103 | auto LeftBaseTy = AdjustAddressSpaceForBuiltinOperandType( | ||||
9104 | S, ArithmeticTypes[Left], Args[0]); | ||||
9105 | |||||
9106 | forAllQualifierCombinations( | ||||
9107 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, [&](QualifiersAndAtomic Quals) { | ||||
9108 | ParamTypes[0] = | ||||
9109 | makeQualifiedLValueReferenceType(LeftBaseTy, Quals, S); | ||||
9110 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9111 | }); | ||||
9112 | } | ||||
9113 | } | ||||
9114 | } | ||||
9115 | |||||
9116 | // C++ [over.operator]p23: | ||||
9117 | // | ||||
9118 | // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9119 | // | ||||
9120 | // bool operator!(bool); | ||||
9121 | // bool operator&&(bool, bool); | ||||
9122 | // bool operator||(bool, bool); | ||||
9123 | void addExclaimOverload() { | ||||
9124 | QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy; | ||||
9125 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(&ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9126 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||
9127 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1); | ||||
9128 | } | ||||
9129 | void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() { | ||||
9130 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy }; | ||||
9131 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9132 | /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false, | ||||
9133 | /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2); | ||||
9134 | } | ||||
9135 | |||||
9136 | // C++ [over.built]p13: | ||||
9137 | // | ||||
9138 | // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there | ||||
9139 | // exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9140 | // | ||||
9141 | // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||
9142 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); | ||||
9143 | // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE] | ||||
9144 | // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE] | ||||
9145 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); | ||||
9146 | void addSubscriptOverloads() { | ||||
9147 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9148 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, S.Context.getPointerDiffType()}; | ||||
9149 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
9150 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||
9151 | continue; | ||||
9152 | |||||
9153 | // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t) | ||||
9154 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9155 | } | ||||
9156 | |||||
9157 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9158 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), PtrTy}; | ||||
9159 | QualType PointeeType = PtrTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
9160 | if (!PointeeType->isObjectType()) | ||||
9161 | continue; | ||||
9162 | |||||
9163 | // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*) | ||||
9164 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9165 | } | ||||
9166 | } | ||||
9167 | |||||
9168 | // C++ [over.built]p11: | ||||
9169 | // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type, | ||||
9170 | // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object | ||||
9171 | // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs, | ||||
9172 | // there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9173 | // | ||||
9174 | // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*); | ||||
9175 | // | ||||
9176 | // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2. | ||||
9177 | void addArrowStarOverloads() { | ||||
9178 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[0].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9179 | QualType C1Ty = PtrTy; | ||||
9180 | QualType C1; | ||||
9181 | QualifierCollector Q1; | ||||
9182 | C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0); | ||||
9183 | if (!isa<RecordType>(C1)) | ||||
9184 | continue; | ||||
9185 | // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set. | ||||
9186 | // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a | ||||
9187 | // volatile/restrict type. | ||||
9188 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile()) | ||||
9189 | continue; | ||||
9190 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict()) | ||||
9191 | continue; | ||||
9192 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
9193 | const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(MemPtrTy); | ||||
9194 | QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0); | ||||
9195 | C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
9196 | if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2)) | ||||
9197 | break; | ||||
9198 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||
9199 | // build CV12 T& | ||||
9200 | QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
9201 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && | ||||
9202 | T.isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
9203 | continue; | ||||
9204 | if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && | ||||
9205 | T.isRestrictQualified()) | ||||
9206 | continue; | ||||
9207 | T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T); | ||||
9208 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9209 | } | ||||
9210 | } | ||||
9211 | } | ||||
9212 | |||||
9213 | // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been | ||||
9214 | // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are | ||||
9215 | // therefore added as binary. | ||||
9216 | // | ||||
9217 | // C++ [over.built]p25: | ||||
9218 | // For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped | ||||
9219 | // enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form | ||||
9220 | // | ||||
9221 | // T operator?(bool, T, T); | ||||
9222 | // | ||||
9223 | void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() { | ||||
9224 | /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled. | ||||
9225 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes; | ||||
9226 | |||||
9227 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9228 | for (QualType PtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_types()) { | ||||
9229 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(PtrTy)).second) | ||||
9230 | continue; | ||||
9231 | |||||
9232 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {PtrTy, PtrTy}; | ||||
9233 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9234 | } | ||||
9235 | |||||
9236 | for (QualType MemPtrTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_types()) { | ||||
9237 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(MemPtrTy)).second) | ||||
9238 | continue; | ||||
9239 | |||||
9240 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {MemPtrTy, MemPtrTy}; | ||||
9241 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9242 | } | ||||
9243 | |||||
9244 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
9245 | for (QualType EnumTy : CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_types()) { | ||||
9246 | if (!EnumTy->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped()) | ||||
9247 | continue; | ||||
9248 | |||||
9249 | if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(EnumTy)).second) | ||||
9250 | continue; | ||||
9251 | |||||
9252 | QualType ParamTypes[2] = {EnumTy, EnumTy}; | ||||
9253 | S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
9254 | } | ||||
9255 | } | ||||
9256 | } | ||||
9257 | } | ||||
9258 | }; | ||||
9259 | |||||
9260 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
9261 | |||||
9262 | /// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in | ||||
9263 | /// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based | ||||
9264 | /// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the | ||||
9265 | /// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int | ||||
9266 | /// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition. | ||||
9267 | void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
9268 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
9269 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
9270 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
9271 | // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only | ||||
9272 | // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates | ||||
9273 | // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record | ||||
9274 | // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types. | ||||
9275 | QualifiersAndAtomic VisibleTypeConversionsQuals; | ||||
9276 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst(); | ||||
9277 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9278 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||
9279 | if (Args[ArgIdx]->getType()->isAtomicType()) | ||||
9280 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addAtomic(); | ||||
9281 | } | ||||
9282 | |||||
9283 | bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false; | ||||
9284 | bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false; | ||||
9285 | SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes; | ||||
9286 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9287 | CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this); | ||||
9288 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(), | ||||
9289 | OpLoc, | ||||
9290 | true, | ||||
9291 | (Op == OO_Exclaim || | ||||
9292 | Op == OO_AmpAmp || | ||||
9293 | Op == OO_PipePipe), | ||||
9294 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals); | ||||
9295 | HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType || | ||||
9296 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes(); | ||||
9297 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = | ||||
9298 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType || | ||||
9299 | CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(); | ||||
9300 | } | ||||
9301 | |||||
9302 | // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set | ||||
9303 | // for any of the arguments to the operator. | ||||
9304 | // | ||||
9305 | // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have | ||||
9306 | // 'bool' overloads. | ||||
9307 | if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType && | ||||
9308 | !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe)) | ||||
9309 | return; | ||||
9310 | |||||
9311 | // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads. | ||||
9312 | BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args, | ||||
9313 | VisibleTypeConversionsQuals, | ||||
9314 | HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType, | ||||
9315 | CandidateTypes, CandidateSet); | ||||
9316 | |||||
9317 | // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply. | ||||
9318 | switch (Op) { | ||||
9319 | case OO_None: | ||||
9320 | case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS: | ||||
9321 | llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Expected an overloaded operator" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9321); | ||||
9322 | |||||
9323 | case OO_New: | ||||
9324 | case OO_Delete: | ||||
9325 | case OO_Array_New: | ||||
9326 | case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||
9327 | case OO_Call: | ||||
9328 | llvm_unreachable(::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9329) | ||||
9329 | "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9329); | ||||
9330 | |||||
9331 | case OO_Comma: | ||||
9332 | case OO_Arrow: | ||||
9333 | case OO_Coawait: | ||||
9334 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
9335 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the | ||||
9336 | // operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the | ||||
9337 | // built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||
9338 | break; | ||||
9339 | |||||
9340 | case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary | ||||
9341 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||
9342 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads(); | ||||
9343 | [[fallthrough]]; | ||||
9344 | |||||
9345 | case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary | ||||
9346 | if (Args.size() == 1) { | ||||
9347 | OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9348 | } else { | ||||
9349 | OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op); | ||||
9350 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9351 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9352 | } | ||||
9353 | break; | ||||
9354 | |||||
9355 | case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary | ||||
9356 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||
9357 | OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads(); | ||||
9358 | else { | ||||
9359 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9360 | OpBuilder.addMatrixBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9361 | } | ||||
9362 | break; | ||||
9363 | |||||
9364 | case OO_Slash: | ||||
9365 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9366 | break; | ||||
9367 | |||||
9368 | case OO_PlusPlus: | ||||
9369 | case OO_MinusMinus: | ||||
9370 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op); | ||||
9371 | OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads(); | ||||
9372 | break; | ||||
9373 | |||||
9374 | case OO_EqualEqual: | ||||
9375 | case OO_ExclaimEqual: | ||||
9376 | OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOrNullptrOverloads(); | ||||
9377 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/false); | ||||
9378 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9379 | break; | ||||
9380 | |||||
9381 | case OO_Less: | ||||
9382 | case OO_Greater: | ||||
9383 | case OO_LessEqual: | ||||
9384 | case OO_GreaterEqual: | ||||
9385 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/false); | ||||
9386 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9387 | break; | ||||
9388 | |||||
9389 | case OO_Spaceship: | ||||
9390 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(/*IsSpaceship=*/true); | ||||
9391 | OpBuilder.addThreeWayArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9392 | break; | ||||
9393 | |||||
9394 | case OO_Percent: | ||||
9395 | case OO_Caret: | ||||
9396 | case OO_Pipe: | ||||
9397 | case OO_LessLess: | ||||
9398 | case OO_GreaterGreater: | ||||
9399 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9400 | break; | ||||
9401 | |||||
9402 | case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary | ||||
9403 | if (Args.size() == 1) | ||||
9404 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p3: | ||||
9405 | // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the | ||||
9406 | // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty. | ||||
9407 | break; | ||||
9408 | |||||
9409 | OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9410 | break; | ||||
9411 | |||||
9412 | case OO_Tilde: | ||||
9413 | OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads(); | ||||
9414 | break; | ||||
9415 | |||||
9416 | case OO_Equal: | ||||
9417 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads(); | ||||
9418 | [[fallthrough]]; | ||||
9419 | |||||
9420 | case OO_PlusEqual: | ||||
9421 | case OO_MinusEqual: | ||||
9422 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||
9423 | [[fallthrough]]; | ||||
9424 | |||||
9425 | case OO_StarEqual: | ||||
9426 | case OO_SlashEqual: | ||||
9427 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal); | ||||
9428 | break; | ||||
9429 | |||||
9430 | case OO_PercentEqual: | ||||
9431 | case OO_LessLessEqual: | ||||
9432 | case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: | ||||
9433 | case OO_AmpEqual: | ||||
9434 | case OO_CaretEqual: | ||||
9435 | case OO_PipeEqual: | ||||
9436 | OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads(); | ||||
9437 | break; | ||||
9438 | |||||
9439 | case OO_Exclaim: | ||||
9440 | OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload(); | ||||
9441 | break; | ||||
9442 | |||||
9443 | case OO_AmpAmp: | ||||
9444 | case OO_PipePipe: | ||||
9445 | OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload(); | ||||
9446 | break; | ||||
9447 | |||||
9448 | case OO_Subscript: | ||||
9449 | if (Args.size() == 2) | ||||
9450 | OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads(); | ||||
9451 | break; | ||||
9452 | |||||
9453 | case OO_ArrowStar: | ||||
9454 | OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads(); | ||||
9455 | break; | ||||
9456 | |||||
9457 | case OO_Conditional: | ||||
9458 | OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads(); | ||||
9459 | OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(); | ||||
9460 | break; | ||||
9461 | } | ||||
9462 | } | ||||
9463 | |||||
9464 | /// Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup | ||||
9465 | /// to the set of overloading candidates. | ||||
9466 | /// | ||||
9467 | /// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the | ||||
9468 | /// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds | ||||
9469 | /// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload | ||||
9470 | /// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]). | ||||
9471 | void | ||||
9472 | Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, | ||||
9473 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
9474 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
9475 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
9476 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, | ||||
9477 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||
9478 | ADLResult Fns; | ||||
9479 | |||||
9480 | // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing | ||||
9481 | // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality, | ||||
9482 | // which means we need to key off the canonical decl. However, | ||||
9483 | // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the | ||||
9484 | // right set of default arguments. What default arguments are | ||||
9485 | // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway? | ||||
9486 | |||||
9487 | // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments? | ||||
9488 | ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns); | ||||
9489 | |||||
9490 | // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about. | ||||
9491 | for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(), | ||||
9492 | CandEnd = CandidateSet.end(); | ||||
9493 | Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand) | ||||
9494 | if (Cand->Function) { | ||||
9495 | Fns.erase(Cand->Function); | ||||
9496 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||
9497 | Fns.erase(FunTmpl); | ||||
9498 | } | ||||
9499 | |||||
9500 | // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload | ||||
9501 | // set. | ||||
9502 | for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
9503 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none); | ||||
9504 | |||||
9505 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) { | ||||
9506 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) | ||||
9507 | continue; | ||||
9508 | |||||
9509 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9510 | FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
9511 | PartialOverloading, /*AllowExplicit=*/true, | ||||
9512 | /*AllowExplicitConversion=*/false, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||
9513 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Context, FD)) { | ||||
9514 | AddOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9515 | FD, FoundDecl, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||
9516 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||
9517 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, /*AllowExplicitConversion=*/false, | ||||
9518 | ADLCallKind::UsesADL, None, OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
9519 | } | ||||
9520 | } else { | ||||
9521 | auto *FTD = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I); | ||||
9522 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9523 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
9524 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||
9525 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL); | ||||
9526 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed( | ||||
9527 | Context, FTD->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||
9528 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9529 | FTD, FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||
9530 | CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, PartialOverloading, | ||||
9531 | /*AllowExplicit=*/true, ADLCallKind::UsesADL, | ||||
9532 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
9533 | } | ||||
9534 | } | ||||
9535 | } | ||||
9536 | } | ||||
9537 | |||||
9538 | namespace { | ||||
9539 | enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse }; | ||||
9540 | } | ||||
9541 | |||||
9542 | /// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of | ||||
9543 | /// overload resolution. | ||||
9544 | /// | ||||
9545 | /// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff | ||||
9546 | /// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as | ||||
9547 | /// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if | ||||
9548 | /// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes. | ||||
9549 | /// | ||||
9550 | /// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if | ||||
9551 | /// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are | ||||
9552 | /// worse than Cand1's. | ||||
9553 | static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1, | ||||
9554 | const FunctionDecl *Cand2) { | ||||
9555 | // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs. | ||||
9556 | bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9557 | bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9558 | if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) { | ||||
9559 | if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr) | ||||
9560 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9561 | return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9562 | } | ||||
9563 | |||||
9564 | auto Cand1Attrs = Cand1->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9565 | auto Cand2Attrs = Cand2->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>(); | ||||
9566 | |||||
9567 | llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID; | ||||
9568 | for (auto Pair : zip_longest(Cand1Attrs, Cand2Attrs)) { | ||||
9569 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand1A = std::get<0>(Pair); | ||||
9570 | Optional<EnableIfAttr *> Cand2A = std::get<1>(Pair); | ||||
9571 | |||||
9572 | // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1 | ||||
9573 | // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2, and vice versa. | ||||
9574 | if (!Cand1A) | ||||
9575 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9576 | if (!Cand2A) | ||||
9577 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||
9578 | |||||
9579 | Cand1ID.clear(); | ||||
9580 | Cand2ID.clear(); | ||||
9581 | |||||
9582 | (*Cand1A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||
9583 | (*Cand2A)->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true); | ||||
9584 | if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID) | ||||
9585 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9586 | } | ||||
9587 | |||||
9588 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9589 | } | ||||
9590 | |||||
9591 | static Comparison | ||||
9592 | isBetterMultiversionCandidate(const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, | ||||
9593 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { | ||||
9594 | if (!Cand1.Function || !Cand1.Function->isMultiVersion() || !Cand2.Function || | ||||
9595 | !Cand2.Function->isMultiVersion()) | ||||
9596 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9597 | |||||
9598 | // If both are invalid, they are equal. If one of them is invalid, the other | ||||
9599 | // is better. | ||||
9600 | if (Cand1.Function->isInvalidDecl()) { | ||||
9601 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
9602 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9603 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9604 | } | ||||
9605 | if (Cand2.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
9606 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||
9607 | |||||
9608 | // If this is a cpu_dispatch/cpu_specific multiversion situation, prefer | ||||
9609 | // cpu_dispatch, else arbitrarily based on the identifiers. | ||||
9610 | bool Cand1CPUDisp = Cand1.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||
9611 | bool Cand2CPUDisp = Cand2.Function->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); | ||||
9612 | const auto *Cand1CPUSpec = Cand1.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||
9613 | const auto *Cand2CPUSpec = Cand2.Function->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); | ||||
9614 | |||||
9615 | if (!Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUSpec && !Cand2CPUSpec) | ||||
9616 | return Comparison::Equal; | ||||
9617 | |||||
9618 | if (Cand1CPUDisp && !Cand2CPUDisp) | ||||
9619 | return Comparison::Better; | ||||
9620 | if (Cand2CPUDisp && !Cand1CPUDisp) | ||||
9621 | return Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9622 | |||||
9623 | if (Cand1CPUSpec && Cand2CPUSpec) { | ||||
9624 | if (Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() != Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size()) | ||||
9625 | return Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_size() < Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_size() | ||||
9626 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||
9627 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9628 | |||||
9629 | std::pair<CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator, CPUSpecificAttr::cpus_iterator> | ||||
9630 | FirstDiff = std::mismatch( | ||||
9631 | Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end(), | ||||
9632 | Cand2CPUSpec->cpus_begin(), | ||||
9633 | [](const IdentifierInfo *LHS, const IdentifierInfo *RHS) { | ||||
9634 | return LHS->getName() == RHS->getName(); | ||||
9635 | }); | ||||
9636 | |||||
9637 | assert(FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() &&(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9639, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
9638 | "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same "(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9639, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
9639 | "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!")(static_cast <bool> (FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec-> cpus_end() && "Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same " "identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FirstDiff.first != Cand1CPUSpec->cpus_end() && \"Two different cpu-specific versions should not have the same \" \"identifier list, otherwise they'd be the same decl!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9639, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
9640 | return (*FirstDiff.first)->getName() < (*FirstDiff.second)->getName() | ||||
9641 | ? Comparison::Better | ||||
9642 | : Comparison::Worse; | ||||
9643 | } | ||||
9644 | llvm_unreachable("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("No way to get here unless both had cpu_dispatch" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9644); | ||||
9645 | } | ||||
9646 | |||||
9647 | /// Compute the type of the implicit object parameter for the given function, | ||||
9648 | /// if any. Returns None if there is no implicit object parameter, and a null | ||||
9649 | /// QualType if there is a 'matches anything' implicit object parameter. | ||||
9650 | static Optional<QualType> getImplicitObjectParamType(ASTContext &Context, | ||||
9651 | const FunctionDecl *F) { | ||||
9652 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(F) || isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(F)) | ||||
9653 | return llvm::None; | ||||
9654 | |||||
9655 | auto *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F); | ||||
9656 | // Static member functions' object parameters match all types. | ||||
9657 | if (M->isStatic()) | ||||
9658 | return QualType(); | ||||
9659 | |||||
9660 | QualType T = M->getThisObjectType(); | ||||
9661 | if (M->getRefQualifier() == RQ_RValue) | ||||
9662 | return Context.getRValueReferenceType(T); | ||||
9663 | return Context.getLValueReferenceType(T); | ||||
9664 | } | ||||
9665 | |||||
9666 | static bool haveSameParameterTypes(ASTContext &Context, const FunctionDecl *F1, | ||||
9667 | const FunctionDecl *F2, unsigned NumParams) { | ||||
9668 | if (declaresSameEntity(F1, F2)) | ||||
9669 | return true; | ||||
9670 | |||||
9671 | auto NextParam = [&](const FunctionDecl *F, unsigned &I, bool First) { | ||||
9672 | if (First) { | ||||
9673 | if (Optional<QualType> T = getImplicitObjectParamType(Context, F)) | ||||
9674 | return *T; | ||||
9675 | } | ||||
9676 | assert(I < F->getNumParams())(static_cast <bool> (I < F->getNumParams()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < F->getNumParams()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 9676, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9677 | return F->getParamDecl(I++)->getType(); | ||||
9678 | }; | ||||
9679 | |||||
9680 | unsigned I1 = 0, I2 = 0; | ||||
9681 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { | ||||
9682 | QualType T1 = NextParam(F1, I1, I == 0); | ||||
9683 | QualType T2 = NextParam(F2, I2, I == 0); | ||||
9684 | assert(!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && "Unexpected null param types")(static_cast <bool> (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull () && "Unexpected null param types") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && \"Unexpected null param types\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9684, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
9685 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) | ||||
9686 | return false; | ||||
9687 | } | ||||
9688 | return true; | ||||
9689 | } | ||||
9690 | |||||
9691 | /// We're allowed to use constraints partial ordering only if the candidates | ||||
9692 | /// have the same parameter types: | ||||
9693 | /// [temp.func.order]p6.2.2 [...] or if the function parameters that | ||||
9694 | /// positionally correspond between the two templates are not of the same type, | ||||
9695 | /// neither template is more specialized than the other. | ||||
9696 | /// [over.match.best]p2.6 | ||||
9697 | /// F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same parameter-type-lists, | ||||
9698 | /// and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...] | ||||
9699 | static bool canCompareFunctionConstraints(Sema &S, | ||||
9700 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, | ||||
9701 | const OverloadCandidate &Cand2) { | ||||
9702 | // FIXME: Per P2113R0 we also need to compare the template parameter lists | ||||
9703 | // when comparing template functions. | ||||
9704 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && Cand1.Function->hasPrototype() && | ||||
9705 | Cand2.Function->hasPrototype()) { | ||||
9706 | auto *PT1 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand1.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||
9707 | auto *PT2 = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Cand2.Function->getFunctionType()); | ||||
9708 | if (PT1->getNumParams() == PT2->getNumParams() && | ||||
9709 | PT1->isVariadic() == PT2->isVariadic() && | ||||
9710 | S.FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(PT1, PT2, nullptr, | ||||
9711 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed())) | ||||
9712 | return true; | ||||
9713 | } | ||||
9714 | return false; | ||||
9715 | } | ||||
9716 | |||||
9717 | /// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload | ||||
9718 | /// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1). | ||||
9719 | bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate( | ||||
9720 | Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1, const OverloadCandidate &Cand2, | ||||
9721 | SourceLocation Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind Kind) { | ||||
9722 | // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable | ||||
9723 | // functions. | ||||
9724 | if (!Cand2.Viable) | ||||
| |||||
9725 | return Cand1.Viable; | ||||
9726 | else if (!Cand1.Viable) | ||||
9727 | return false; | ||||
9728 | |||||
9729 | // [CUDA] A function with 'never' preference is marked not viable, therefore | ||||
9730 | // is never shown up here. The worst preference shown up here is 'wrong side', | ||||
9731 | // e.g. an H function called by a HD function in device compilation. This is | ||||
9732 | // valid AST as long as the HD function is not emitted, e.g. it is an inline | ||||
9733 | // function which is called only by an H function. A deferred diagnostic will | ||||
9734 | // be triggered if it is emitted. However a wrong-sided function is still | ||||
9735 | // a viable candidate here. | ||||
9736 | // | ||||
9737 | // If Cand1 can be emitted and Cand2 cannot be emitted in the current | ||||
9738 | // context, Cand1 is better than Cand2. If Cand1 can not be emitted and Cand2 | ||||
9739 | // can be emitted, Cand1 is not better than Cand2. This rule should have | ||||
9740 | // precedence over other rules. | ||||
9741 | // | ||||
9742 | // If both Cand1 and Cand2 can be emitted, or neither can be emitted, then | ||||
9743 | // other rules should be used to determine which is better. This is because | ||||
9744 | // host/device based overloading resolution is mostly for determining | ||||
9745 | // viability of a function. If two functions are both viable, other factors | ||||
9746 | // should take precedence in preference, e.g. the standard-defined preferences | ||||
9747 | // like argument conversion ranks or enable_if partial-ordering. The | ||||
9748 | // preference for pass-object-size parameters is probably most similar to a | ||||
9749 | // type-based-overloading decision and so should take priority. | ||||
9750 | // | ||||
9751 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference will be | ||||
9752 | // used again to determine which is better. | ||||
9753 | // | ||||
9754 | // TODO: Currently IdentifyCUDAPreference does not return correct values | ||||
9755 | // for functions called in global variable initializers due to missing | ||||
9756 | // correct context about device/host. Therefore we can only enforce this | ||||
9757 | // rule when there is a caller. We should enforce this rule for functions | ||||
9758 | // in global variable initializers once proper context is added. | ||||
9759 | // | ||||
9760 | // TODO: We can only enable the hostness based overloading resolution when | ||||
9761 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on since this requires deferring | ||||
9762 | // overloading resolution diagnostics. | ||||
9763 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9764 | S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||
9765 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) { | ||||
9766 | bool IsCallerImplicitHD = Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Caller); | ||||
9767 | bool IsCand1ImplicitHD = | ||||
9768 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand1.Function); | ||||
9769 | bool IsCand2ImplicitHD = | ||||
9770 | Sema::isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(Cand2.Function); | ||||
9771 | auto P1 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function); | ||||
9772 | auto P2 = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||
9773 | assert(P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never)(static_cast <bool> (P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("P1 != Sema::CFP_Never && P2 != Sema::CFP_Never" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9773, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
9774 | // The implicit HD function may be a function in a system header which | ||||
9775 | // is forced by pragma. In device compilation, if we prefer HD candidates | ||||
9776 | // over wrong-sided candidates, overloading resolution may change, which | ||||
9777 | // may result in non-deferrable diagnostics. As a workaround, we let | ||||
9778 | // implicit HD candidates take equal preference as wrong-sided candidates. | ||||
9779 | // This will preserve the overloading resolution. | ||||
9780 | // TODO: We still need special handling of implicit HD functions since | ||||
9781 | // they may incur other diagnostics to be deferred. We should make all | ||||
9782 | // host/device related diagnostics deferrable and remove special handling | ||||
9783 | // of implicit HD functions. | ||||
9784 | auto EmitThreshold = | ||||
9785 | (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && IsCallerImplicitHD && | ||||
9786 | (IsCand1ImplicitHD || IsCand2ImplicitHD)) | ||||
9787 | ? Sema::CFP_Never | ||||
9788 | : Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||
9789 | auto Cand1Emittable = P1 > EmitThreshold; | ||||
9790 | auto Cand2Emittable = P2 > EmitThreshold; | ||||
9791 | if (Cand1Emittable && !Cand2Emittable) | ||||
9792 | return true; | ||||
9793 | if (!Cand1Emittable && Cand2Emittable) | ||||
9794 | return false; | ||||
9795 | } | ||||
9796 | } | ||||
9797 | |||||
9798 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: (Changed in C++2b) | ||||
9799 | // | ||||
9800 | // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such | ||||
9801 | // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for | ||||
9802 | // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither | ||||
9803 | // better nor worse than ICS1(F). | ||||
9804 | unsigned StartArg = 0; | ||||
9805 | if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument) | ||||
9806 | StartArg = 1; | ||||
9807 | |||||
9808 | auto IsIllFormedConversion = [&](const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) { | ||||
9809 | // We don't allow incompatible pointer conversions in C++. | ||||
9810 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
9811 | return ICS.isStandard() && | ||||
9812 | ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion; | ||||
9813 | |||||
9814 | // The only ill-formed conversion we allow in C++ is the string literal to | ||||
9815 | // char* conversion, which is only considered ill-formed after C++11. | ||||
9816 | return S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings && | ||||
9817 | hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS); | ||||
9818 | }; | ||||
9819 | |||||
9820 | // Define functions that don't require ill-formed conversions for a given | ||||
9821 | // argument to be better candidates than functions that do. | ||||
9822 | unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size(); | ||||
9823 | assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch")(static_cast <bool> (Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && \"Overload candidate mismatch\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9823, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
9824 | bool HasBetterConversion = false; | ||||
9825 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9826 | bool Cand1Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||
9827 | bool Cand2Bad = IsIllFormedConversion(Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx]); | ||||
9828 | if (Cand1Bad != Cand2Bad) { | ||||
9829 | if (Cand1Bad) | ||||
9830 | return false; | ||||
9831 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||
9832 | } | ||||
9833 | } | ||||
9834 | |||||
9835 | if (HasBetterConversion
| ||||
9836 | return true; | ||||
9837 | |||||
9838 | // C++ [over.match.best]p1: | ||||
9839 | // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another | ||||
9840 | // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse | ||||
9841 | // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then... | ||||
9842 | bool HasWorseConversion = false; | ||||
9843 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
9844 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
9845 | Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||
9846 | Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) { | ||||
9847 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||
9848 | // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence. | ||||
9849 | HasBetterConversion = true; | ||||
9850 | break; | ||||
9851 | |||||
9852 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||
9853 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9854 | Cand1.isReversed() != Cand2.isReversed() && | ||||
9855 | haveSameParameterTypes(S.Context, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function, | ||||
9856 | NumArgs)) { | ||||
9857 | // Work around large-scale breakage caused by considering reversed | ||||
9858 | // forms of operator== in C++20: | ||||
9859 | // | ||||
9860 | // When comparing a function against a reversed function with the same | ||||
9861 | // parameter types, if we have a better conversion for one argument and | ||||
9862 | // a worse conversion for the other, the implicit conversion sequences | ||||
9863 | // are treated as being equally good. | ||||
9864 | // | ||||
9865 | // This prevents a comparison function from being considered ambiguous | ||||
9866 | // with a reversed form that is written in the same way. | ||||
9867 | // | ||||
9868 | // We diagnose this as an extension from CreateOverloadedBinOp. | ||||
9869 | HasWorseConversion = true; | ||||
9870 | break; | ||||
9871 | } | ||||
9872 | |||||
9873 | // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2. | ||||
9874 | return false; | ||||
9875 | |||||
9876 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||
9877 | // Do nothing. | ||||
9878 | break; | ||||
9879 | } | ||||
9880 | } | ||||
9881 | |||||
9882 | // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than | ||||
9883 | // ICSj(F2), or, if not that, | ||||
9884 | if (HasBetterConversion
| ||||
9885 | return true; | ||||
9886 | |||||
9887 | // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion | ||||
9888 | // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence | ||||
9889 | // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e., | ||||
9890 | // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better | ||||
9891 | // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence | ||||
9892 | // from the return type of F2 to the destination type. | ||||
9893 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByUserDefinedConversion && | ||||
9894 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9895 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) && | ||||
9896 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) { | ||||
9897 | // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the | ||||
9898 | // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension | ||||
9899 | // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function | ||||
9900 | // pointer or block. | ||||
9901 | ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result = | ||||
9902 | compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||
9903 | if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||
9904 | Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
9905 | Cand1.FinalConversion, | ||||
9906 | Cand2.FinalConversion); | ||||
9907 | |||||
9908 | if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable) | ||||
9909 | return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better; | ||||
9910 | |||||
9911 | // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions | ||||
9912 | // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per | ||||
9913 | // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3. | ||||
9914 | } | ||||
9915 | |||||
9916 | // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 guaranteed copy elision wording, | ||||
9917 | // as combined with the resolution to CWG issue 243. | ||||
9918 | // | ||||
9919 | // When the context is initialization by constructor ([over.match.ctor] or | ||||
9920 | // either phase of [over.match.list]), a constructor is preferred over | ||||
9921 | // a conversion function. | ||||
9922 | if (Kind == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_InitByConstructor && NumArgs == 1 && | ||||
9923 | Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function && | ||||
9924 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function) != | ||||
9925 | isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function)) | ||||
9926 | return isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||
9927 | |||||
9928 | // -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template | ||||
9929 | // specialization, or, if not that, | ||||
9930 | bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function && | ||||
9931 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||
9932 | bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function && | ||||
9933 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||
9934 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization
| ||||
9935 | return Cand2IsSpecialization; | ||||
9936 | |||||
9937 | // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function | ||||
9938 | // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2 | ||||
9939 | // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or, | ||||
9940 | // if not that, | ||||
9941 | if (Cand1IsSpecialization
| ||||
9942 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate( | ||||
9943 | Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), | ||||
9944 | Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(), Loc, | ||||
9945 | isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) ? TPOC_Conversion | ||||
9946 | : TPOC_Call, | ||||
9947 | Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments, Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments, | ||||
9948 | Cand1.isReversed() ^ Cand2.isReversed(), | ||||
9949 | canCompareFunctionConstraints(S, Cand1, Cand2))) | ||||
9950 | return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(); | ||||
9951 | } | ||||
9952 | |||||
9953 | // -— F1 and F2 are non-template functions with the same | ||||
9954 | // parameter-type-lists, and F1 is more constrained than F2 [...], | ||||
9955 | if (!Cand1IsSpecialization
| ||||
9956 | canCompareFunctionConstraints(S, Cand1, Cand2)) { | ||||
9957 | Expr *RC1 = Cand1.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||
9958 | Expr *RC2 = Cand2.Function->getTrailingRequiresClause(); | ||||
9959 | if (RC1 && RC2) { | ||||
9960 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||
9961 | if (S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand1.Function, {RC1}, Cand2.Function, {RC2}, | ||||
9962 | AtLeastAsConstrained1) || | ||||
9963 | S.IsAtLeastAsConstrained(Cand2.Function, {RC2}, Cand1.Function, {RC1}, | ||||
9964 | AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||
9965 | return false; | ||||
9966 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 != AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||
9967 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||
9968 | } else if (RC1 || RC2) { | ||||
9969 | return RC1 != nullptr; | ||||
9970 | } | ||||
9971 | } | ||||
9972 | |||||
9973 | // -- F1 is a constructor for a class D, F2 is a constructor for a base | ||||
9974 | // class B of D, and for all arguments the corresponding parameters of | ||||
9975 | // F1 and F2 have the same type. | ||||
9976 | // FIXME: Implement the "all parameters have the same type" check. | ||||
9977 | bool Cand1IsInherited = | ||||
9978 | isa_and_nonnull<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||
9979 | bool Cand2IsInherited = | ||||
9980 | isa_and_nonnull<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl()); | ||||
9981 | if (Cand1IsInherited
| ||||
9982 | return Cand2IsInherited; | ||||
9983 | else if (Cand1IsInherited
| ||||
9984 | assert(Cand2IsInherited)(static_cast <bool> (Cand2IsInherited) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand2IsInherited", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 9984 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
9985 | auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||
| |||||
9986 | auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext()); | ||||
9987 | if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class)) | ||||
9988 | return true; | ||||
9989 | if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class)) | ||||
9990 | return false; | ||||
9991 | // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous. | ||||
9992 | } | ||||
9993 | |||||
9994 | // -- F2 is a rewritten candidate (12.4.1.2) and F1 is not | ||||
9995 | // -- F1 and F2 are rewritten candidates, and F2 is a synthesized candidate | ||||
9996 | // with reversed order of parameters and F1 is not | ||||
9997 | // | ||||
9998 | // We rank reversed + different operator as worse than just reversed, but | ||||
9999 | // that comparison can never happen, because we only consider reversing for | ||||
10000 | // the maximally-rewritten operator (== or <=>). | ||||
10001 | if (Cand1.RewriteKind != Cand2.RewriteKind) | ||||
10002 | return Cand1.RewriteKind < Cand2.RewriteKind; | ||||
10003 | |||||
10004 | // Check C++17 tie-breakers for deduction guides. | ||||
10005 | { | ||||
10006 | auto *Guide1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||
10007 | auto *Guide2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||
10008 | if (Guide1 && Guide2) { | ||||
10009 | // -- F1 is generated from a deduction-guide and F2 is not | ||||
10010 | if (Guide1->isImplicit() != Guide2->isImplicit()) | ||||
10011 | return Guide2->isImplicit(); | ||||
10012 | |||||
10013 | // -- F1 is the copy deduction candidate(16.3.1.8) and F2 is not | ||||
10014 | if (Guide1->isCopyDeductionCandidate()) | ||||
10015 | return true; | ||||
10016 | } | ||||
10017 | } | ||||
10018 | |||||
10019 | // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution. | ||||
10020 | if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||
10021 | Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function); | ||||
10022 | if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal) | ||||
10023 | return Cmp == Comparison::Better; | ||||
10024 | } | ||||
10025 | |||||
10026 | bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr && | ||||
10027 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function); | ||||
10028 | bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr && | ||||
10029 | functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function); | ||||
10030 | if (HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1) | ||||
10031 | return true; | ||||
10032 | |||||
10033 | auto MV = isBetterMultiversionCandidate(Cand1, Cand2); | ||||
10034 | if (MV == Comparison::Better) | ||||
10035 | return true; | ||||
10036 | if (MV == Comparison::Worse) | ||||
10037 | return false; | ||||
10038 | |||||
10039 | // If other rules cannot determine which is better, CUDA preference is used | ||||
10040 | // to determine which is better. | ||||
10041 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) { | ||||
10042 | FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true); | ||||
10043 | return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) > | ||||
10044 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function); | ||||
10045 | } | ||||
10046 | |||||
10047 | // General member function overloading is handled above, so this only handles | ||||
10048 | // constructors with address spaces. | ||||
10049 | // This only handles address spaces since C++ has no other | ||||
10050 | // qualifier that can be used with constructors. | ||||
10051 | const auto *CD1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand1.Function); | ||||
10052 | const auto *CD2 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand2.Function); | ||||
10053 | if (CD1 && CD2) { | ||||
10054 | LangAS AS1 = CD1->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
10055 | LangAS AS2 = CD2->getMethodQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
10056 | if (AS1 != AS2) { | ||||
10057 | if (Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AS2, AS1)) | ||||
10058 | return true; | ||||
10059 | if (Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AS2, AS1)) | ||||
10060 | return false; | ||||
10061 | } | ||||
10062 | } | ||||
10063 | |||||
10064 | return false; | ||||
10065 | } | ||||
10066 | |||||
10067 | /// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of | ||||
10068 | /// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no | ||||
10069 | /// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including | ||||
10070 | /// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to | ||||
10071 | /// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both | ||||
10072 | /// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using | ||||
10073 | /// a modularized libstdc++). | ||||
10074 | bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, | ||||
10075 | const NamedDecl *B) { | ||||
10076 | auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A); | ||||
10077 | auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B); | ||||
10078 | if (!VA || !VB) | ||||
10079 | return false; | ||||
10080 | |||||
10081 | // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage | ||||
10082 | // entity in different modules. | ||||
10083 | if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( | ||||
10084 | VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) || | ||||
10085 | getOwningModule(VA) == getOwningModule(VB) || | ||||
10086 | VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||
10087 | return false; | ||||
10088 | |||||
10089 | // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent. | ||||
10090 | // | ||||
10091 | // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity. | ||||
10092 | // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is | ||||
10093 | // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all. | ||||
10094 | if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType())) | ||||
10095 | return true; | ||||
10096 | |||||
10097 | // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but | ||||
10098 | // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes. | ||||
10099 | if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) { | ||||
10100 | if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) { | ||||
10101 | // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and | ||||
10102 | // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type. | ||||
10103 | auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext()); | ||||
10104 | auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext()); | ||||
10105 | if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||
10106 | !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(), | ||||
10107 | EnumB->getIntegerType())) | ||||
10108 | return false; | ||||
10109 | // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators. | ||||
10110 | return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal()); | ||||
10111 | } | ||||
10112 | } | ||||
10113 | |||||
10114 | // Nothing else is sufficiently similar. | ||||
10115 | return false; | ||||
10116 | } | ||||
10117 | |||||
10118 | void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( | ||||
10119 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) { | ||||
10120 | assert(D && "Unknown declaration")(static_cast <bool> (D && "Unknown declaration" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Unknown declaration\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10120, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10121 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D; | ||||
10122 | |||||
10123 | Module *M = getOwningModule(D); | ||||
10124 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||
10125 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||
10126 | |||||
10127 | for (auto *E : Equiv) { | ||||
10128 | Module *M = getOwningModule(E); | ||||
10129 | Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl) | ||||
10130 | << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : ""); | ||||
10131 | } | ||||
10132 | } | ||||
10133 | |||||
10134 | bool OverloadCandidate::NotValidBecauseConstraintExprHasError() const { | ||||
10135 | return FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && | ||||
10136 | DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied && | ||||
10137 | static_cast<CNSInfo *>(DeductionFailure.Data) | ||||
10138 | ->Satisfaction.ContainsErrors; | ||||
10139 | } | ||||
10140 | |||||
10141 | /// Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3) | ||||
10142 | /// within an overload candidate set. | ||||
10143 | /// | ||||
10144 | /// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for | ||||
10145 | /// which overload resolution occurs. | ||||
10146 | /// | ||||
10147 | /// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted | ||||
10148 | /// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found. | ||||
10149 | /// | ||||
10150 | /// \returns The result of overload resolution. | ||||
10151 | OverloadingResult | ||||
10152 | OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
10153 | iterator &Best) { | ||||
10154 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates; | ||||
10155 | std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates), | ||||
10156 | [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; }); | ||||
10157 | |||||
10158 | // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA but | ||||
10159 | // are accepted by both clang and NVCC. However, during a particular | ||||
10160 | // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to | ||||
10161 | // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based | ||||
10162 | // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one | ||||
10163 | // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore | ||||
10164 | // the WrongSide candidate. | ||||
10165 | // We only need to remove wrong-sided candidates here if | ||||
10166 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is off. When | ||||
10167 | // -fgpu-exclude-wrong-side-overloads is on, all candidates are compared | ||||
10168 | // uniformly in isBetterOverloadCandidate. | ||||
10169 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && !S.getLangOpts().GPUExcludeWrongSideOverloads) { | ||||
10170 | const FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true); | ||||
10171 | bool ContainsSameSideCandidate = | ||||
10172 | llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
10173 | // Check viable function only. | ||||
10174 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||
10175 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||
10176 | Sema::CFP_SameSide; | ||||
10177 | }); | ||||
10178 | if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) { | ||||
10179 | auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
10180 | // Check viable function only to avoid unnecessary data copying/moving. | ||||
10181 | return Cand->Viable && Cand->Function && | ||||
10182 | S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) == | ||||
10183 | Sema::CFP_WrongSide; | ||||
10184 | }; | ||||
10185 | llvm::erase_if(Candidates, IsWrongSideCandidate); | ||||
10186 | } | ||||
10187 | } | ||||
10188 | |||||
10189 | // Find the best viable function. | ||||
10190 | Best = end(); | ||||
10191 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||
10192 | Cand->Best = false; | ||||
10193 | if (Cand->Viable) { | ||||
10194 | if (Best == end() || | ||||
10195 | isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc, Kind)) | ||||
10196 | Best = Cand; | ||||
10197 | } else if (Cand->NotValidBecauseConstraintExprHasError()) { | ||||
10198 | // This candidate has constraint that we were unable to evaluate because | ||||
10199 | // it referenced an expression that contained an error. Rather than fall | ||||
10200 | // back onto a potentially unintended candidate (made worse by by | ||||
10201 | // subsuming constraints), treat this as 'no viable candidate'. | ||||
10202 | Best = end(); | ||||
10203 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
10204 | } | ||||
10205 | } | ||||
10206 | |||||
10207 | // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort. | ||||
10208 | if (Best == end()) | ||||
10209 | return OR_No_Viable_Function; | ||||
10210 | |||||
10211 | llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands; | ||||
10212 | |||||
10213 | llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 4> PendingBest; | ||||
10214 | PendingBest.push_back(&*Best); | ||||
10215 | Best->Best = true; | ||||
10216 | |||||
10217 | // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable | ||||
10218 | // function. If not, we have an ambiguity. | ||||
10219 | while (!PendingBest.empty()) { | ||||
10220 | auto *Curr = PendingBest.pop_back_val(); | ||||
10221 | for (auto *Cand : Candidates) { | ||||
10222 | if (Cand->Viable && !Cand->Best && | ||||
10223 | !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Curr, *Cand, Loc, Kind)) { | ||||
10224 | PendingBest.push_back(Cand); | ||||
10225 | Cand->Best = true; | ||||
10226 | |||||
10227 | if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Cand->Function, | ||||
10228 | Curr->Function)) | ||||
10229 | EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function); | ||||
10230 | else | ||||
10231 | Best = end(); | ||||
10232 | } | ||||
10233 | } | ||||
10234 | } | ||||
10235 | |||||
10236 | // If we found more than one best candidate, this is ambiguous. | ||||
10237 | if (Best == end()) | ||||
10238 | return OR_Ambiguous; | ||||
10239 | |||||
10240 | // Best is the best viable function. | ||||
10241 | if (Best->Function && Best->Function->isDeleted()) | ||||
10242 | return OR_Deleted; | ||||
10243 | |||||
10244 | if (!EquivalentCands.empty()) | ||||
10245 | S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function, | ||||
10246 | EquivalentCands); | ||||
10247 | |||||
10248 | return OR_Success; | ||||
10249 | } | ||||
10250 | |||||
10251 | namespace { | ||||
10252 | |||||
10253 | enum OverloadCandidateKind { | ||||
10254 | oc_function, | ||||
10255 | oc_method, | ||||
10256 | oc_reversed_binary_operator, | ||||
10257 | oc_constructor, | ||||
10258 | oc_implicit_default_constructor, | ||||
10259 | oc_implicit_copy_constructor, | ||||
10260 | oc_implicit_move_constructor, | ||||
10261 | oc_implicit_copy_assignment, | ||||
10262 | oc_implicit_move_assignment, | ||||
10263 | oc_implicit_equality_comparison, | ||||
10264 | oc_inherited_constructor | ||||
10265 | }; | ||||
10266 | |||||
10267 | enum OverloadCandidateSelect { | ||||
10268 | ocs_non_template, | ||||
10269 | ocs_template, | ||||
10270 | ocs_described_template, | ||||
10271 | }; | ||||
10272 | |||||
10273 | static std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> | ||||
10274 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||
10275 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind CRK, | ||||
10276 | std::string &Description) { | ||||
10277 | |||||
10278 | bool isTemplate = Fn->isTemplateDecl() || Found->isTemplateDecl(); | ||||
10279 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | ||||
10280 | isTemplate = true; | ||||
10281 | Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
10282 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | ||||
10283 | } | ||||
10284 | |||||
10285 | OverloadCandidateSelect Select = [&]() { | ||||
10286 | if (!Description.empty()) | ||||
10287 | return ocs_described_template; | ||||
10288 | return isTemplate ? ocs_template : ocs_non_template; | ||||
10289 | }(); | ||||
10290 | |||||
10291 | OverloadCandidateKind Kind = [&]() { | ||||
10292 | if (Fn->isImplicit() && Fn->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_EqualEqual) | ||||
10293 | return oc_implicit_equality_comparison; | ||||
10294 | |||||
10295 | if (CRK & CRK_Reversed) | ||||
10296 | return oc_reversed_binary_operator; | ||||
10297 | |||||
10298 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
10299 | if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) { | ||||
10300 | if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found)) | ||||
10301 | return oc_inherited_constructor; | ||||
10302 | else | ||||
10303 | return oc_constructor; | ||||
10304 | } | ||||
10305 | |||||
10306 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||
10307 | return oc_implicit_default_constructor; | ||||
10308 | |||||
10309 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) | ||||
10310 | return oc_implicit_move_constructor; | ||||
10311 | |||||
10312 | assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&(static_cast <bool> (Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10313 | "unexpected sort of implicit constructor")(static_cast <bool> (Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && "unexpected sort of implicit constructor") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ctor->isCopyConstructor() && \"unexpected sort of implicit constructor\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10314 | return oc_implicit_copy_constructor; | ||||
10315 | } | ||||
10316 | |||||
10317 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
10318 | // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but | ||||
10319 | // it doesn't hurt to split it out. | ||||
10320 | if (!Meth->isImplicit()) | ||||
10321 | return oc_method; | ||||
10322 | |||||
10323 | if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
10324 | return oc_implicit_move_assignment; | ||||
10325 | |||||
10326 | if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
10327 | return oc_implicit_copy_assignment; | ||||
10328 | |||||
10329 | assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion")(static_cast <bool> (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && \"expected conversion\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10329, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10330 | return oc_method; | ||||
10331 | } | ||||
10332 | |||||
10333 | return oc_function; | ||||
10334 | }(); | ||||
10335 | |||||
10336 | return std::make_pair(Kind, Select); | ||||
10337 | } | ||||
10338 | |||||
10339 | void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) { | ||||
10340 | // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload | ||||
10341 | // set. | ||||
10342 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)) | ||||
10343 | S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
10344 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor) | ||||
10345 | << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass(); | ||||
10346 | } | ||||
10347 | |||||
10348 | } // end anonymous namespace | ||||
10349 | |||||
10350 | static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
10351 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
10352 | for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) { | ||||
10353 | bool AlwaysTrue; | ||||
10354 | if (EnableIf->getCond()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
10355 | !EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx)) | ||||
10356 | return false; | ||||
10357 | if (!AlwaysTrue) | ||||
10358 | return false; | ||||
10359 | } | ||||
10360 | return true; | ||||
10361 | } | ||||
10362 | |||||
10363 | /// Returns true if we can take the address of the function. | ||||
10364 | /// | ||||
10365 | /// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic | ||||
10366 | /// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are | ||||
10367 | /// we in overload resolution? | ||||
10368 | /// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored | ||||
10369 | /// if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution. | ||||
10370 | static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||
10371 | bool Complain, | ||||
10372 | bool InOverloadResolution, | ||||
10373 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
10374 | if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) { | ||||
10375 | if (Complain) { | ||||
10376 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||
10377 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
10378 | diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr); | ||||
10379 | else | ||||
10380 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD; | ||||
10381 | } | ||||
10382 | return false; | ||||
10383 | } | ||||
10384 | |||||
10385 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
10386 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
10387 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||
10388 | return false; | ||||
10389 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
10390 | if (Complain) { | ||||
10391 | if (InOverloadResolution) { | ||||
10392 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
10393 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | ||||
10394 | TemplateArgString += " "; | ||||
10395 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
10396 | FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), | ||||
10397 | *FD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs()); | ||||
10398 | } | ||||
10399 | |||||
10400 | S.Diag(FD->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
10401 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||
10402 | << TemplateArgString; | ||||
10403 | } else | ||||
10404 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||
10405 | << FD; | ||||
10406 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||
10407 | } | ||||
10408 | return false; | ||||
10409 | } | ||||
10410 | } | ||||
10411 | |||||
10412 | auto I = llvm::find_if(FD->parameters(), [](const ParmVarDecl *P) { | ||||
10413 | return P->hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); | ||||
10414 | }); | ||||
10415 | if (I == FD->param_end()) | ||||
10416 | return true; | ||||
10417 | |||||
10418 | if (Complain) { | ||||
10419 | // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing | ||||
10420 | unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1; | ||||
10421 | if (InOverloadResolution) | ||||
10422 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), | ||||
10423 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params) | ||||
10424 | << ParamNo; | ||||
10425 | else | ||||
10426 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params) | ||||
10427 | << FD << ParamNo; | ||||
10428 | } | ||||
10429 | return false; | ||||
10430 | } | ||||
10431 | |||||
10432 | static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S, | ||||
10433 | const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
10434 | return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||
10435 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
10436 | /*Loc=*/SourceLocation()); | ||||
10437 | } | ||||
10438 | |||||
10439 | bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, | ||||
10440 | bool Complain, | ||||
10441 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
10442 | return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain, | ||||
10443 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
10444 | Loc); | ||||
10445 | } | ||||
10446 | |||||
10447 | // Don't print candidates other than the one that matches the calling | ||||
10448 | // convention of the call operator, since that is guaranteed to exist. | ||||
10449 | static bool shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||
10450 | const auto *ConvD = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Fn); | ||||
10451 | |||||
10452 | if (!ConvD) | ||||
10453 | return false; | ||||
10454 | const auto *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Fn->getParent()); | ||||
10455 | if (!RD->isLambda()) | ||||
10456 | return false; | ||||
10457 | |||||
10458 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOp = RD->getLambdaCallOperator(); | ||||
10459 | CallingConv CallOpCC = | ||||
10460 | CallOp->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
10461 | QualType ConvRTy = ConvD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); | ||||
10462 | CallingConv ConvToCC = | ||||
10463 | ConvRTy->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
10464 | |||||
10465 | return ConvToCC != CallOpCC; | ||||
10466 | } | ||||
10467 | |||||
10468 | // Notes the location of an overload candidate. | ||||
10469 | void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, | ||||
10470 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind, | ||||
10471 | QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) { | ||||
10472 | if (TakingAddress && !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(*this, Fn)) | ||||
10473 | return; | ||||
10474 | if (Fn->isMultiVersion() && Fn->hasAttr<TargetAttr>() && | ||||
10475 | !Fn->getAttr<TargetAttr>()->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||
10476 | return; | ||||
10477 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||
10478 | return; | ||||
10479 | |||||
10480 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
10481 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> KSPair = | ||||
10482 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, RewriteKind, FnDesc); | ||||
10483 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||
10484 | << (unsigned)KSPair.first << (unsigned)KSPair.second | ||||
10485 | << Fn << FnDesc; | ||||
10486 | |||||
10487 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType); | ||||
10488 | Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD); | ||||
10489 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found); | ||||
10490 | } | ||||
10491 | |||||
10492 | static void | ||||
10493 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(Sema &S, ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate> Cands) { | ||||
10494 | // Perhaps the ambiguity was caused by two atomic constraints that are | ||||
10495 | // 'identical' but not equivalent: | ||||
10496 | // | ||||
10497 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) { } // #1 | ||||
10498 | // void foo() requires (sizeof(T) > 4) && T::value { } // #2 | ||||
10499 | // | ||||
10500 | // The 'sizeof(T) > 4' constraints are seemingly equivalent and should cause | ||||
10501 | // #2 to subsume #1, but these constraint are not considered equivalent | ||||
10502 | // according to the subsumption rules because they are not the same | ||||
10503 | // source-level construct. This behavior is quite confusing and we should try | ||||
10504 | // to help the user figure out what happened. | ||||
10505 | |||||
10506 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> FirstAC, SecondAC; | ||||
10507 | FunctionDecl *FirstCand = nullptr, *SecondCand = nullptr; | ||||
10508 | for (auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
10509 | if (!I->Function) | ||||
10510 | continue; | ||||
10511 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 3> AC; | ||||
10512 | if (auto *Template = I->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) | ||||
10513 | Template->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||
10514 | else | ||||
10515 | I->Function->getAssociatedConstraints(AC); | ||||
10516 | if (AC.empty()) | ||||
10517 | continue; | ||||
10518 | if (FirstCand == nullptr) { | ||||
10519 | FirstCand = I->Function; | ||||
10520 | FirstAC = AC; | ||||
10521 | } else if (SecondCand == nullptr) { | ||||
10522 | SecondCand = I->Function; | ||||
10523 | SecondAC = AC; | ||||
10524 | } else { | ||||
10525 | // We have more than one pair of constrained functions - this check is | ||||
10526 | // expensive and we'd rather not try to diagnose it. | ||||
10527 | return; | ||||
10528 | } | ||||
10529 | } | ||||
10530 | if (!SecondCand) | ||||
10531 | return; | ||||
10532 | // The diagnostic can only happen if there are associated constraints on | ||||
10533 | // both sides (there needs to be some identical atomic constraint). | ||||
10534 | if (S.MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(FirstCand, FirstAC, | ||||
10535 | SecondCand, SecondAC)) | ||||
10536 | // Just show the user one diagnostic, they'll probably figure it out | ||||
10537 | // from here. | ||||
10538 | return; | ||||
10539 | } | ||||
10540 | |||||
10541 | // Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through | ||||
10542 | // OverloadedExpr | ||||
10543 | void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType, | ||||
10544 | bool TakingAddress) { | ||||
10545 | assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10545, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10546 | |||||
10547 | OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr); | ||||
10548 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression; | ||||
10549 | |||||
10550 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
10551 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||
10552 | I != IEnd; ++I) { | ||||
10553 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = | ||||
10554 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||
10555 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), CRK_None, DestType, | ||||
10556 | TakingAddress); | ||||
10557 | } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun | ||||
10558 | = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) { | ||||
10559 | NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, DestType, TakingAddress); | ||||
10560 | } | ||||
10561 | } | ||||
10562 | } | ||||
10563 | |||||
10564 | /// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion. The partial diagnostic is the | ||||
10565 | /// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and | ||||
10566 | /// target types of the conversion. | ||||
10567 | void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||
10568 | Sema &S, | ||||
10569 | SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||
10570 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const { | ||||
10571 | S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag) | ||||
10572 | << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType(); | ||||
10573 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||
10574 | AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E; | ||||
10575 | for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
10576 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow()) | ||||
10577 | break; | ||||
10578 | ++CandsShown; | ||||
10579 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second); | ||||
10580 | } | ||||
10581 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||
10582 | if (I != E) | ||||
10583 | S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||
10584 | } | ||||
10585 | |||||
10586 | static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10587 | unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||
10588 | const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I]; | ||||
10589 | assert(Conv.isBad())(static_cast <bool> (Conv.isBad()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv.isBad()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10589, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
10590 | assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Function && \"for now, candidate must be a function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10590, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10591 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||
10592 | |||||
10593 | // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a | ||||
10594 | // non-constructor method. Note that 'I' corresponds the | ||||
10595 | // conversion-slot index. | ||||
10596 | bool isObjectArgument = false; | ||||
10597 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
10598 | if (I == 0) | ||||
10599 | isObjectArgument = true; | ||||
10600 | else | ||||
10601 | I--; | ||||
10602 | } | ||||
10603 | |||||
10604 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
10605 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
10606 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind(), | ||||
10607 | FnDesc); | ||||
10608 | |||||
10609 | Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr; | ||||
10610 | QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType(); | ||||
10611 | QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType(); | ||||
10612 | |||||
10613 | if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
10614 | assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?")(static_cast <bool> (FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("FromExpr && \"overload set argument came from implicit argument?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10614, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10615 | Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
10616 | if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||
10617 | E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
10618 | DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName(); | ||||
10619 | |||||
10620 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload) | ||||
10621 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10622 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << ToTy | ||||
10623 | << Name << I + 1; | ||||
10624 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10625 | return; | ||||
10626 | } | ||||
10627 | |||||
10628 | // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due | ||||
10629 | // to a qualifier mismatch. | ||||
10630 | CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy); | ||||
10631 | CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy); | ||||
10632 | if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
10633 | CToTy = RT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10634 | else { | ||||
10635 | // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches. | ||||
10636 | if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
10637 | if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
10638 | CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10639 | CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10640 | } | ||||
10641 | } | ||||
10642 | |||||
10643 | if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() && | ||||
10644 | !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) { | ||||
10645 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10646 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10647 | |||||
10648 | if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||
10649 | if (isObjectArgument) | ||||
10650 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace_this) | ||||
10651 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10652 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10653 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
10654 | else | ||||
10655 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace) | ||||
10656 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10657 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10658 | << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace() | ||||
10659 | << ToTy->isReferenceType() << I + 1; | ||||
10660 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10661 | return; | ||||
10662 | } | ||||
10663 | |||||
10664 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
10665 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership) | ||||
10666 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10667 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10668 | << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime() | ||||
10669 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10670 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10671 | return; | ||||
10672 | } | ||||
10673 | |||||
10674 | if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) { | ||||
10675 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc) | ||||
10676 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10677 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10678 | << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr() | ||||
10679 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10680 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10681 | return; | ||||
10682 | } | ||||
10683 | |||||
10684 | if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) { | ||||
10685 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned) | ||||
10686 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10687 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10688 | << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I + 1; | ||||
10689 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10690 | return; | ||||
10691 | } | ||||
10692 | |||||
10693 | unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
10694 | assert(CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch")(static_cast <bool> (CVR && "expected qualifiers mismatch" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CVR && \"expected qualifiers mismatch\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10694, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10695 | |||||
10696 | if (isObjectArgument) { | ||||
10697 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this) | ||||
10698 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10699 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10700 | << (CVR - 1); | ||||
10701 | } else { | ||||
10702 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr) | ||||
10703 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10704 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10705 | << (CVR - 1) << I + 1; | ||||
10706 | } | ||||
10707 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10708 | return; | ||||
10709 | } | ||||
10710 | |||||
10711 | if (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue || | ||||
10712 | Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) { | ||||
10713 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_value_category) | ||||
10714 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10715 | << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10716 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue) | ||||
10717 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||
10718 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10719 | return; | ||||
10720 | } | ||||
10721 | |||||
10722 | // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since | ||||
10723 | // telling the user that it has type void is not useful. | ||||
10724 | if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) { | ||||
10725 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument) | ||||
10726 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10727 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10728 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10729 | << (Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::too_few_initializers ? 1 | ||||
10730 | : Conv.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::too_many_initializers | ||||
10731 | ? 2 | ||||
10732 | : 0); | ||||
10733 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10734 | return; | ||||
10735 | } | ||||
10736 | |||||
10737 | // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently, | ||||
10738 | // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered | ||||
10739 | // the failure. | ||||
10740 | QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
10741 | if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
10742 | TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
10743 | if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||
10744 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||
10745 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete) | ||||
10746 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10747 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10748 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10749 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||
10750 | |||||
10751 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10752 | return; | ||||
10753 | } | ||||
10754 | |||||
10755 | // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions. | ||||
10756 | unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0; | ||||
10757 | if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
10758 | if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
10759 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||
10760 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||
10761 | !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10762 | !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10763 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(), | ||||
10764 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType())) | ||||
10765 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 1; | ||||
10766 | } | ||||
10767 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy | ||||
10768 | = FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
10769 | if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy | ||||
10770 | = ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||
10771 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
10772 | if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl()) | ||||
10773 | if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs( | ||||
10774 | FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) && | ||||
10775 | FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface)) | ||||
10776 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 2; | ||||
10777 | } else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
10778 | if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) && | ||||
10779 | !FromTy->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10780 | !ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() && | ||||
10781 | S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy)) { | ||||
10782 | BaseToDerivedConversion = 3; | ||||
10783 | } | ||||
10784 | } | ||||
10785 | |||||
10786 | if (BaseToDerivedConversion) { | ||||
10787 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv) | ||||
10788 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10789 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10790 | << (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1) << FromTy << ToTy << I + 1; | ||||
10791 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10792 | return; | ||||
10793 | } | ||||
10794 | |||||
10795 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) && | ||||
10796 | isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) { | ||||
10797 | Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10798 | Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
10799 | if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
10800 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv) | ||||
10801 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10802 | << FnDesc << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
10803 | << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1; | ||||
10804 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10805 | return; | ||||
10806 | } | ||||
10807 | } | ||||
10808 | |||||
10809 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && | ||||
10810 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function)) | ||||
10811 | return; | ||||
10812 | |||||
10813 | // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it. | ||||
10814 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv); | ||||
10815 | FDiag << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
10816 | << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) << FromTy | ||||
10817 | << ToTy << (unsigned)isObjectArgument << I + 1 | ||||
10818 | << (unsigned)(Cand->Fix.Kind); | ||||
10819 | |||||
10820 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. | ||||
10821 | for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(), | ||||
10822 | HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI) | ||||
10823 | FDiag << *HI; | ||||
10824 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag); | ||||
10825 | |||||
10826 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
10827 | } | ||||
10828 | |||||
10829 | /// Additional arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload | ||||
10830 | /// candidates. This is not covered by the more general DiagnoseArityMismatch() | ||||
10831 | /// over a candidate in any candidate set. | ||||
10832 | static bool CheckArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10833 | unsigned NumArgs) { | ||||
10834 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||
10835 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
10836 | |||||
10837 | // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we | ||||
10838 | // have an arity mismatch when in fact it looks like we have the | ||||
10839 | // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have | ||||
10840 | // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions. | ||||
10841 | // Just don't report anything. | ||||
10842 | if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() && | ||||
10843 | Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName) | ||||
10844 | return true; | ||||
10845 | |||||
10846 | if (NumArgs < MinParams) { | ||||
10847 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10849, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10848 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10849, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10849 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments))(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10849, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10850 | } else { | ||||
10851 | assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10853, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10852 | (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10853, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10853 | Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments))(static_cast <bool> ((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) || (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction && Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10853, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10854 | } | ||||
10855 | |||||
10856 | return false; | ||||
10857 | } | ||||
10858 | |||||
10859 | /// General arity mismatch diagnosis over a candidate in a candidate set. | ||||
10860 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *D, | ||||
10861 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||
10862 | assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10863 | "The templated declaration should at least be a function"(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10864 | " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many"(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
10865 | " or too few arguments")(static_cast <bool> (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && "The templated declaration should at least be a function" " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many" " or too few arguments") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && \"The templated declaration should at least be a function\" \" when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many\" \" or too few arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10865, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10866 | |||||
10867 | FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
10868 | |||||
10869 | // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case | ||||
10870 | const auto *FnTy = Fn->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
10871 | unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments(); | ||||
10872 | |||||
10873 | // at least / at most / exactly | ||||
10874 | unsigned mode, modeCount; | ||||
10875 | if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) { | ||||
10876 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams() || FnTy->isVariadic() || | ||||
10877 | FnTy->isTemplateVariadic()) | ||||
10878 | mode = 0; // "at least" | ||||
10879 | else | ||||
10880 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||
10881 | modeCount = MinParams; | ||||
10882 | } else { | ||||
10883 | if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams()) | ||||
10884 | mode = 1; // "at most" | ||||
10885 | else | ||||
10886 | mode = 2; // "exactly" | ||||
10887 | modeCount = FnTy->getNumParams(); | ||||
10888 | } | ||||
10889 | |||||
10890 | std::string Description; | ||||
10891 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
10892 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Found, Fn, CRK_None, Description); | ||||
10893 | |||||
10894 | if (modeCount == 1 && Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||
10895 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity_one) | ||||
10896 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10897 | << Description << mode << Fn->getParamDecl(0) << NumFormalArgs; | ||||
10898 | else | ||||
10899 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity) | ||||
10900 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second | ||||
10901 | << Description << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs; | ||||
10902 | |||||
10903 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10904 | } | ||||
10905 | |||||
10906 | /// Arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload candidate. | ||||
10907 | static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
10908 | unsigned NumFormalArgs) { | ||||
10909 | if (!CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumFormalArgs)) | ||||
10910 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, NumFormalArgs); | ||||
10911 | } | ||||
10912 | |||||
10913 | static TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate(Decl *Templated) { | ||||
10914 | if (TemplateDecl *TD = Templated->getDescribedTemplate()) | ||||
10915 | return TD; | ||||
10916 | llvm_unreachable("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration"::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10917) | ||||
10917 | " for bad deduction diagnosis")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration" " for bad deduction diagnosis", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 10917); | ||||
10918 | } | ||||
10919 | |||||
10920 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction. | ||||
10921 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *Templated, | ||||
10922 | DeductionFailureInfo &DeductionFailure, | ||||
10923 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||
10924 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||
10925 | TemplateParameter Param = DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter(); | ||||
10926 | NamedDecl *ParamD; | ||||
10927 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) || | ||||
10928 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) || | ||||
10929 | (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>()); | ||||
10930 | switch (DeductionFailure.Result) { | ||||
10931 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
10932 | llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10932); | ||||
10933 | |||||
10934 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: { | ||||
10935 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10935, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10936 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10937 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction) | ||||
10938 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||
10939 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10940 | return; | ||||
10941 | } | ||||
10942 | |||||
10943 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: { | ||||
10944 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for incomplete deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10944, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10945 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10946 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction_pack) | ||||
10947 | << ParamD->getDeclName() | ||||
10948 | << (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() + 1) | ||||
10949 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||
10950 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10951 | return; | ||||
10952 | } | ||||
10953 | |||||
10954 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: { | ||||
10955 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10955, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10956 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD); | ||||
10957 | |||||
10958 | QualType Param = DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType(); | ||||
10959 | |||||
10960 | // Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a | ||||
10961 | // qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that. | ||||
10962 | QualifierCollector Qs; | ||||
10963 | Qs.strip(Param); | ||||
10964 | QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl()); | ||||
10965 | assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam))(static_cast <bool> (S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam )) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam)" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10965, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10966 | |||||
10967 | // Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do | ||||
10968 | // about that. It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't | ||||
10969 | // have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't | ||||
10970 | // done on dependent types). | ||||
10971 | QualType Arg = DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType(); | ||||
10972 | |||||
10973 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified) | ||||
10974 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam; | ||||
10975 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10976 | return; | ||||
10977 | } | ||||
10978 | |||||
10979 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: { | ||||
10980 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 10980, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
10981 | int which = 0; | ||||
10982 | if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||
10983 | which = 0; | ||||
10984 | else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) { | ||||
10985 | // Deduction might have failed because we deduced arguments of two | ||||
10986 | // different types for a non-type template parameter. | ||||
10987 | // FIXME: Use a different TDK value for this. | ||||
10988 | QualType T1 = | ||||
10989 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||
10990 | QualType T2 = | ||||
10991 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getNonTypeTemplateArgumentType(); | ||||
10992 | if (!T1.isNull() && !T2.isNull() && !S.Context.hasSameType(T1, T2)) { | ||||
10993 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
10994 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction_types) | ||||
10995 | << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << T1 | ||||
10996 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() << T2; | ||||
10997 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
10998 | return; | ||||
10999 | } | ||||
11000 | |||||
11001 | which = 1; | ||||
11002 | } else { | ||||
11003 | which = 2; | ||||
11004 | } | ||||
11005 | |||||
11006 | // Tweak the diagnostic if the problem is that we deduced packs of | ||||
11007 | // different arities. We'll print the actual packs anyway in case that | ||||
11008 | // includes additional useful information. | ||||
11009 | if (DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||
11010 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack && | ||||
11011 | DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->pack_size() != | ||||
11012 | DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->pack_size()) { | ||||
11013 | which = 3; | ||||
11014 | } | ||||
11015 | |||||
11016 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11017 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction) | ||||
11018 | << which << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() | ||||
11019 | << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||
11020 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
11021 | return; | ||||
11022 | } | ||||
11023 | |||||
11024 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
11025 | assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments")(static_cast <bool> (ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamD && \"no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11025, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11026 | if (ParamD->getDeclName()) | ||||
11027 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11028 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named) | ||||
11029 | << ParamD->getDeclName(); | ||||
11030 | else { | ||||
11031 | int index = 0; | ||||
11032 | if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||
11033 | index = TTP->getIndex(); | ||||
11034 | else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP | ||||
11035 | = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)) | ||||
11036 | index = NTTP->getIndex(); | ||||
11037 | else | ||||
11038 | index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex(); | ||||
11039 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11040 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed) | ||||
11041 | << (index + 1); | ||||
11042 | } | ||||
11043 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
11044 | return; | ||||
11045 | |||||
11046 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: { | ||||
11047 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||
11048 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
11049 | TemplateArgumentList *Args = DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList(); | ||||
11050 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||
11051 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
11052 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||
11053 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||
11054 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||
11055 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11056 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||
11057 | << TemplateArgString; | ||||
11058 | |||||
11059 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint( | ||||
11060 | static_cast<CNSInfo*>(DeductionFailure.Data)->Satisfaction); | ||||
11061 | return; | ||||
11062 | } | ||||
11063 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
11064 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
11065 | DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Found, Templated, NumArgs); | ||||
11066 | return; | ||||
11067 | |||||
11068 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
11069 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11070 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth); | ||||
11071 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
11072 | return; | ||||
11073 | |||||
11074 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: { | ||||
11075 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||
11076 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
11077 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||
11078 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||
11079 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||
11080 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
11081 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||
11082 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||
11083 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||
11084 | } | ||||
11085 | |||||
11086 | // If this candidate was disabled by enable_if, say so. | ||||
11087 | PartialDiagnosticAt *PDiag = DeductionFailure.getSFINAEDiagnostic(); | ||||
11088 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||
11089 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if) { | ||||
11090 | // FIXME: Use the source range of the condition, and the fully-qualified | ||||
11091 | // name of the enable_if template. These are both present in PDiag. | ||||
11092 | S.Diag(PDiag->first, diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if) | ||||
11093 | << "'enable_if'" << TemplateArgString; | ||||
11094 | return; | ||||
11095 | } | ||||
11096 | |||||
11097 | // We found a specific requirement that disabled the enable_if. | ||||
11098 | if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() == | ||||
11099 | diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_requirement) { | ||||
11100 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11101 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_requirement) | ||||
11102 | << PDiag->second.getStringArg(0) << TemplateArgString; | ||||
11103 | return; | ||||
11104 | } | ||||
11105 | |||||
11106 | // Format the SFINAE diagnostic into the argument string. | ||||
11107 | // FIXME: Add a general mechanism to include a PartialDiagnostic *'s | ||||
11108 | // formatted message in another diagnostic. | ||||
11109 | SmallString<128> SFINAEArgString; | ||||
11110 | SourceRange R; | ||||
11111 | if (PDiag) { | ||||
11112 | SFINAEArgString = ": "; | ||||
11113 | R = SourceRange(PDiag->first, PDiag->first); | ||||
11114 | PDiag->second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), SFINAEArgString); | ||||
11115 | } | ||||
11116 | |||||
11117 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11118 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure) | ||||
11119 | << TemplateArgString << SFINAEArgString << R; | ||||
11120 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
11121 | return; | ||||
11122 | } | ||||
11123 | |||||
11124 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
11125 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: { | ||||
11126 | // Format the template argument list into the argument string. | ||||
11127 | SmallString<128> TemplateArgString; | ||||
11128 | if (TemplateArgumentList *Args = | ||||
11129 | DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) { | ||||
11130 | TemplateArgString = " "; | ||||
11131 | TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText( | ||||
11132 | getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args); | ||||
11133 | if (TemplateArgString.size() == 1) | ||||
11134 | TemplateArgString.clear(); | ||||
11135 | } | ||||
11136 | |||||
11137 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deduced_mismatch) | ||||
11138 | << (*DeductionFailure.getCallArgIndex() + 1) | ||||
11139 | << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg() | ||||
11140 | << TemplateArgString | ||||
11141 | << (DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested); | ||||
11142 | break; | ||||
11143 | } | ||||
11144 | |||||
11145 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: { | ||||
11146 | // FIXME: Provide a source location to indicate what we couldn't match. | ||||
11147 | TemplateArgument FirstTA = *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg(); | ||||
11148 | TemplateArgument SecondTA = *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg(); | ||||
11149 | if (FirstTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template && | ||||
11150 | SecondTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) { | ||||
11151 | TemplateName FirstTN = FirstTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||
11152 | TemplateName SecondTN = SecondTA.getAsTemplate(); | ||||
11153 | if (FirstTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template && | ||||
11154 | SecondTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template) { | ||||
11155 | if (FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName() == | ||||
11156 | SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName()) { | ||||
11157 | // FIXME: This fixes a bad diagnostic where both templates are named | ||||
11158 | // the same. This particular case is a bit difficult since: | ||||
11159 | // 1) It is passed as a string to the diagnostic printer. | ||||
11160 | // 2) The diagnostic printer only attempts to find a better | ||||
11161 | // name for types, not decls. | ||||
11162 | // Ideally, this should folded into the diagnostic printer. | ||||
11163 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11164 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch_qualified) | ||||
11165 | << FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl() << SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl(); | ||||
11166 | return; | ||||
11167 | } | ||||
11168 | } | ||||
11169 | } | ||||
11170 | |||||
11171 | if (TakingCandidateAddress && isa<FunctionDecl>(Templated) && | ||||
11172 | !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, cast<FunctionDecl>(Templated))) | ||||
11173 | return; | ||||
11174 | |||||
11175 | // FIXME: For generic lambda parameters, check if the function is a lambda | ||||
11176 | // call operator, and if so, emit a prettier and more informative | ||||
11177 | // diagnostic that mentions 'auto' and lambda in addition to | ||||
11178 | // (or instead of?) the canonical template type parameters. | ||||
11179 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11180 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch) | ||||
11181 | << FirstTA << SecondTA; | ||||
11182 | return; | ||||
11183 | } | ||||
11184 | // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off | ||||
11185 | // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague. | ||||
11186 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
11187 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction); | ||||
11188 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found); | ||||
11189 | return; | ||||
11190 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
11191 | S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), | ||||
11192 | diag::note_cuda_ovl_candidate_target_mismatch); | ||||
11193 | return; | ||||
11194 | } | ||||
11195 | } | ||||
11196 | |||||
11197 | /// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction, for function calls. | ||||
11198 | static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
11199 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||
11200 | bool TakingCandidateAddress) { | ||||
11201 | unsigned TDK = Cand->DeductionFailure.Result; | ||||
11202 | if (TDK == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments || TDK == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments) { | ||||
11203 | if (CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs)) | ||||
11204 | return; | ||||
11205 | } | ||||
11206 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, // pattern | ||||
11207 | Cand->DeductionFailure, NumArgs, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||
11208 | } | ||||
11209 | |||||
11210 | /// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets. | ||||
11211 | static void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11212 | FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true); | ||||
11213 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||
11214 | |||||
11215 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), | ||||
11216 | CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); | ||||
11217 | |||||
11218 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
11219 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
11220 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Callee, | ||||
11221 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||
11222 | |||||
11223 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target) | ||||
11224 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||
11225 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */ | ||||
11226 | << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget; | ||||
11227 | |||||
11228 | // This could be an implicit constructor for which we could not infer the | ||||
11229 | // target due to a collsion. Diagnose that case. | ||||
11230 | CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee); | ||||
11231 | if (Meth != nullptr && Meth->isImplicit()) { | ||||
11232 | CXXRecordDecl *ParentClass = Meth->getParent(); | ||||
11233 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM; | ||||
11234 | |||||
11235 | switch (FnKindPair.first) { | ||||
11236 | default: | ||||
11237 | return; | ||||
11238 | case oc_implicit_default_constructor: | ||||
11239 | CSM = Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; | ||||
11240 | break; | ||||
11241 | case oc_implicit_copy_constructor: | ||||
11242 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; | ||||
11243 | break; | ||||
11244 | case oc_implicit_move_constructor: | ||||
11245 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; | ||||
11246 | break; | ||||
11247 | case oc_implicit_copy_assignment: | ||||
11248 | CSM = Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; | ||||
11249 | break; | ||||
11250 | case oc_implicit_move_assignment: | ||||
11251 | CSM = Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; | ||||
11252 | break; | ||||
11253 | }; | ||||
11254 | |||||
11255 | bool ConstRHS = false; | ||||
11256 | if (Meth->getNumParams()) { | ||||
11257 | if (const ReferenceType *RT = | ||||
11258 | Meth->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
11259 | ConstRHS = RT->getPointeeType().isConstQualified(); | ||||
11260 | } | ||||
11261 | } | ||||
11262 | |||||
11263 | S.inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(ParentClass, CSM, Meth, | ||||
11264 | /* ConstRHS */ ConstRHS, | ||||
11265 | /* Diagnose */ true); | ||||
11266 | } | ||||
11267 | } | ||||
11268 | |||||
11269 | static void DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11270 | FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function; | ||||
11271 | EnableIfAttr *Attr = static_cast<EnableIfAttr*>(Cand->DeductionFailure.Data); | ||||
11272 | |||||
11273 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||
11274 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||
11275 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||
11276 | } | ||||
11277 | |||||
11278 | static void DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11279 | ExplicitSpecifier ES = ExplicitSpecifier::getFromDecl(Cand->Function); | ||||
11280 | assert(ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate")(static_cast <bool> (ES.isExplicit() && "not an explicit candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ES.isExplicit() && \"not an explicit candidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11280, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11281 | |||||
11282 | unsigned Kind; | ||||
11283 | switch (Cand->Function->getDeclKind()) { | ||||
11284 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConstructor: | ||||
11285 | Kind = 0; | ||||
11286 | break; | ||||
11287 | case Decl::Kind::CXXConversion: | ||||
11288 | Kind = 1; | ||||
11289 | break; | ||||
11290 | case Decl::Kind::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||
11291 | Kind = Cand->Function->isImplicit() ? 0 : 2; | ||||
11292 | break; | ||||
11293 | default: | ||||
11294 | llvm_unreachable("invalid Decl")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid Decl", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11294); | ||||
11295 | } | ||||
11296 | |||||
11297 | // Note the location of the first (in-class) declaration; a redeclaration | ||||
11298 | // (particularly an out-of-class definition) will typically lack the | ||||
11299 | // 'explicit' specifier. | ||||
11300 | // FIXME: This is probably a good thing to do for all 'candidate' notes. | ||||
11301 | FunctionDecl *First = Cand->Function->getFirstDecl(); | ||||
11302 | if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = First->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||
11303 | First = Pattern->getFirstDecl(); | ||||
11304 | |||||
11305 | S.Diag(First->getLocation(), | ||||
11306 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit) | ||||
11307 | << Kind << (ES.getExpr() ? 1 : 0) | ||||
11308 | << (ES.getExpr() ? ES.getExpr()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||
11309 | } | ||||
11310 | |||||
11311 | /// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate. We've | ||||
11312 | /// already generated a primary error at the call site. | ||||
11313 | /// | ||||
11314 | /// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret | ||||
11315 | /// pointed at the candidate declaration. Yes, this creates some | ||||
11316 | /// major challenges of technical writing. Yes, this makes pointing | ||||
11317 | /// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward. It's still | ||||
11318 | /// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed | ||||
11319 | /// overload. | ||||
11320 | /// | ||||
11321 | /// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems | ||||
11322 | /// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd | ||||
11323 | /// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics. | ||||
11324 | /// \param CtorDestAS Addr space of object being constructed (for ctor | ||||
11325 | /// candidates only). | ||||
11326 | static void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
11327 | unsigned NumArgs, | ||||
11328 | bool TakingCandidateAddress, | ||||
11329 | LangAS CtorDestAS = LangAS::Default) { | ||||
11330 | FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function; | ||||
11331 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Fn)) | ||||
11332 | return; | ||||
11333 | |||||
11334 | // There is no physical candidate declaration to point to for OpenCL builtins. | ||||
11335 | // Except for failed conversions, the notes are identical for each candidate, | ||||
11336 | // so do not generate such notes. | ||||
11337 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && Fn->isImplicit() && | ||||
11338 | Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11339 | return; | ||||
11340 | |||||
11341 | // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable. | ||||
11342 | if (Cand->Viable) { | ||||
11343 | if (Fn->isDeleted()) { | ||||
11344 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
11345 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
11346 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||
11347 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||
11348 | |||||
11349 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted) | ||||
11350 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)FnKindPair.second << FnDesc | ||||
11351 | << (Fn->isDeleted() ? (Fn->isDeletedAsWritten() ? 1 : 2) : 0); | ||||
11352 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11353 | return; | ||||
11354 | } | ||||
11355 | |||||
11356 | // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates. | ||||
11357 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||
11358 | return; | ||||
11359 | } | ||||
11360 | |||||
11361 | switch (Cand->FailureKind) { | ||||
11362 | case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments: | ||||
11363 | case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments: | ||||
11364 | return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs); | ||||
11365 | |||||
11366 | case ovl_fail_bad_deduction: | ||||
11367 | return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, NumArgs, | ||||
11368 | TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||
11369 | |||||
11370 | case ovl_fail_illegal_constructor: { | ||||
11371 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor) | ||||
11372 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0); | ||||
11373 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11374 | return; | ||||
11375 | } | ||||
11376 | |||||
11377 | case ovl_fail_object_addrspace_mismatch: { | ||||
11378 | Qualifiers QualsForPrinting; | ||||
11379 | QualsForPrinting.setAddressSpace(CtorDestAS); | ||||
11380 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||
11381 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor_adrspace_mismatch) | ||||
11382 | << QualsForPrinting; | ||||
11383 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11384 | return; | ||||
11385 | } | ||||
11386 | |||||
11387 | case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion: | ||||
11388 | case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion: | ||||
11389 | case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact: | ||||
11390 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||
11391 | |||||
11392 | case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: { | ||||
11393 | unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); | ||||
11394 | for (unsigned N = Cand->Conversions.size(); I != N; ++I) | ||||
11395 | if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad()) | ||||
11396 | return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I, TakingCandidateAddress); | ||||
11397 | |||||
11398 | // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit | ||||
11399 | // when user-conversion overload fails. Figure out how to handle | ||||
11400 | // those conditions and diagnose them well. | ||||
11401 | return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, Cand->getRewriteKind()); | ||||
11402 | } | ||||
11403 | |||||
11404 | case ovl_fail_bad_target: | ||||
11405 | return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand); | ||||
11406 | |||||
11407 | case ovl_fail_enable_if: | ||||
11408 | return DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(S, Cand); | ||||
11409 | |||||
11410 | case ovl_fail_explicit: | ||||
11411 | return DiagnoseFailedExplicitSpec(S, Cand); | ||||
11412 | |||||
11413 | case ovl_fail_inhctor_slice: | ||||
11414 | // It's generally not interesting to note copy/move constructors here. | ||||
11415 | if (cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) | ||||
11416 | return; | ||||
11417 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||
11418 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor_slice) | ||||
11419 | << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0) | ||||
11420 | << Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->isRValueReferenceType(); | ||||
11421 | MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl); | ||||
11422 | return; | ||||
11423 | |||||
11424 | case ovl_fail_addr_not_available: { | ||||
11425 | bool Available = checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function); | ||||
11426 | (void)Available; | ||||
11427 | assert(!Available)(static_cast <bool> (!Available) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Available", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11427, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11428 | break; | ||||
11429 | } | ||||
11430 | case ovl_non_default_multiversion_function: | ||||
11431 | // Do nothing, these should simply be ignored. | ||||
11432 | break; | ||||
11433 | |||||
11434 | case ovl_fail_constraints_not_satisfied: { | ||||
11435 | std::string FnDesc; | ||||
11436 | std::pair<OverloadCandidateKind, OverloadCandidateSelect> FnKindPair = | ||||
11437 | ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, | ||||
11438 | Cand->getRewriteKind(), FnDesc); | ||||
11439 | |||||
11440 | S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), | ||||
11441 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_constraints_not_satisfied) | ||||
11442 | << (unsigned)FnKindPair.first << (unsigned)ocs_non_template | ||||
11443 | << FnDesc /* Ignored */; | ||||
11444 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
11445 | if (S.CheckFunctionConstraints(Fn, Satisfaction)) | ||||
11446 | break; | ||||
11447 | S.DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||
11448 | } | ||||
11449 | } | ||||
11450 | } | ||||
11451 | |||||
11452 | static void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11453 | if (shouldSkipNotingLambdaConversionDecl(Cand->Surrogate)) | ||||
11454 | return; | ||||
11455 | |||||
11456 | // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type, | ||||
11457 | // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing | ||||
11458 | // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types). | ||||
11459 | QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType(); | ||||
11460 | bool isLValueReference = false; | ||||
11461 | bool isRValueReference = false; | ||||
11462 | bool isPointer = false; | ||||
11463 | if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||
11464 | FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||
11465 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11466 | isLValueReference = true; | ||||
11467 | } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef = | ||||
11468 | FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) { | ||||
11469 | FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11470 | isRValueReference = true; | ||||
11471 | } | ||||
11472 | if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
11473 | FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11474 | isPointer = true; | ||||
11475 | } | ||||
11476 | // Desugar down to a function type. | ||||
11477 | FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0); | ||||
11478 | // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate. | ||||
11479 | if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType); | ||||
11480 | if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||
11481 | if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType); | ||||
11482 | |||||
11483 | S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand) | ||||
11484 | << FnType; | ||||
11485 | } | ||||
11486 | |||||
11487 | static void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S, StringRef Opc, | ||||
11488 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11489 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11490 | assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && \"builtin operator is not binary\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11490, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11491 | std::string TypeStr("operator"); | ||||
11492 | TypeStr += Opc; | ||||
11493 | TypeStr += "("; | ||||
11494 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[0].getAsString(); | ||||
11495 | if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) { | ||||
11496 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||
11497 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||
11498 | } else { | ||||
11499 | TypeStr += ", "; | ||||
11500 | TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinParamTypes[1].getAsString(); | ||||
11501 | TypeStr += ")"; | ||||
11502 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_candidate) << TypeStr; | ||||
11503 | } | ||||
11504 | } | ||||
11505 | |||||
11506 | static void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11507 | OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11508 | for (const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS : Cand->Conversions) { | ||||
11509 | if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid | ||||
11510 | if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue; | ||||
11511 | |||||
11512 | ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion( | ||||
11513 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)); | ||||
11514 | } | ||||
11515 | } | ||||
11516 | |||||
11517 | static SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11518 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||
11519 | return Cand->Function->getLocation(); | ||||
11520 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||
11521 | return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(); | ||||
11522 | return SourceLocation(); | ||||
11523 | } | ||||
11524 | |||||
11525 | static unsigned RankDeductionFailure(const DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) { | ||||
11526 | switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) { | ||||
11527 | case Sema::TDK_Success: | ||||
11528 | case Sema::TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure: | ||||
11529 | case Sema::TDK_AlreadyDiagnosed: | ||||
11530 | llvm_unreachable("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("non-deduction failure while diagnosing bad deduction" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11530); | ||||
11531 | |||||
11532 | case Sema::TDK_Invalid: | ||||
11533 | case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: | ||||
11534 | case Sema::TDK_IncompletePack: | ||||
11535 | return 1; | ||||
11536 | |||||
11537 | case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: | ||||
11538 | case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: | ||||
11539 | return 2; | ||||
11540 | |||||
11541 | case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: | ||||
11542 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: | ||||
11543 | case Sema::TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied: | ||||
11544 | case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatchNested: | ||||
11545 | case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: | ||||
11546 | case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure: | ||||
11547 | case Sema::TDK_CUDATargetMismatch: | ||||
11548 | return 3; | ||||
11549 | |||||
11550 | case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth: | ||||
11551 | return 4; | ||||
11552 | |||||
11553 | case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments: | ||||
11554 | return 5; | ||||
11555 | |||||
11556 | case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments: | ||||
11557 | case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments: | ||||
11558 | return 6; | ||||
11559 | } | ||||
11560 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled deduction result" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11560); | ||||
11561 | } | ||||
11562 | |||||
11563 | namespace { | ||||
11564 | struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||
11565 | Sema &S; | ||||
11566 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
11567 | size_t NumArgs; | ||||
11568 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK; | ||||
11569 | |||||
11570 | CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay( | ||||
11571 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, size_t NArgs, | ||||
11572 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) | ||||
11573 | : S(S), NumArgs(NArgs), CSK(CSK) {} | ||||
11574 | |||||
11575 | OverloadFailureKind EffectiveFailureKind(const OverloadCandidate *C) const { | ||||
11576 | // If there are too many or too few arguments, that's the high-order bit we | ||||
11577 | // want to sort by, even if the immediate failure kind was something else. | ||||
11578 | if (C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11579 | C->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||
11580 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||
11581 | |||||
11582 | if (C->Function) { | ||||
11583 | if (NumArgs > C->Function->getNumParams() && !C->Function->isVariadic()) | ||||
11584 | return ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
11585 | if (NumArgs < C->Function->getMinRequiredArguments()) | ||||
11586 | return ovl_fail_too_few_arguments; | ||||
11587 | } | ||||
11588 | |||||
11589 | return static_cast<OverloadFailureKind>(C->FailureKind); | ||||
11590 | } | ||||
11591 | |||||
11592 | bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L, | ||||
11593 | const OverloadCandidate *R) { | ||||
11594 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||
11595 | if (L == R) return false; | ||||
11596 | |||||
11597 | // Order first by viability. | ||||
11598 | if (L->Viable) { | ||||
11599 | if (!R->Viable) return true; | ||||
11600 | |||||
11601 | // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload | ||||
11602 | // candidates. Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort | ||||
11603 | // that could exploit it. | ||||
11604 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||
11605 | return true; | ||||
11606 | if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation(), CSK)) | ||||
11607 | return false; | ||||
11608 | } else if (R->Viable) | ||||
11609 | return false; | ||||
11610 | |||||
11611 | assert(L->Viable == R->Viable)(static_cast <bool> (L->Viable == R->Viable) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Viable == R->Viable", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 11611, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11612 | |||||
11613 | // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates: | ||||
11614 | if (!L->Viable) { | ||||
11615 | OverloadFailureKind LFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(L); | ||||
11616 | OverloadFailureKind RFailureKind = EffectiveFailureKind(R); | ||||
11617 | |||||
11618 | // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates. | ||||
11619 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11620 | LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||
11621 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11622 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) { | ||||
11623 | int LDist = std::abs((int)L->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||
11624 | int RDist = std::abs((int)R->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs); | ||||
11625 | if (LDist == RDist) { | ||||
11626 | if (LFailureKind == RFailureKind) | ||||
11627 | // Sort non-surrogates before surrogates. | ||||
11628 | return !L->IsSurrogate && R->IsSurrogate; | ||||
11629 | // Sort candidates requiring fewer parameters than there were | ||||
11630 | // arguments given after candidates requiring more parameters | ||||
11631 | // than there were arguments given. | ||||
11632 | return LFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments; | ||||
11633 | } | ||||
11634 | return LDist < RDist; | ||||
11635 | } | ||||
11636 | return false; | ||||
11637 | } | ||||
11638 | if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments || | ||||
11639 | RFailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) | ||||
11640 | return true; | ||||
11641 | |||||
11642 | // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number | ||||
11643 | // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions. | ||||
11644 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) { | ||||
11645 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11646 | return true; | ||||
11647 | |||||
11648 | // The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes, | ||||
11649 | // comes first. | ||||
11650 | unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||
11651 | unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed; | ||||
11652 | numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numLFixes; | ||||
11653 | numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX(2147483647 *2U +1U) : numRFixes; | ||||
11654 | if (numLFixes != numRFixes) { | ||||
11655 | return numLFixes < numRFixes; | ||||
11656 | } | ||||
11657 | |||||
11658 | // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions... | ||||
11659 | // FIXME: this might not be transitive. | ||||
11660 | assert(L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size())(static_cast <bool> (L->Conversions.size() == R-> Conversions.size()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("L->Conversions.size() == R->Conversions.size()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11661 | |||||
11662 | int leftBetter = 0; | ||||
11663 | unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument); | ||||
11664 | for (unsigned E = L->Conversions.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
11665 | switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc, | ||||
11666 | L->Conversions[I], | ||||
11667 | R->Conversions[I])) { | ||||
11668 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better: | ||||
11669 | leftBetter++; | ||||
11670 | break; | ||||
11671 | |||||
11672 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse: | ||||
11673 | leftBetter--; | ||||
11674 | break; | ||||
11675 | |||||
11676 | case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable: | ||||
11677 | break; | ||||
11678 | } | ||||
11679 | } | ||||
11680 | if (leftBetter > 0) return true; | ||||
11681 | if (leftBetter < 0) return false; | ||||
11682 | |||||
11683 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11684 | return false; | ||||
11685 | |||||
11686 | if (LFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) { | ||||
11687 | if (RFailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||
11688 | return true; | ||||
11689 | |||||
11690 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||
11691 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) | ||||
11692 | < RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||
11693 | } else if (RFailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) | ||||
11694 | return false; | ||||
11695 | |||||
11696 | // TODO: others? | ||||
11697 | } | ||||
11698 | |||||
11699 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||
11700 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||
11701 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||
11702 | |||||
11703 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||
11704 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false; | ||||
11705 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true; | ||||
11706 | |||||
11707 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||
11708 | } | ||||
11709 | }; | ||||
11710 | } | ||||
11711 | |||||
11712 | /// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only | ||||
11713 | /// computes up to the first bad conversion. Produces the FixIt set if | ||||
11714 | /// possible. | ||||
11715 | static void | ||||
11716 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand, | ||||
11717 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11718 | OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK) { | ||||
11719 | assert(!Cand->Viable)(static_cast <bool> (!Cand->Viable) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cand->Viable", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11719 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11720 | |||||
11721 | // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion. | ||||
11722 | if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) | ||||
11723 | return; | ||||
11724 | |||||
11725 | // We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected. | ||||
11726 | bool Unfixable = false; | ||||
11727 | // Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes. | ||||
11728 | Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization); | ||||
11729 | |||||
11730 | // Attempt to fix the bad conversion. | ||||
11731 | unsigned ConvCount = Cand->Conversions.size(); | ||||
11732 | for (unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0); /**/; | ||||
11733 | ++ConvIdx) { | ||||
11734 | assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate")(static_cast <bool> (ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvIdx != ConvCount && \"no bad conversion in candidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11734, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11735 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() && | ||||
11736 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) { | ||||
11737 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||
11738 | break; | ||||
11739 | } | ||||
11740 | } | ||||
11741 | |||||
11742 | // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload | ||||
11743 | // operation somehow. | ||||
11744 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false; | ||||
11745 | |||||
11746 | unsigned ConvIdx = 0; | ||||
11747 | unsigned ArgIdx = 0; | ||||
11748 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes; | ||||
11749 | bool Reversed = Cand->isReversed(); | ||||
11750 | |||||
11751 | if (Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||
11752 | QualType ConvType | ||||
11753 | = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
11754 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
11755 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
11756 | ParamTypes = ConvType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||
11757 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||
11758 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||
11759 | } else if (Cand->Function) { | ||||
11760 | ParamTypes = | ||||
11761 | Cand->Function->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getParamTypes(); | ||||
11762 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) && | ||||
11763 | !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function) && !Reversed) { | ||||
11764 | // Conversion 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||
11765 | ConvIdx = 1; | ||||
11766 | if (CSK == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator && | ||||
11767 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Call && | ||||
11768 | Cand->Function->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != | ||||
11769 | OO_Subscript) | ||||
11770 | // Argument 0 is 'this', which doesn't have a corresponding parameter. | ||||
11771 | ArgIdx = 1; | ||||
11772 | } | ||||
11773 | } else { | ||||
11774 | // Builtin operator. | ||||
11775 | assert(ConvCount <= 3)(static_cast <bool> (ConvCount <= 3) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ConvCount <= 3", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11775 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
11776 | ParamTypes = Cand->BuiltinParamTypes; | ||||
11777 | } | ||||
11778 | |||||
11779 | // Fill in the rest of the conversions. | ||||
11780 | for (unsigned ParamIdx = Reversed ? ParamTypes.size() - 1 : 0; | ||||
11781 | ConvIdx != ConvCount; | ||||
11782 | ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx, ParamIdx += (Reversed ? -1 : 1)) { | ||||
11783 | assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion")(static_cast <bool> (ArgIdx < Args.size() && "no argument for this arg conversion") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ArgIdx < Args.size() && \"no argument for this arg conversion\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11784 | if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized()) { | ||||
11785 | // We've already checked this conversion. | ||||
11786 | } else if (ParamIdx < ParamTypes.size()) { | ||||
11787 | if (ParamTypes[ParamIdx]->isDependentType()) | ||||
11788 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setAsIdentityConversion( | ||||
11789 | Args[ArgIdx]->getType()); | ||||
11790 | else { | ||||
11791 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx] = | ||||
11792 | TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTypes[ParamIdx], | ||||
11793 | SuppressUserConversions, | ||||
11794 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/true, | ||||
11795 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/ | ||||
11796 | S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); | ||||
11797 | // Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists. | ||||
11798 | if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad()) | ||||
11799 | Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S); | ||||
11800 | } | ||||
11801 | } else | ||||
11802 | Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis(); | ||||
11803 | } | ||||
11804 | } | ||||
11805 | |||||
11806 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 32> OverloadCandidateSet::CompleteCandidates( | ||||
11807 | Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11808 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11809 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||
11810 | // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would | ||||
11811 | // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those. | ||||
11812 | SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands; | ||||
11813 | if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||
11814 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||
11815 | if (!Filter(*Cand)) | ||||
11816 | continue; | ||||
11817 | switch (OCD) { | ||||
11818 | case OCD_AllCandidates: | ||||
11819 | if (!Cand->Viable) { | ||||
11820 | if (!Cand->Function && !Cand->IsSurrogate) { | ||||
11821 | // This a non-viable builtin candidate. We do not, in general, | ||||
11822 | // want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||
11823 | continue; | ||||
11824 | } | ||||
11825 | CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args, Kind); | ||||
11826 | } | ||||
11827 | break; | ||||
11828 | |||||
11829 | case OCD_ViableCandidates: | ||||
11830 | if (!Cand->Viable) | ||||
11831 | continue; | ||||
11832 | break; | ||||
11833 | |||||
11834 | case OCD_AmbiguousCandidates: | ||||
11835 | if (!Cand->Best) | ||||
11836 | continue; | ||||
11837 | break; | ||||
11838 | } | ||||
11839 | |||||
11840 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||
11841 | } | ||||
11842 | |||||
11843 | llvm::stable_sort( | ||||
11844 | Cands, CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S, OpLoc, Args.size(), Kind)); | ||||
11845 | |||||
11846 | return Cands; | ||||
11847 | } | ||||
11848 | |||||
11849 | bool OverloadCandidateSet::shouldDeferDiags(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11850 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
11851 | bool DeferHint = false; | ||||
11852 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && S.getLangOpts().GPUDeferDiag) { | ||||
11853 | // Defer diagnostic for CUDA/HIP if there are wrong-sided candidates or | ||||
11854 | // host device candidates. | ||||
11855 | auto WrongSidedCands = | ||||
11856 | CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, OpLoc, [](auto &Cand) { | ||||
11857 | return (Cand.Viable == false && | ||||
11858 | Cand.FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_target) || | ||||
11859 | (Cand.Function && | ||||
11860 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && | ||||
11861 | Cand.Function->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()); | ||||
11862 | }); | ||||
11863 | DeferHint = !WrongSidedCands.empty(); | ||||
11864 | } | ||||
11865 | return DeferHint; | ||||
11866 | } | ||||
11867 | |||||
11868 | /// When overload resolution fails, prints diagnostic messages containing the | ||||
11869 | /// candidates in the candidate set. | ||||
11870 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates( | ||||
11871 | PartialDiagnosticAt PD, Sema &S, OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD, | ||||
11872 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
11873 | llvm::function_ref<bool(OverloadCandidate &)> Filter) { | ||||
11874 | |||||
11875 | auto Cands = CompleteCandidates(S, OCD, Args, OpLoc, Filter); | ||||
11876 | |||||
11877 | S.Diag(PD.first, PD.second, shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)); | ||||
11878 | |||||
11879 | NoteCandidates(S, Args, Cands, Opc, OpLoc); | ||||
11880 | |||||
11881 | if (OCD == OCD_AmbiguousCandidates) | ||||
11882 | MaybeDiagnoseAmbiguousConstraints(S, {begin(), end()}); | ||||
11883 | } | ||||
11884 | |||||
11885 | void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
11886 | ArrayRef<OverloadCandidate *> Cands, | ||||
11887 | StringRef Opc, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
11888 | bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false; | ||||
11889 | |||||
11890 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||
11891 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||
11892 | auto I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); | ||||
11893 | for (; I != E; ++I) { | ||||
11894 | OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||
11895 | |||||
11896 | if (CandsShown >= S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow() && | ||||
11897 | ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) { | ||||
11898 | break; | ||||
11899 | } | ||||
11900 | ++CandsShown; | ||||
11901 | |||||
11902 | if (Cand->Function) | ||||
11903 | NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args.size(), | ||||
11904 | /*TakingCandidateAddress=*/false, DestAS); | ||||
11905 | else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) | ||||
11906 | NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand); | ||||
11907 | else { | ||||
11908 | assert(Cand->Viable &&(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11909, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
11909 | "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Viable && "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Viable && \"Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 11909, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
11910 | // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin | ||||
11911 | // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an | ||||
11912 | // ambiguous user-defined conversion. | ||||
11913 | // | ||||
11914 | // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see | ||||
11915 | // different ambiguities, though. | ||||
11916 | if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) { | ||||
11917 | NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||
11918 | ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true; | ||||
11919 | } | ||||
11920 | |||||
11921 | // If this is a viable builtin, print it. | ||||
11922 | NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand); | ||||
11923 | } | ||||
11924 | } | ||||
11925 | |||||
11926 | // Inform S.Diags that we've shown an overload set with N elements. This may | ||||
11927 | // inform the future value of S.Diags.getNumOverloadCandidatesToShow(). | ||||
11928 | S.Diags.overloadCandidatesShown(CandsShown); | ||||
11929 | |||||
11930 | if (I != E) | ||||
11931 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates, | ||||
11932 | shouldDeferDiags(S, Args, OpLoc)) | ||||
11933 | << int(E - I); | ||||
11934 | } | ||||
11935 | |||||
11936 | static SourceLocation | ||||
11937 | GetLocationForCandidate(const TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand) { | ||||
11938 | return Cand->Specialization ? Cand->Specialization->getLocation() | ||||
11939 | : SourceLocation(); | ||||
11940 | } | ||||
11941 | |||||
11942 | namespace { | ||||
11943 | struct CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay { | ||||
11944 | Sema &S; | ||||
11945 | CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {} | ||||
11946 | |||||
11947 | bool operator()(const TemplateSpecCandidate *L, | ||||
11948 | const TemplateSpecCandidate *R) { | ||||
11949 | // Fast-path this check. | ||||
11950 | if (L == R) | ||||
11951 | return false; | ||||
11952 | |||||
11953 | // Assuming that both candidates are not matches... | ||||
11954 | |||||
11955 | // Sort by the ranking of deduction failures. | ||||
11956 | if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result) | ||||
11957 | return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) < | ||||
11958 | RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure); | ||||
11959 | |||||
11960 | // Sort everything else by location. | ||||
11961 | SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L); | ||||
11962 | SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R); | ||||
11963 | |||||
11964 | // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end. | ||||
11965 | if (LLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
11966 | return false; | ||||
11967 | if (RLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
11968 | return true; | ||||
11969 | |||||
11970 | return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc); | ||||
11971 | } | ||||
11972 | }; | ||||
11973 | } | ||||
11974 | |||||
11975 | /// Diagnose a template argument deduction failure. | ||||
11976 | /// We are treating these failures as overload failures due to bad | ||||
11977 | /// deductions. | ||||
11978 | void TemplateSpecCandidate::NoteDeductionFailure(Sema &S, | ||||
11979 | bool ForTakingAddress) { | ||||
11980 | DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, FoundDecl, Specialization, // pattern | ||||
11981 | DeductionFailure, /*NumArgs=*/0, ForTakingAddress); | ||||
11982 | } | ||||
11983 | |||||
11984 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() { | ||||
11985 | for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
11986 | i->DeductionFailure.Destroy(); | ||||
11987 | } | ||||
11988 | } | ||||
11989 | |||||
11990 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::clear() { | ||||
11991 | destroyCandidates(); | ||||
11992 | Candidates.clear(); | ||||
11993 | } | ||||
11994 | |||||
11995 | /// NoteCandidates - When no template specialization match is found, prints | ||||
11996 | /// diagnostic messages containing the non-matching specializations that form | ||||
11997 | /// the candidate set. | ||||
11998 | /// This is analoguous to OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates() with | ||||
11999 | /// OCD == OCD_AllCandidates and Cand->Viable == false. | ||||
12000 | void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
12001 | // Sort the candidates by position (assuming no candidate is a match). | ||||
12002 | // Sorting directly would be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers | ||||
12003 | // and sort those. | ||||
12004 | SmallVector<TemplateSpecCandidate *, 32> Cands; | ||||
12005 | Cands.reserve(size()); | ||||
12006 | for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) { | ||||
12007 | if (Cand->Specialization) | ||||
12008 | Cands.push_back(Cand); | ||||
12009 | // Otherwise, this is a non-matching builtin candidate. We do not, | ||||
12010 | // in general, want to list every possible builtin candidate. | ||||
12011 | } | ||||
12012 | |||||
12013 | llvm::sort(Cands, CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(S)); | ||||
12014 | |||||
12015 | // FIXME: Perhaps rename OverloadsShown and getShowOverloads() | ||||
12016 | // for generalization purposes (?). | ||||
12017 | const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads(); | ||||
12018 | |||||
12019 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateSpecCandidate *>::iterator I, E; | ||||
12020 | unsigned CandsShown = 0; | ||||
12021 | for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12022 | TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand = *I; | ||||
12023 | |||||
12024 | // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidates we'll spam | ||||
12025 | // the user with. FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the | ||||
12026 | // candidate list. | ||||
12027 | if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) | ||||
12028 | break; | ||||
12029 | ++CandsShown; | ||||
12030 | |||||
12031 | assert(Cand->Specialization &&(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12032, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
12032 | "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.")(static_cast <bool> (Cand->Specialization && "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Cand->Specialization && \"Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12032, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12033 | Cand->NoteDeductionFailure(S, ForTakingAddress); | ||||
12034 | } | ||||
12035 | |||||
12036 | if (I != E) | ||||
12037 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I); | ||||
12038 | } | ||||
12039 | |||||
12040 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] | ||||
12041 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType | ||||
12042 | // R (A) --> R(A) | ||||
12043 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||
12044 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) | ||||
12045 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) | ||||
12046 | QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) { | ||||
12047 | QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType; | ||||
12048 | if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = | ||||
12049 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
12050 | Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
12051 | else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = | ||||
12052 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
12053 | Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType(); | ||||
12054 | else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr = | ||||
12055 | PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) | ||||
12056 | Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
12057 | Ret = | ||||
12058 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
12059 | return Ret; | ||||
12060 | } | ||||
12061 | |||||
12062 | static bool completeFunctionType(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
12063 | bool Complain = true) { | ||||
12064 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||
12065 | S.DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc, Complain)) | ||||
12066 | return true; | ||||
12067 | |||||
12068 | auto *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
12069 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && | ||||
12070 | isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()) && | ||||
12071 | !S.ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT)) | ||||
12072 | return true; | ||||
12073 | |||||
12074 | return false; | ||||
12075 | } | ||||
12076 | |||||
12077 | namespace { | ||||
12078 | // A helper class to help with address of function resolution | ||||
12079 | // - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters | ||||
12080 | class AddressOfFunctionResolver { | ||||
12081 | Sema& S; | ||||
12082 | Expr* SourceExpr; | ||||
12083 | const QualType& TargetType; | ||||
12084 | QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type | ||||
12085 | |||||
12086 | bool Complain; | ||||
12087 | //DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair; | ||||
12088 | ASTContext& Context; | ||||
12089 | |||||
12090 | bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction; | ||||
12091 | bool FoundNonTemplateFunction; | ||||
12092 | bool StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||
12093 | bool HasComplained; | ||||
12094 | |||||
12095 | OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo; | ||||
12096 | OverloadExpr *OvlExpr; | ||||
12097 | TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||
12098 | SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches; | ||||
12099 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates; | ||||
12100 | |||||
12101 | public: | ||||
12102 | AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr *SourceExpr, | ||||
12103 | const QualType &TargetType, bool Complain) | ||||
12104 | : S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType), | ||||
12105 | Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()), | ||||
12106 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction( | ||||
12107 | !!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()), | ||||
12108 | FoundNonTemplateFunction(false), | ||||
12109 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(false), | ||||
12110 | HasComplained(false), | ||||
12111 | OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)), | ||||
12112 | OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression), | ||||
12113 | FailedCandidates(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), /*ForTakingAddress=*/true) { | ||||
12114 | ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType(); | ||||
12115 | |||||
12116 | if (TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
12117 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) | ||||
12118 | if (!UME->isImplicitAccess() && | ||||
12119 | !S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(UME)) | ||||
12120 | StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer = true; | ||||
12121 | } else if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
12122 | DeclAccessPair dap; | ||||
12123 | if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||
12124 | OvlExpr, false, &dap)) { | ||||
12125 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) | ||||
12126 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
12127 | // If the target type is a non-function type and the function found | ||||
12128 | // is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was the | ||||
12129 | // target, it's the only possible type to end up with. | ||||
12130 | TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true; | ||||
12131 | |||||
12132 | // And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form. | ||||
12133 | // We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions. | ||||
12134 | if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer) | ||||
12135 | return; | ||||
12136 | } | ||||
12137 | |||||
12138 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap, Fn)); | ||||
12139 | } | ||||
12140 | return; | ||||
12141 | } | ||||
12142 | |||||
12143 | if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||
12144 | OvlExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||
12145 | |||||
12146 | if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) { | ||||
12147 | // C++ [over.over]p4: | ||||
12148 | // If more than one function is selected, [...] | ||||
12149 | if (Matches.size() > 1 && !eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates()) { | ||||
12150 | if (FoundNonTemplateFunction) | ||||
12151 | EliminateAllTemplateMatches(); | ||||
12152 | else | ||||
12153 | EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate(); | ||||
12154 | } | ||||
12155 | } | ||||
12156 | |||||
12157 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Matches.size() > 1) | ||||
12158 | EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches(); | ||||
12159 | } | ||||
12160 | |||||
12161 | bool hasComplained() const { return HasComplained; } | ||||
12162 | |||||
12163 | private: | ||||
12164 | bool candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(const FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
12165 | QualType Discard; | ||||
12166 | return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType, FD->getType()) || | ||||
12167 | S.IsFunctionConversion(FD->getType(), TargetFunctionType, Discard); | ||||
12168 | } | ||||
12169 | |||||
12170 | /// \return true if A is considered a better overload candidate for the | ||||
12171 | /// desired type than B. | ||||
12172 | bool isBetterCandidate(const FunctionDecl *A, const FunctionDecl *B) { | ||||
12173 | // If A doesn't have exactly the correct type, we don't want to classify it | ||||
12174 | // as "better" than anything else. This way, the user is required to | ||||
12175 | // disambiguate for us if there are multiple candidates and no exact match. | ||||
12176 | return candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(A) && | ||||
12177 | (!candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(B) || | ||||
12178 | compareEnableIfAttrs(S, A, B) == Comparison::Better); | ||||
12179 | } | ||||
12180 | |||||
12181 | /// \return true if we were able to eliminate all but one overload candidate, | ||||
12182 | /// false otherwise. | ||||
12183 | bool eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates() { | ||||
12184 | // Same algorithm as overload resolution -- one pass to pick the "best", | ||||
12185 | // another pass to be sure that nothing is better than the best. | ||||
12186 | auto Best = Matches.begin(); | ||||
12187 | for (auto I = Matches.begin()+1, E = Matches.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12188 | if (isBetterCandidate(I->second, Best->second)) | ||||
12189 | Best = I; | ||||
12190 | |||||
12191 | const FunctionDecl *BestFn = Best->second; | ||||
12192 | auto IsBestOrInferiorToBest = [this, BestFn]( | ||||
12193 | const std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *> &Pair) { | ||||
12194 | return BestFn == Pair.second || isBetterCandidate(BestFn, Pair.second); | ||||
12195 | }; | ||||
12196 | |||||
12197 | // Note: We explicitly leave Matches unmodified if there isn't a clear best | ||||
12198 | // option, so we can potentially give the user a better error | ||||
12199 | if (!llvm::all_of(Matches, IsBestOrInferiorToBest)) | ||||
12200 | return false; | ||||
12201 | Matches[0] = *Best; | ||||
12202 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||
12203 | return true; | ||||
12204 | } | ||||
12205 | |||||
12206 | bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const { | ||||
12207 | return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType(); | ||||
12208 | } | ||||
12209 | |||||
12210 | // [ToType] [Return] | ||||
12211 | |||||
12212 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||
12213 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false | ||||
12214 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true | ||||
12215 | void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() { | ||||
12216 | TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType); | ||||
12217 | } | ||||
12218 | |||||
12219 | // return true if any matching specializations were found | ||||
12220 | bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate, | ||||
12221 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||
12222 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method | ||||
12223 | = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) { | ||||
12224 | // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and | ||||
12225 | // static when converting to member pointer. | ||||
12226 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12227 | return false; | ||||
12228 | } | ||||
12229 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12230 | return false; | ||||
12231 | |||||
12232 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||
12233 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||
12234 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||
12235 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||
12236 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||
12237 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||
12238 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
12239 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||
12240 | if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||
12241 | = S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, | ||||
12242 | &OvlExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12243 | TargetFunctionType, Specialization, | ||||
12244 | Info, /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||
12245 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||
12246 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||
12247 | .set(CurAccessFunPair, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||
12248 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||
12249 | return false; | ||||
12250 | } | ||||
12251 | |||||
12252 | // Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match or | ||||
12253 | // compatible pointer-to-function arguments that would be adjusted by ICS. | ||||
12254 | // This function template specicalization works. | ||||
12255 | assert(S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType((static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12257, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
12256 | Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()),(static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12257, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
12257 | Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType)))(static_cast <bool> (S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context .getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType (TargetFunctionType))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType( Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()), Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType))" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12257, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12258 | |||||
12259 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Specialization)) | ||||
12260 | return false; | ||||
12261 | |||||
12262 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization)); | ||||
12263 | return true; | ||||
12264 | } | ||||
12265 | |||||
12266 | bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn, | ||||
12267 | const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) { | ||||
12268 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
12269 | // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static | ||||
12270 | // when converting to member pointer. | ||||
12271 | if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12272 | return false; | ||||
12273 | } | ||||
12274 | else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction) | ||||
12275 | return false; | ||||
12276 | |||||
12277 | if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
12278 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
12279 | if (FunctionDecl *Caller = S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true)) | ||||
12280 | if (!Caller->isImplicit() && !S.IsAllowedCUDACall(Caller, FunDecl)) | ||||
12281 | return false; | ||||
12282 | if (FunDecl->isMultiVersion()) { | ||||
12283 | const auto *TA = FunDecl->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); | ||||
12284 | if (TA && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) | ||||
12285 | return false; | ||||
12286 | } | ||||
12287 | |||||
12288 | // If any candidate has a placeholder return type, trigger its deduction | ||||
12289 | // now. | ||||
12290 | if (completeFunctionType(S, FunDecl, SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
12291 | Complain)) { | ||||
12292 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||
12293 | return false; | ||||
12294 | } | ||||
12295 | |||||
12296 | if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FunDecl)) | ||||
12297 | return false; | ||||
12298 | |||||
12299 | // If we're in C, we need to support types that aren't exactly identical. | ||||
12300 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||
12301 | candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(FunDecl)) { | ||||
12302 | Matches.push_back(std::make_pair( | ||||
12303 | CurAccessFunPair, cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()))); | ||||
12304 | FoundNonTemplateFunction = true; | ||||
12305 | return true; | ||||
12306 | } | ||||
12307 | } | ||||
12308 | |||||
12309 | return false; | ||||
12310 | } | ||||
12311 | |||||
12312 | bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() { | ||||
12313 | bool Ret = false; | ||||
12314 | |||||
12315 | // If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to | ||||
12316 | // member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type. | ||||
12317 | if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||
12318 | return false; | ||||
12319 | |||||
12320 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
12321 | E = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||
12322 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12323 | // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function. | ||||
12324 | NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
12325 | |||||
12326 | // C++ [over.over]p3: | ||||
12327 | // Non-member functions and static member functions match | ||||
12328 | // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function." | ||||
12329 | // Nonstatic member functions match targets of | ||||
12330 | // type "pointer-to-member-function." | ||||
12331 | // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter. | ||||
12332 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||
12333 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
12334 | if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair())) | ||||
12335 | Ret = true; | ||||
12336 | } | ||||
12337 | // If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates. | ||||
12338 | else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||
12339 | AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair())) | ||||
12340 | Ret = true; | ||||
12341 | } | ||||
12342 | assert(Ret || Matches.empty())(static_cast <bool> (Ret || Matches.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Ret || Matches.empty()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12342, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12343 | return Ret; | ||||
12344 | } | ||||
12345 | |||||
12346 | void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() { | ||||
12347 | // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is | ||||
12348 | // eliminated if the set contains a second function template | ||||
12349 | // specialization whose function template is more specialized | ||||
12350 | // than the function template of F1 according to the partial | ||||
12351 | // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2. | ||||
12352 | |||||
12353 | // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a | ||||
12354 | // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the | ||||
12355 | // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the | ||||
12356 | // best function template (if it exists). | ||||
12357 | |||||
12358 | UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid! | ||||
12359 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12360 | MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess()); | ||||
12361 | |||||
12362 | // TODO: It looks like FailedCandidates does not serve much purpose | ||||
12363 | // here, since the no_viable diagnostic has index 0. | ||||
12364 | UnresolvedSetIterator Result = S.getMostSpecialized( | ||||
12365 | MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(), FailedCandidates, | ||||
12366 | SourceExpr->getBeginLoc(), S.PDiag(), | ||||
12367 | S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||
12368 | << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(), | ||||
12369 | S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate) | ||||
12370 | << (unsigned)oc_function << (unsigned)ocs_described_template, | ||||
12371 | Complain, TargetFunctionType); | ||||
12372 | |||||
12373 | if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) { | ||||
12374 | // Make it the first and only element | ||||
12375 | Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first; | ||||
12376 | Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result); | ||||
12377 | Matches.resize(1); | ||||
12378 | } else | ||||
12379 | HasComplained |= Complain; | ||||
12380 | } | ||||
12381 | |||||
12382 | void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() { | ||||
12383 | // [...] any function template specializations in the set are | ||||
12384 | // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...] | ||||
12385 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) { | ||||
12386 | if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == nullptr) | ||||
12387 | ++I; | ||||
12388 | else { | ||||
12389 | Matches[I] = Matches[--N]; | ||||
12390 | Matches.resize(N); | ||||
12391 | } | ||||
12392 | } | ||||
12393 | } | ||||
12394 | |||||
12395 | void EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches() { | ||||
12396 | S.EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(S.getCurFunctionDecl(/*AllowLambda=*/true), | ||||
12397 | Matches); | ||||
12398 | } | ||||
12399 | |||||
12400 | public: | ||||
12401 | void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const { | ||||
12402 | assert(Matches.empty())(static_cast <bool> (Matches.empty()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.empty()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12402 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12403 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable) | ||||
12404 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType | ||||
12405 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12406 | if (FailedCandidates.empty()) | ||||
12407 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||
12408 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
12409 | else { | ||||
12410 | // We have some deduction failure messages. Use them to diagnose | ||||
12411 | // the function templates, and diagnose the non-template candidates | ||||
12412 | // normally. | ||||
12413 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
12414 | IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end(); | ||||
12415 | I != IEnd; ++I) | ||||
12416 | if (FunctionDecl *Fun = | ||||
12417 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl())) | ||||
12418 | if (!functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Fun)) | ||||
12419 | S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, CRK_None, TargetFunctionType, | ||||
12420 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
12421 | FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(S, OvlExpr->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
12422 | } | ||||
12423 | } | ||||
12424 | |||||
12425 | bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||
12426 | return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction && | ||||
12427 | !OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer; | ||||
12428 | } | ||||
12429 | |||||
12430 | void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const { | ||||
12431 | // TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might | ||||
12432 | // have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers? | ||||
12433 | // TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt. | ||||
12434 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier) | ||||
12435 | << TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12436 | } | ||||
12437 | |||||
12438 | bool IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||
12439 | return StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer; | ||||
12440 | } | ||||
12441 | |||||
12442 | void ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const { | ||||
12443 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
12444 | diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||
12445 | << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12446 | } | ||||
12447 | |||||
12448 | void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const { | ||||
12449 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref) | ||||
12450 | << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType; | ||||
12451 | } | ||||
12452 | |||||
12453 | void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const { | ||||
12454 | assert(Matches.size() > 1)(static_cast <bool> (Matches.size() > 1) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Matches.size() > 1", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp" , 12454, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
12455 | S.Diag(OvlExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||
12456 | << OvlExpr->getName() << OvlExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12457 | S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType, | ||||
12458 | /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
12459 | } | ||||
12460 | |||||
12461 | bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); } | ||||
12462 | |||||
12463 | int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); } | ||||
12464 | |||||
12465 | FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const { | ||||
12466 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||
12467 | return Matches[0].second; | ||||
12468 | } | ||||
12469 | |||||
12470 | const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const { | ||||
12471 | if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr; | ||||
12472 | return &Matches[0].first; | ||||
12473 | } | ||||
12474 | }; | ||||
12475 | } | ||||
12476 | |||||
12477 | /// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of | ||||
12478 | /// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an | ||||
12479 | /// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type | ||||
12480 | /// we're trying to resolve to. For example: | ||||
12481 | /// | ||||
12482 | /// @code | ||||
12483 | /// int f(double); | ||||
12484 | /// int f(int); | ||||
12485 | /// | ||||
12486 | /// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double) | ||||
12487 | /// @endcode | ||||
12488 | /// | ||||
12489 | /// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be | ||||
12490 | /// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this | ||||
12491 | /// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error. | ||||
12492 | FunctionDecl * | ||||
12493 | Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, | ||||
12494 | QualType TargetType, | ||||
12495 | bool Complain, | ||||
12496 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult, | ||||
12497 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) { | ||||
12498 | assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12498, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12499 | |||||
12500 | AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType, | ||||
12501 | Complain); | ||||
12502 | int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches(); | ||||
12503 | FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; | ||||
12504 | bool ShouldComplain = Complain && !Resolver.hasComplained(); | ||||
12505 | if (NumMatches == 0 && ShouldComplain) { | ||||
12506 | if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction()) | ||||
12507 | Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction(); | ||||
12508 | else | ||||
12509 | Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound(); | ||||
12510 | } | ||||
12511 | else if (NumMatches > 1 && ShouldComplain) | ||||
12512 | Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound(); | ||||
12513 | else if (NumMatches == 1) { | ||||
12514 | Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl(); | ||||
12515 | assert(Fn)(static_cast <bool> (Fn) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12515, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12516 | if (auto *FPT = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
12517 | ResolveExceptionSpec(AddressOfExpr->getExprLoc(), FPT); | ||||
12518 | FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair(); | ||||
12519 | if (Complain) { | ||||
12520 | if (Resolver.IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer()) | ||||
12521 | Resolver.ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(); | ||||
12522 | else | ||||
12523 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult); | ||||
12524 | } | ||||
12525 | } | ||||
12526 | |||||
12527 | if (pHadMultipleCandidates) | ||||
12528 | *pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates(); | ||||
12529 | return Fn; | ||||
12530 | } | ||||
12531 | |||||
12532 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||
12533 | /// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address taken. | ||||
12534 | /// This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null. | ||||
12535 | /// | ||||
12536 | /// This routine can only succeed if from all of the candidates in the overload | ||||
12537 | /// set for SrcExpr that can have their addresses taken, there is one candidate | ||||
12538 | /// that is more constrained than the rest. | ||||
12539 | FunctionDecl * | ||||
12540 | Sema::resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &Pair) { | ||||
12541 | OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(E); | ||||
12542 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression; | ||||
12543 | bool IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||
12544 | FunctionDecl *Result = nullptr; | ||||
12545 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||
12546 | SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 2> AmbiguousDecls; | ||||
12547 | |||||
12548 | auto CheckMoreConstrained = | ||||
12549 | [&] (FunctionDecl *FD1, FunctionDecl *FD2) -> Optional<bool> { | ||||
12550 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> AC1, AC2; | ||||
12551 | FD1->getAssociatedConstraints(AC1); | ||||
12552 | FD2->getAssociatedConstraints(AC2); | ||||
12553 | bool AtLeastAsConstrained1, AtLeastAsConstrained2; | ||||
12554 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD1, AC1, FD2, AC2, AtLeastAsConstrained1)) | ||||
12555 | return None; | ||||
12556 | if (IsAtLeastAsConstrained(FD2, AC2, FD1, AC1, AtLeastAsConstrained2)) | ||||
12557 | return None; | ||||
12558 | if (AtLeastAsConstrained1 == AtLeastAsConstrained2) | ||||
12559 | return None; | ||||
12560 | return AtLeastAsConstrained1; | ||||
12561 | }; | ||||
12562 | |||||
12563 | // Don't use the AddressOfResolver because we're specifically looking for | ||||
12564 | // cases where we have one overload candidate that lacks | ||||
12565 | // enable_if/pass_object_size/... | ||||
12566 | for (auto I = Ovl->decls_begin(), E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12567 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
12568 | if (!FD) | ||||
12569 | return nullptr; | ||||
12570 | |||||
12571 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD)) | ||||
12572 | continue; | ||||
12573 | |||||
12574 | // We have more than one result - see if it is more constrained than the | ||||
12575 | // previous one. | ||||
12576 | if (Result) { | ||||
12577 | Optional<bool> MoreConstrainedThanPrevious = CheckMoreConstrained(FD, | ||||
12578 | Result); | ||||
12579 | if (!MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) { | ||||
12580 | IsResultAmbiguous = true; | ||||
12581 | AmbiguousDecls.push_back(FD); | ||||
12582 | continue; | ||||
12583 | } | ||||
12584 | if (!*MoreConstrainedThanPrevious) | ||||
12585 | continue; | ||||
12586 | // FD is more constrained - replace Result with it. | ||||
12587 | } | ||||
12588 | IsResultAmbiguous = false; | ||||
12589 | DAP = I.getPair(); | ||||
12590 | Result = FD; | ||||
12591 | } | ||||
12592 | |||||
12593 | if (IsResultAmbiguous) | ||||
12594 | return nullptr; | ||||
12595 | |||||
12596 | if (Result) { | ||||
12597 | SmallVector<const Expr *, 1> ResultAC; | ||||
12598 | // We skipped over some ambiguous declarations which might be ambiguous with | ||||
12599 | // the selected result. | ||||
12600 | for (FunctionDecl *Skipped : AmbiguousDecls) | ||||
12601 | if (!CheckMoreConstrained(Skipped, Result)) | ||||
12602 | return nullptr; | ||||
12603 | Pair = DAP; | ||||
12604 | } | ||||
12605 | return Result; | ||||
12606 | } | ||||
12607 | |||||
12608 | /// Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded | ||||
12609 | /// function reference using resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate. This | ||||
12610 | /// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if | ||||
12611 | /// requested, potentially perform a function-to-pointer decay. | ||||
12612 | /// | ||||
12613 | /// Returns false if resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate fails. | ||||
12614 | /// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true. | ||||
12615 | bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( | ||||
12616 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion) { | ||||
12617 | Expr *E = SrcExpr.get(); | ||||
12618 | assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload")(static_cast <bool> (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && \"SrcExpr must be an overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12618, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12619 | |||||
12620 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||
12621 | FunctionDecl *Found = resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(E, DAP); | ||||
12622 | if (!Found || Found->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || | ||||
12623 | Found->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()) | ||||
12624 | return false; | ||||
12625 | |||||
12626 | // Emitting multiple diagnostics for a function that is both inaccessible and | ||||
12627 | // unavailable is consistent with our behavior elsewhere. So, always check | ||||
12628 | // for both. | ||||
12629 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc()); | ||||
12630 | CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP); | ||||
12631 | Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found); | ||||
12632 | if (DoFunctionPointerConversion && Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
12633 | SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false); | ||||
12634 | else | ||||
12635 | SrcExpr = Fixed; | ||||
12636 | return true; | ||||
12637 | } | ||||
12638 | |||||
12639 | /// Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to | ||||
12640 | /// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function. | ||||
12641 | /// | ||||
12642 | /// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function | ||||
12643 | /// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template | ||||
12644 | /// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults, | ||||
12645 | /// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3. | ||||
12646 | /// | ||||
12647 | /// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is | ||||
12648 | /// returned. | ||||
12649 | FunctionDecl * | ||||
12650 | Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, | ||||
12651 | bool Complain, | ||||
12652 | DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) { | ||||
12653 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||
12654 | // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the | ||||
12655 | // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ] | ||||
12656 | // C++ [over.over]p1: | ||||
12657 | // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the & | ||||
12658 | // operator. | ||||
12659 | |||||
12660 | // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done. | ||||
12661 | if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) | ||||
12662 | return nullptr; | ||||
12663 | |||||
12664 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs; | ||||
12665 | ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||
12666 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates(ovl->getNameLoc()); | ||||
12667 | |||||
12668 | // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one | ||||
12669 | // whose type matches exactly. | ||||
12670 | FunctionDecl *Matched = nullptr; | ||||
12671 | for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(), | ||||
12672 | E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12673 | // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3: | ||||
12674 | // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts | ||||
12675 | // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is | ||||
12676 | // specified and it, along with any default template arguments, | ||||
12677 | // identifies a single function template specialization, then the | ||||
12678 | // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization. | ||||
12679 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate | ||||
12680 | = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()); | ||||
12681 | |||||
12682 | // C++ [over.over]p2: | ||||
12683 | // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is | ||||
12684 | // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the | ||||
12685 | // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single | ||||
12686 | // function template specialization, which is added to the set of | ||||
12687 | // overloaded functions considered. | ||||
12688 | FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr; | ||||
12689 | TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation()); | ||||
12690 | if (TemplateDeductionResult Result | ||||
12691 | = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12692 | Specialization, Info, | ||||
12693 | /*IsAddressOfFunction*/true)) { | ||||
12694 | // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics. | ||||
12695 | // TODO: Actually use the failed-deduction info? | ||||
12696 | FailedCandidates.addCandidate() | ||||
12697 | .set(I.getPair(), FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(), | ||||
12698 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info)); | ||||
12699 | continue; | ||||
12700 | } | ||||
12701 | |||||
12702 | assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?")(static_cast <bool> (Specialization && "no specialization and no error?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Specialization && \"no specialization and no error?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12702, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12703 | |||||
12704 | // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration. | ||||
12705 | if (Matched) { | ||||
12706 | if (Complain) { | ||||
12707 | Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous) | ||||
12708 | << ovl->getName(); | ||||
12709 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl); | ||||
12710 | } | ||||
12711 | return nullptr; | ||||
12712 | } | ||||
12713 | |||||
12714 | Matched = Specialization; | ||||
12715 | if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair(); | ||||
12716 | } | ||||
12717 | |||||
12718 | if (Matched && | ||||
12719 | completeFunctionType(*this, Matched, ovl->getExprLoc(), Complain)) | ||||
12720 | return nullptr; | ||||
12721 | |||||
12722 | return Matched; | ||||
12723 | } | ||||
12724 | |||||
12725 | // Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved | ||||
12726 | // because it identifies a single function template specialization. | ||||
12727 | // | ||||
12728 | // Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true | ||||
12729 | // | ||||
12730 | // Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the | ||||
12731 | // expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded. Always | ||||
12732 | // returns true if 'complain' is set. | ||||
12733 | bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||
12734 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConversion, bool complain, | ||||
12735 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining, QualType DestTypeForComplaining, | ||||
12736 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) { | ||||
12737 | assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context .OverloadTy) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12737, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12738 | |||||
12739 | OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||
12740 | |||||
12741 | DeclAccessPair found; | ||||
12742 | ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||
12743 | if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( | ||||
12744 | ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) { | ||||
12745 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getBeginLoc())) { | ||||
12746 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12747 | return true; | ||||
12748 | } | ||||
12749 | |||||
12750 | // It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're | ||||
12751 | // resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member. | ||||
12752 | // Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which | ||||
12753 | // is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this. | ||||
12754 | if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer && | ||||
12755 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) && | ||||
12756 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) { | ||||
12757 | if (!complain) return false; | ||||
12758 | |||||
12759 | Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(), | ||||
12760 | diag::err_bound_member_function) | ||||
12761 | << 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange(); | ||||
12762 | |||||
12763 | // TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of | ||||
12764 | // static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression | ||||
12765 | // would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type). | ||||
12766 | // Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why | ||||
12767 | // the static candidates were rejected. | ||||
12768 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12769 | return true; | ||||
12770 | } | ||||
12771 | |||||
12772 | // Fix the expression to refer to 'fn'. | ||||
12773 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||
12774 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.get(), found, fn); | ||||
12775 | |||||
12776 | // If desired, do function-to-pointer decay. | ||||
12777 | if (doFunctionPointerConversion) { | ||||
12778 | SingleFunctionExpression = | ||||
12779 | DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.get()); | ||||
12780 | if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) { | ||||
12781 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12782 | return true; | ||||
12783 | } | ||||
12784 | } | ||||
12785 | } | ||||
12786 | |||||
12787 | if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) { | ||||
12788 | if (complain) { | ||||
12789 | Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining) | ||||
12790 | << ovl.Expression->getName() | ||||
12791 | << DestTypeForComplaining | ||||
12792 | << OpRangeForComplaining | ||||
12793 | << ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||
12794 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get()); | ||||
12795 | |||||
12796 | SrcExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
12797 | return true; | ||||
12798 | } | ||||
12799 | |||||
12800 | return false; | ||||
12801 | } | ||||
12802 | |||||
12803 | SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression; | ||||
12804 | return true; | ||||
12805 | } | ||||
12806 | |||||
12807 | /// Add a single candidate to the overload set. | ||||
12808 | static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S, | ||||
12809 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, | ||||
12810 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12811 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12812 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
12813 | bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
12814 | bool KnownValid) { | ||||
12815 | NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl(); | ||||
12816 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)) | ||||
12817 | Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
12818 | |||||
12819 | if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||
12820 | if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) { | ||||
12821 | assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?")(static_cast <bool> (!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"Explicit template arguments?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12821, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12822 | return; | ||||
12823 | } | ||||
12824 | // Prevent ill-formed function decls to be added as overload candidates. | ||||
12825 | if (!isa<FunctionProtoType>(Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>())) | ||||
12826 | return; | ||||
12827 | |||||
12828 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
12829 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
12830 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
12831 | return; | ||||
12832 | } | ||||
12833 | |||||
12834 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate | ||||
12835 | = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) { | ||||
12836 | S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl, | ||||
12837 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
12838 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
12839 | PartialOverloading); | ||||
12840 | return; | ||||
12841 | } | ||||
12842 | |||||
12843 | assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate")(static_cast <bool> (!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!KnownValid && \"unhandled case in overloaded call candidate\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12843, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12844 | } | ||||
12845 | |||||
12846 | /// Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument | ||||
12847 | /// dependent lookup to the given overload set. | ||||
12848 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
12849 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12850 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
12851 | bool PartialOverloading) { | ||||
12852 | |||||
12853 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
12854 | // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules | ||||
12855 | // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||
12856 | // | ||||
12857 | // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1) | ||||
12858 | // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent | ||||
12859 | // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains | ||||
12860 | // | ||||
12861 | // -- a declaration of a class member, or | ||||
12862 | // | ||||
12863 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a | ||||
12864 | // using-declaration, or | ||||
12865 | // | ||||
12866 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function | ||||
12867 | // template | ||||
12868 | // | ||||
12869 | // then Y is empty. | ||||
12870 | |||||
12871 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||
12872 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||
12873 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
12874 | assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord())(static_cast <bool> (!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12874, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12875 | assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||(static_cast <bool> (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || ! (*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12876, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
12876 | !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())(static_cast <bool> (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || ! (*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) ? void (0 ) : __assert_fail ("isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) || !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12876, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12877 | assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())(static_cast <bool> ((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate()" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 12877, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
12878 | } | ||||
12879 | } | ||||
12880 | #endif | ||||
12881 | |||||
12882 | // It would be nice to avoid this copy. | ||||
12883 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||
12884 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
12885 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
12886 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||
12887 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||
12888 | } | ||||
12889 | |||||
12890 | for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(), | ||||
12891 | E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12892 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||
12893 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading, | ||||
12894 | /*KnownValid*/ true); | ||||
12895 | |||||
12896 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) | ||||
12897 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), ULE->getExprLoc(), | ||||
12898 | Args, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12899 | CandidateSet, PartialOverloading); | ||||
12900 | } | ||||
12901 | |||||
12902 | /// Add the call candidates from the given set of lookup results to the given | ||||
12903 | /// overload set. Non-function lookup results are ignored. | ||||
12904 | void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates( | ||||
12905 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
12906 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) { | ||||
12907 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) | ||||
12908 | AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||
12909 | CandidateSet, false, /*KnownValid*/ false); | ||||
12910 | } | ||||
12911 | |||||
12912 | /// Determine whether a declaration with the specified name could be moved into | ||||
12913 | /// a different namespace. | ||||
12914 | static bool canBeDeclaredInNamespace(const DeclarationName &Name) { | ||||
12915 | switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) { | ||||
12916 | case OO_New: case OO_Array_New: | ||||
12917 | case OO_Delete: case OO_Array_Delete: | ||||
12918 | return false; | ||||
12919 | |||||
12920 | default: | ||||
12921 | return true; | ||||
12922 | } | ||||
12923 | } | ||||
12924 | |||||
12925 | /// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a | ||||
12926 | /// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template | ||||
12927 | /// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not | ||||
12928 | /// correctly implement two-stage name lookup. | ||||
12929 | /// | ||||
12930 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||
12931 | static bool DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup( | ||||
12932 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
12933 | LookupResult &R, OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK, | ||||
12934 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
12935 | CXXRecordDecl **FoundInClass = nullptr) { | ||||
12936 | if (!SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() || !SS.isEmpty()) | ||||
12937 | return false; | ||||
12938 | |||||
12939 | for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { | ||||
12940 | if (DC->isTransparentContext()) | ||||
12941 | continue; | ||||
12942 | |||||
12943 | SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||
12944 | |||||
12945 | if (!R.empty()) { | ||||
12946 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
12947 | |||||
12948 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc, CSK); | ||||
12949 | SemaRef.AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, | ||||
12950 | Candidates); | ||||
12951 | |||||
12952 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
12953 | OverloadingResult OR = | ||||
12954 | Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best); | ||||
12955 | |||||
12956 | if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
12957 | // We either found non-function declarations or a best viable function | ||||
12958 | // at class scope. A class-scope lookup result disables ADL. Don't | ||||
12959 | // look past this, but let the caller know that we found something that | ||||
12960 | // either is, or might be, usable in this class. | ||||
12961 | if (FoundInClass) { | ||||
12962 | *FoundInClass = RD; | ||||
12963 | if (OR == OR_Success) { | ||||
12964 | R.clear(); | ||||
12965 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||
12966 | R.resolveKind(); | ||||
12967 | } | ||||
12968 | } | ||||
12969 | return false; | ||||
12970 | } | ||||
12971 | |||||
12972 | if (OR != OR_Success) { | ||||
12973 | // There wasn't a unique best function or function template. | ||||
12974 | return false; | ||||
12975 | } | ||||
12976 | |||||
12977 | // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest | ||||
12978 | // declaring the function there instead. | ||||
12979 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces; | ||||
12980 | Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses; | ||||
12981 | SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(FnLoc, Args, | ||||
12982 | AssociatedNamespaces, | ||||
12983 | AssociatedClasses); | ||||
12984 | Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces; | ||||
12985 | if (canBeDeclaredInNamespace(R.getLookupName())) { | ||||
12986 | DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace(); | ||||
12987 | for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator | ||||
12988 | it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(), | ||||
12989 | end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) { | ||||
12990 | // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'. | ||||
12991 | if (Std && Std->Encloses(*it)) | ||||
12992 | continue; | ||||
12993 | |||||
12994 | // Never suggest declaring a function within a namespace with a | ||||
12995 | // reserved name, like __gnu_cxx. | ||||
12996 | NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(*it); | ||||
12997 | if (NS && | ||||
12998 | NS->getQualifiedNameAsString().find("__") != std::string::npos) | ||||
12999 | continue; | ||||
13000 | |||||
13001 | SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it); | ||||
13002 | } | ||||
13003 | } | ||||
13004 | |||||
13005 | SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
13006 | << R.getLookupName(); | ||||
13007 | if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) { | ||||
13008 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||
13009 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
13010 | << R.getLookupName() << 0; | ||||
13011 | } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) { | ||||
13012 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||
13013 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
13014 | << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin(); | ||||
13015 | } else { | ||||
13016 | // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here, | ||||
13017 | // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce | ||||
13018 | // a localized representation of a list of items. | ||||
13019 | SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(), | ||||
13020 | diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup) | ||||
13021 | << R.getLookupName() << 2; | ||||
13022 | } | ||||
13023 | |||||
13024 | // Try to recover by calling this function. | ||||
13025 | return true; | ||||
13026 | } | ||||
13027 | |||||
13028 | R.clear(); | ||||
13029 | } | ||||
13030 | |||||
13031 | return false; | ||||
13032 | } | ||||
13033 | |||||
13034 | /// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a | ||||
13035 | /// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template | ||||
13036 | /// was defined. | ||||
13037 | /// | ||||
13038 | /// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued. | ||||
13039 | static bool | ||||
13040 | DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
13041 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
13042 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
13043 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
13044 | SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13045 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName); | ||||
13046 | return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R, | ||||
13047 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||
13048 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args); | ||||
13049 | } | ||||
13050 | |||||
13051 | namespace { | ||||
13052 | class BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII { | ||||
13053 | Sema &SemaRef; | ||||
13054 | public: | ||||
13055 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) { | ||||
13056 | assert(SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false)(static_cast <bool> (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13056, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13057 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = true; | ||||
13058 | } | ||||
13059 | |||||
13060 | ~BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII() { | ||||
13061 | SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = false; | ||||
13062 | } | ||||
13063 | }; | ||||
13064 | |||||
13065 | } | ||||
13066 | |||||
13067 | /// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found. | ||||
13068 | /// | ||||
13069 | /// This function will do one of three things: | ||||
13070 | /// * Diagnose, recover, and return a recovery expression. | ||||
13071 | /// * Diagnose, fail to recover, and return ExprError(). | ||||
13072 | /// * Do not diagnose, do not recover, and return ExprResult(). The caller is | ||||
13073 | /// expected to diagnose as appropriate. | ||||
13074 | static ExprResult | ||||
13075 | BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
13076 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
13077 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
13078 | MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
13079 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
13080 | bool EmptyLookup, bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||
13081 | // Do not try to recover if it is already building a recovery call. | ||||
13082 | // This stops infinite loops for template instantiations like | ||||
13083 | // | ||||
13084 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(t)) {} | ||||
13085 | // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(&t)) {} | ||||
13086 | if (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr) | ||||
13087 | return ExprResult(); | ||||
13088 | BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII RCE(SemaRef); | ||||
13089 | |||||
13090 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||
13091 | SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||
13092 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(); | ||||
13093 | |||||
13094 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer; | ||||
13095 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
13096 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
13097 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer); | ||||
13098 | ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer; | ||||
13099 | } | ||||
13100 | |||||
13101 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(), | ||||
13102 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
13103 | CXXRecordDecl *FoundInClass = nullptr; | ||||
13104 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R, | ||||
13105 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal, | ||||
13106 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, &FoundInClass)) { | ||||
13107 | // OK, diagnosed a two-phase lookup issue. | ||||
13108 | } else if (EmptyLookup) { | ||||
13109 | // Try to recover from an empty lookup with typo correction. | ||||
13110 | R.clear(); | ||||
13111 | NoTypoCorrectionCCC NoTypoValidator{}; | ||||
13112 | FunctionCallFilterCCC FunctionCallValidator(SemaRef, Args.size(), | ||||
13113 | ExplicitTemplateArgs != nullptr, | ||||
13114 | dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn)); | ||||
13115 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &Validator = | ||||
13116 | AllowTypoCorrection | ||||
13117 | ? static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(FunctionCallValidator) | ||||
13118 | : static_cast<CorrectionCandidateCallback &>(NoTypoValidator); | ||||
13119 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, Validator, ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
13120 | Args)) | ||||
13121 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13122 | } else if (FoundInClass && SemaRef.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||
13123 | // We found a usable declaration of the name in a dependent base of some | ||||
13124 | // enclosing class. | ||||
13125 | // FIXME: We should also explain why the candidates found by name lookup | ||||
13126 | // were not viable. | ||||
13127 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R)) | ||||
13128 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13129 | } else { | ||||
13130 | // We had viable candidates and couldn't recover; let the caller diagnose | ||||
13131 | // this. | ||||
13132 | return ExprResult(); | ||||
13133 | } | ||||
13134 | |||||
13135 | // If we get here, we should have issued a diagnostic and formed a recovery | ||||
13136 | // lookup result. | ||||
13137 | assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery")(static_cast <bool> (!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"lookup results empty despite recovery\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13137, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13138 | |||||
13139 | // If recovery created an ambiguity, just bail out. | ||||
13140 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | ||||
13141 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
13142 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13143 | } | ||||
13144 | |||||
13145 | // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the | ||||
13146 | // casts and such from the call, we don't really care. | ||||
13147 | ExprResult NewFn = ExprError(); | ||||
13148 | if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||
13149 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, | ||||
13150 | ExplicitTemplateArgs, S); | ||||
13151 | else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) | ||||
13152 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, false, | ||||
13153 | ExplicitTemplateArgs); | ||||
13154 | else | ||||
13155 | NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false); | ||||
13156 | |||||
13157 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||
13158 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13159 | |||||
13160 | // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it | ||||
13161 | // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never | ||||
13162 | // end up here. | ||||
13163 | return SemaRef.BuildCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr, NewFn.get(), LParenLoc, | ||||
13164 | MultiExprArg(Args.data(), Args.size()), | ||||
13165 | RParenLoc); | ||||
13166 | } | ||||
13167 | |||||
13168 | /// Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from | ||||
13169 | /// the given function. | ||||
13170 | /// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set. | ||||
13171 | bool Sema::buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
13172 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
13173 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
13174 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
13175 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||
13176 | ExprResult *Result) { | ||||
13177 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
13178 | if (ULE->requiresADL()) { | ||||
13179 | // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name. | ||||
13180 | assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL")(static_cast <bool> (!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ULE->getQualifier() && \"qualified name with ADL\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13180, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13181 | |||||
13182 | // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins. | ||||
13183 | // Verify that this was correctly set up. | ||||
13184 | FunctionDecl *F; | ||||
13185 | if (ULE->decls_begin() != ULE->decls_end() && | ||||
13186 | ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() && | ||||
13187 | (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) && | ||||
13188 | F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit()) | ||||
13189 | llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("performing ADL for builtin" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13189); | ||||
13190 | |||||
13191 | // We don't perform ADL in C. | ||||
13192 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"ADL enabled in C\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13192, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13193 | } | ||||
13194 | #endif | ||||
13195 | |||||
13196 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
13197 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { | ||||
13198 | *Result = ExprError(); | ||||
13199 | return true; | ||||
13200 | } | ||||
13201 | |||||
13202 | // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate | ||||
13203 | // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup. | ||||
13204 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, *CandidateSet); | ||||
13205 | |||||
13206 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && | ||||
13207 | CurContext->isDependentContext() && !isSFINAEContext() && | ||||
13208 | (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) { | ||||
13209 | |||||
13210 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13211 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || | ||||
13212 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best) == | ||||
13213 | OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||
13214 | // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function | ||||
13215 | // then create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name | ||||
13216 | // lookup to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent | ||||
13217 | // base classes. | ||||
13218 | CallExpr *CE = | ||||
13219 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||
13220 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13221 | CE->markDependentForPostponedNameLookup(); | ||||
13222 | *Result = CE; | ||||
13223 | return true; | ||||
13224 | } | ||||
13225 | } | ||||
13226 | |||||
13227 | if (CandidateSet->empty()) | ||||
13228 | return false; | ||||
13229 | |||||
13230 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
13231 | return false; | ||||
13232 | } | ||||
13233 | |||||
13234 | // Guess at what the return type for an unresolvable overload should be. | ||||
13235 | static QualType chooseRecoveryType(OverloadCandidateSet &CS, | ||||
13236 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best) { | ||||
13237 | llvm::Optional<QualType> Result; | ||||
13238 | // Adjust Type after seeing a candidate. | ||||
13239 | auto ConsiderCandidate = [&](const OverloadCandidate &Candidate) { | ||||
13240 | if (!Candidate.Function) | ||||
13241 | return; | ||||
13242 | if (Candidate.Function->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
13243 | return; | ||||
13244 | QualType T = Candidate.Function->getReturnType(); | ||||
13245 | if (T.isNull()) | ||||
13246 | return; | ||||
13247 | if (!Result) | ||||
13248 | Result = T; | ||||
13249 | else if (Result != T) | ||||
13250 | Result = QualType(); | ||||
13251 | }; | ||||
13252 | |||||
13253 | // Look for an unambiguous type from a progressively larger subset. | ||||
13254 | // e.g. if types disagree, but all *viable* overloads return int, choose int. | ||||
13255 | // | ||||
13256 | // First, consider only the best candidate. | ||||
13257 | if (Best && *Best != CS.end()) | ||||
13258 | ConsiderCandidate(**Best); | ||||
13259 | // Next, consider only viable candidates. | ||||
13260 | if (!Result) | ||||
13261 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||
13262 | if (C.Viable) | ||||
13263 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||
13264 | // Finally, consider all candidates. | ||||
13265 | if (!Result) | ||||
13266 | for (const auto &C : CS) | ||||
13267 | ConsiderCandidate(C); | ||||
13268 | |||||
13269 | if (!Result) | ||||
13270 | return QualType(); | ||||
13271 | auto Value = *Result; | ||||
13272 | if (Value.isNull() || Value->isUndeducedType()) | ||||
13273 | return QualType(); | ||||
13274 | return Value; | ||||
13275 | } | ||||
13276 | |||||
13277 | /// FinishOverloadedCallExpr - given an OverloadCandidateSet, builds and returns | ||||
13278 | /// the completed call expression. If overload resolution fails, emits | ||||
13279 | /// diagnostics and returns ExprError() | ||||
13280 | static ExprResult FinishOverloadedCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
13281 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
13282 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
13283 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
13284 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
13285 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||
13286 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||
13287 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best, | ||||
13288 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult, | ||||
13289 | bool AllowTypoCorrection) { | ||||
13290 | switch (OverloadResult) { | ||||
13291 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
13292 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||
13293 | SemaRef.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, (*Best)->FoundDecl); | ||||
13294 | if (SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc())) | ||||
13295 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13296 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||
13297 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13298 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||
13299 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13300 | } | ||||
13301 | |||||
13302 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
13303 | // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might | ||||
13304 | // have meant to call. | ||||
13305 | ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, | ||||
13306 | Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13307 | CandidateSet->empty(), | ||||
13308 | AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||
13309 | if (Recovery.isInvalid() || Recovery.isUsable()) | ||||
13310 | return Recovery; | ||||
13311 | |||||
13312 | // If the user passes in a function that we can't take the address of, we | ||||
13313 | // generally end up emitting really bad error messages. Here, we attempt to | ||||
13314 | // emit better ones. | ||||
13315 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { | ||||
13316 | if (!Arg->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
13317 | continue; | ||||
13318 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||
13319 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
13320 | if (FD && | ||||
13321 | !SemaRef.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||
13322 | Arg->getExprLoc())) | ||||
13323 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13324 | } | ||||
13325 | } | ||||
13326 | |||||
13327 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||
13328 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
13329 | Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
13330 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||
13331 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13332 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
13333 | break; | ||||
13334 | } | ||||
13335 | |||||
13336 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
13337 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||
13338 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
13339 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||
13340 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13341 | SemaRef, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
13342 | break; | ||||
13343 | |||||
13344 | case OR_Deleted: { | ||||
13345 | CandidateSet->NoteCandidates( | ||||
13346 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
13347 | SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) | ||||
13348 | << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13349 | SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
13350 | |||||
13351 | // We emitted an error for the unavailable/deleted function call but keep | ||||
13352 | // the call in the AST. | ||||
13353 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function; | ||||
13354 | Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl); | ||||
13355 | return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13356 | ExecConfig, /*IsExecConfig=*/false, | ||||
13357 | (*Best)->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13358 | } | ||||
13359 | } | ||||
13360 | |||||
13361 | // Overload resolution failed, try to recover. | ||||
13362 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> SubExprs = {Fn}; | ||||
13363 | SubExprs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end()); | ||||
13364 | return SemaRef.CreateRecoveryExpr(Fn->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||
13365 | chooseRecoveryType(*CandidateSet, Best)); | ||||
13366 | } | ||||
13367 | |||||
13368 | static void markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(Sema &S, | ||||
13369 | OverloadCandidateSet &CS) { | ||||
13370 | for (auto I = CS.begin(), E = CS.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
13371 | if (I->Viable && | ||||
13372 | !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(I->Function, /*Complain=*/false)) { | ||||
13373 | I->Viable = false; | ||||
13374 | I->FailureKind = ovl_fail_addr_not_available; | ||||
13375 | } | ||||
13376 | } | ||||
13377 | } | ||||
13378 | |||||
13379 | /// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn | ||||
13380 | /// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call | ||||
13381 | /// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down | ||||
13382 | /// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns | ||||
13383 | /// the call expression produced by overload resolution. | ||||
13384 | /// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError. | ||||
13385 | ExprResult Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
13386 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, | ||||
13387 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
13388 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
13389 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
13390 | Expr *ExecConfig, | ||||
13391 | bool AllowTypoCorrection, | ||||
13392 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken) { | ||||
13393 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc(), | ||||
13394 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
13395 | ExprResult result; | ||||
13396 | |||||
13397 | if (buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, ULE, Args, LParenLoc, &CandidateSet, | ||||
13398 | &result)) | ||||
13399 | return result; | ||||
13400 | |||||
13401 | // If the user handed us something like `(&Foo)(Bar)`, we need to ensure that | ||||
13402 | // functions that aren't addressible are considered unviable. | ||||
13403 | if (CalleesAddressIsTaken) | ||||
13404 | markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(*this, CandidateSet); | ||||
13405 | |||||
13406 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13407 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||
13408 | CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||
13409 | |||||
13410 | return FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
13411 | ExecConfig, &CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||
13412 | OverloadResult, AllowTypoCorrection); | ||||
13413 | } | ||||
13414 | |||||
13415 | static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { | ||||
13416 | return Functions.size() > 1 || | ||||
13417 | (Functions.size() == 1 && | ||||
13418 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*Functions.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())); | ||||
13419 | } | ||||
13420 | |||||
13421 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, | ||||
13422 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, | ||||
13423 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, | ||||
13424 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
13425 | bool PerformADL) { | ||||
13426 | return UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass, NNSLoc, DNI, | ||||
13427 | PerformADL, IsOverloaded(Fns), | ||||
13428 | Fns.begin(), Fns.end()); | ||||
13429 | } | ||||
13430 | |||||
13431 | /// Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||
13432 | /// operator. | ||||
13433 | /// | ||||
13434 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*'). | ||||
13435 | /// | ||||
13436 | /// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||
13437 | /// | ||||
13438 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||
13439 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||
13440 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||
13441 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||
13442 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||
13443 | /// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(). | ||||
13444 | /// | ||||
13445 | /// \param Input The input argument. | ||||
13446 | ExprResult | ||||
13447 | Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
13448 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
13449 | Expr *Input, bool PerformADL) { | ||||
13450 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||
13451 | assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator")(static_cast <bool> (Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Op != OO_None && \"Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13451, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13452 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13453 | // TODO: provide better source location info. | ||||
13454 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||
13455 | |||||
13456 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input)) | ||||
13457 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13458 | |||||
13459 | Expr *Args[2] = { Input, nullptr }; | ||||
13460 | unsigned NumArgs = 1; | ||||
13461 | |||||
13462 | // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as | ||||
13463 | // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or | ||||
13464 | // post-decrement. | ||||
13465 | if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) { | ||||
13466 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||
13467 | Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, | ||||
13468 | SourceLocation()); | ||||
13469 | NumArgs = 2; | ||||
13470 | } | ||||
13471 | |||||
13472 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, NumArgs); | ||||
13473 | |||||
13474 | if (Input->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
13475 | if (Fns.empty()) | ||||
13476 | return UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input, Opc, Context.DependentTy, | ||||
13477 | VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, false, | ||||
13478 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13479 | |||||
13480 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||
13481 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||
13482 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns); | ||||
13483 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
13484 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13485 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), ArgsArray, | ||||
13486 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, OpLoc, | ||||
13487 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13488 | } | ||||
13489 | |||||
13490 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||
13491 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
13492 | |||||
13493 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. | ||||
13494 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||
13495 | |||||
13496 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||
13497 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||
13498 | |||||
13499 | // Add candidates from ADL. | ||||
13500 | if (PerformADL) { | ||||
13501 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, ArgsArray, | ||||
13502 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/nullptr, | ||||
13503 | CandidateSet); | ||||
13504 | } | ||||
13505 | |||||
13506 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||
13507 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet); | ||||
13508 | |||||
13509 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
13510 | |||||
13511 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
13512 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13513 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||
13514 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
13515 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||
13516 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||
13517 | |||||
13518 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||
13519 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||
13520 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||
13521 | // operator. | ||||
13522 | |||||
13523 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13524 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||
13525 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
13526 | |||||
13527 | ExprResult InputRes = | ||||
13528 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
13529 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
13530 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
13531 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13532 | Base = Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||
13533 | } else { | ||||
13534 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13535 | ExprResult InputInit | ||||
13536 | = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
13537 | Context, | ||||
13538 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
13539 | SourceLocation(), | ||||
13540 | Input); | ||||
13541 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||
13542 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13543 | Input = InputInit.get(); | ||||
13544 | } | ||||
13545 | |||||
13546 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||
13547 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
13548 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
13549 | OpLoc); | ||||
13550 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
13551 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13552 | |||||
13553 | // Determine the result type. | ||||
13554 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
13555 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
13556 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
13557 | |||||
13558 | Args[0] = Input; | ||||
13559 | CallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
13560 | Context, Op, FnExpr.get(), ArgsArray, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||
13561 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13562 | |||||
13563 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||
13564 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13565 | |||||
13566 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FnDecl, TheCall, | ||||
13567 | FnDecl->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||
13568 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13569 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FnDecl); | ||||
13570 | } else { | ||||
13571 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||
13572 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||
13573 | // operator node. | ||||
13574 | ExprResult InputRes = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
13575 | Input, Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing, | ||||
13576 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
13577 | if (InputRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
13578 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13579 | Input = InputRes.get(); | ||||
13580 | break; | ||||
13581 | } | ||||
13582 | } | ||||
13583 | |||||
13584 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
13585 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||
13586 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||
13587 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||
13588 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray)) | ||||
13589 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||
13590 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13591 | |||||
13592 | // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a | ||||
13593 | // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us. | ||||
13594 | break; | ||||
13595 | |||||
13596 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
13597 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
13598 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, | ||||
13599 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||
13600 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13601 | << Input->getType() << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13602 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, ArgsArray, | ||||
13603 | UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc); | ||||
13604 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13605 | |||||
13606 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
13607 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
13608 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
13609 | << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13610 | << Input->getSourceRange()), | ||||
13611 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, ArgsArray, UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
13612 | OpLoc); | ||||
13613 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13614 | } | ||||
13615 | |||||
13616 | // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a | ||||
13617 | // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to | ||||
13618 | // build a built-in operation. | ||||
13619 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
13620 | } | ||||
13621 | |||||
13622 | /// Perform lookup for an overloaded binary operator. | ||||
13623 | void Sema::LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, | ||||
13624 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, | ||||
13625 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, | ||||
13626 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool PerformADL) { | ||||
13627 | SourceLocation OpLoc = CandidateSet.getLocation(); | ||||
13628 | |||||
13629 | OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = | ||||
13630 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().AllowRewrittenCandidates | ||||
13631 | ? getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(Op) | ||||
13632 | : OO_None; | ||||
13633 | |||||
13634 | // Add the candidates from the given function set. This also adds the | ||||
13635 | // rewritten candidates using these functions if necessary. | ||||
13636 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(Fns, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13637 | |||||
13638 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||
13639 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13640 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(Op)) | ||||
13641 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, CandidateSet, | ||||
13642 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
13643 | |||||
13644 | // In C++20, also add any rewritten member candidates. | ||||
13645 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||
13646 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13647 | if (CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().shouldAddReversed(ExtraOp)) | ||||
13648 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(ExtraOp, OpLoc, {Args[1], Args[0]}, | ||||
13649 | CandidateSet, | ||||
13650 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder::Reversed); | ||||
13651 | } | ||||
13652 | |||||
13653 | // Add candidates from ADL. Per [over.match.oper]p2, this lookup is not | ||||
13654 | // performed for an assignment operator (nor for operator[] nor operator->, | ||||
13655 | // which don't get here). | ||||
13656 | if (Op != OO_Equal && PerformADL) { | ||||
13657 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13658 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||
13659 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||
13660 | CandidateSet); | ||||
13661 | if (ExtraOp) { | ||||
13662 | DeclarationName ExtraOpName = | ||||
13663 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(ExtraOp); | ||||
13664 | AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ExtraOpName, OpLoc, Args, | ||||
13665 | /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr, | ||||
13666 | CandidateSet); | ||||
13667 | } | ||||
13668 | } | ||||
13669 | |||||
13670 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||
13671 | // | ||||
13672 | // FIXME: We don't add any rewritten candidates here. This is strictly | ||||
13673 | // incorrect; a builtin candidate could be hidden by a non-viable candidate, | ||||
13674 | // resulting in our selecting a rewritten builtin candidate. For example: | ||||
13675 | // | ||||
13676 | // enum class E { e }; | ||||
13677 | // bool operator!=(E, E) requires false; | ||||
13678 | // bool k = E::e != E::e; | ||||
13679 | // | ||||
13680 | // ... should select the rewritten builtin candidate 'operator==(E, E)'. But | ||||
13681 | // it seems unreasonable to consider rewritten builtin candidates. A core | ||||
13682 | // issue has been filed proposing to removed this requirement. | ||||
13683 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
13684 | } | ||||
13685 | |||||
13686 | /// Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded | ||||
13687 | /// operator. | ||||
13688 | /// | ||||
13689 | /// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+'). | ||||
13690 | /// | ||||
13691 | /// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator. | ||||
13692 | /// | ||||
13693 | /// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be | ||||
13694 | /// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this | ||||
13695 | /// set based on the context using, e.g., | ||||
13696 | /// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This | ||||
13697 | /// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added | ||||
13698 | /// by CreateOverloadedBinOp(). | ||||
13699 | /// | ||||
13700 | /// \param LHS Left-hand argument. | ||||
13701 | /// \param RHS Right-hand argument. | ||||
13702 | /// \param PerformADL Whether to consider operator candidates found by ADL. | ||||
13703 | /// \param AllowRewrittenCandidates Whether to consider candidates found by | ||||
13704 | /// C++20 operator rewrites. | ||||
13705 | /// \param DefaultedFn If we are synthesizing a defaulted operator function, | ||||
13706 | /// the function in question. Such a function is never a candidate in | ||||
13707 | /// our overload resolution. This also enables synthesizing a three-way | ||||
13708 | /// comparison from < and == as described in C++20 [class.spaceship]p1. | ||||
13709 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
13710 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
13711 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, | ||||
13712 | Expr *RHS, bool PerformADL, | ||||
13713 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates, | ||||
13714 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||
13715 | Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS }; | ||||
13716 | LHS=RHS=nullptr; // Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple | ||||
13717 | |||||
13718 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||
13719 | AllowRewrittenCandidates = false; | ||||
13720 | |||||
13721 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||
13722 | |||||
13723 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||
13724 | // expression. | ||||
13725 | if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
13726 | if (Fns.empty()) { | ||||
13727 | // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent | ||||
13728 | // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment. | ||||
13729 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||
13730 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||
13731 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, | ||||
13732 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Context.DependentTy, | ||||
13733 | Context.DependentTy); | ||||
13734 | return BinaryOperator::Create( | ||||
13735 | Context, Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||
13736 | OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13737 | } | ||||
13738 | |||||
13739 | // FIXME: save results of ADL from here? | ||||
13740 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||
13741 | // TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component. | ||||
13742 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); | ||||
13743 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc); | ||||
13744 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||
13745 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, Fns, PerformADL); | ||||
13746 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
13747 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13748 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, Op, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||
13749 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, OpLoc, | ||||
13750 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
13751 | } | ||||
13752 | |||||
13753 | // Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS. | ||||
13754 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1])) | ||||
13755 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13756 | |||||
13757 | // Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should | ||||
13758 | // not get here with a PseudoObject LHS. | ||||
13759 | assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty)(static_cast <bool> (Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13759, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13760 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0])) | ||||
13761 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13762 | |||||
13763 | // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution | ||||
13764 | // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually | ||||
13765 | // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the | ||||
13766 | // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to | ||||
13767 | // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does. | ||||
13768 | // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms. | ||||
13769 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||
13770 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13771 | |||||
13772 | // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just | ||||
13773 | // create a built-in binary operator. | ||||
13774 | if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD) | ||||
13775 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13776 | |||||
13777 | // Build the overload set. | ||||
13778 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet( | ||||
13779 | OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator, | ||||
13780 | OverloadCandidateSet::OperatorRewriteInfo(Op, AllowRewrittenCandidates)); | ||||
13781 | if (DefaultedFn) | ||||
13782 | CandidateSet.exclude(DefaultedFn); | ||||
13783 | LookupOverloadedBinOp(CandidateSet, Op, Fns, Args, PerformADL); | ||||
13784 | |||||
13785 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
13786 | |||||
13787 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
13788 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
13789 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||
13790 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
13791 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||
13792 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||
13793 | |||||
13794 | bool IsReversed = Best->isReversed(); | ||||
13795 | if (IsReversed) | ||||
13796 | std::swap(Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
13797 | |||||
13798 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||
13799 | Expr *Base = nullptr; | ||||
13800 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||
13801 | // operator. | ||||
13802 | |||||
13803 | OverloadedOperatorKind ChosenOp = | ||||
13804 | FnDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator(); | ||||
13805 | |||||
13806 | // C++2a [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||
13807 | // If a rewritten operator== candidate is selected by overload | ||||
13808 | // resolution for an operator@, its return type shall be cv bool | ||||
13809 | if (Best->RewriteKind && ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && | ||||
13810 | !FnDecl->getReturnType()->isBooleanType()) { | ||||
13811 | bool IsExtension = | ||||
13812 | FnDecl->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||
13813 | Diag(OpLoc, IsExtension ? diag::ext_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool | ||||
13814 | : diag::err_ovl_rewrite_equalequal_not_bool) | ||||
13815 | << FnDecl->getReturnType() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13816 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
13817 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||
13818 | if (!IsExtension) | ||||
13819 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13820 | } | ||||
13821 | |||||
13822 | if (AllowRewrittenCandidates && !IsReversed && | ||||
13823 | CandidateSet.getRewriteInfo().isReversible()) { | ||||
13824 | // We could have reversed this operator, but didn't. Check if some | ||||
13825 | // reversed form was a viable candidate, and if so, if it had a | ||||
13826 | // better conversion for either parameter. If so, this call is | ||||
13827 | // formally ambiguous, and allowing it is an extension. | ||||
13828 | llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 4> AmbiguousWith; | ||||
13829 | for (OverloadCandidate &Cand : CandidateSet) { | ||||
13830 | if (Cand.Viable && Cand.Function && Cand.isReversed() && | ||||
13831 | haveSameParameterTypes(Context, Cand.Function, FnDecl, 2)) { | ||||
13832 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
13833 | if (CompareImplicitConversionSequences( | ||||
13834 | *this, OpLoc, Cand.Conversions[ArgIdx], | ||||
13835 | Best->Conversions[ArgIdx]) == | ||||
13836 | ImplicitConversionSequence::Better) { | ||||
13837 | AmbiguousWith.push_back(Cand.Function); | ||||
13838 | break; | ||||
13839 | } | ||||
13840 | } | ||||
13841 | } | ||||
13842 | } | ||||
13843 | |||||
13844 | if (!AmbiguousWith.empty()) { | ||||
13845 | bool AmbiguousWithSelf = | ||||
13846 | AmbiguousWith.size() == 1 && | ||||
13847 | declaresSameEntity(AmbiguousWith.front(), FnDecl); | ||||
13848 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed) | ||||
13849 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
13850 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() << AmbiguousWithSelf | ||||
13851 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
13852 | if (AmbiguousWithSelf) { | ||||
13853 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
13854 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_self); | ||||
13855 | } else { | ||||
13856 | Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
13857 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_selected_candidate); | ||||
13858 | for (auto *F : AmbiguousWith) | ||||
13859 | Diag(F->getLocation(), | ||||
13860 | diag::note_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary_reversed_candidate); | ||||
13861 | } | ||||
13862 | } | ||||
13863 | } | ||||
13864 | |||||
13865 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13866 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||
13867 | // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members. | ||||
13868 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
13869 | |||||
13870 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||
13871 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
13872 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||
13873 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
13874 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||
13875 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||
13876 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13877 | |||||
13878 | ExprResult Arg0 = | ||||
13879 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
13880 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
13881 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||
13882 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13883 | Base = Args[0] = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13884 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13885 | } else { | ||||
13886 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
13887 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
13888 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||
13889 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)), | ||||
13890 | SourceLocation(), Args[0]); | ||||
13891 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||
13892 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13893 | |||||
13894 | ExprResult Arg1 = | ||||
13895 | PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
13896 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, | ||||
13897 | FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)), | ||||
13898 | SourceLocation(), Args[1]); | ||||
13899 | if (Arg1.isInvalid()) | ||||
13900 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13901 | Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13902 | Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
13903 | } | ||||
13904 | |||||
13905 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||
13906 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, | ||||
13907 | Best->FoundDecl, Base, | ||||
13908 | HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||
13909 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
13910 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13911 | |||||
13912 | // Determine the result type. | ||||
13913 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
13914 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
13915 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
13916 | |||||
13917 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
13918 | Context, ChosenOp, FnExpr.get(), Args, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, | ||||
13919 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Best->IsADLCandidate); | ||||
13920 | |||||
13921 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, | ||||
13922 | FnDecl)) | ||||
13923 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13924 | |||||
13925 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, 2); | ||||
13926 | const Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr; | ||||
13927 | // Cut off the implicit 'this'. | ||||
13928 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) { | ||||
13929 | ImplicitThis = ArgsArray[0]; | ||||
13930 | ArgsArray = ArgsArray.slice(1); | ||||
13931 | } | ||||
13932 | |||||
13933 | // Check for a self move. | ||||
13934 | if (Op == OO_Equal) | ||||
13935 | DiagnoseSelfMove(Args[0], Args[1], OpLoc); | ||||
13936 | |||||
13937 | if (ImplicitThis) { | ||||
13938 | QualType ThisType = Context.getPointerType(ImplicitThis->getType()); | ||||
13939 | QualType ThisTypeFromDecl = Context.getPointerType( | ||||
13940 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)->getThisObjectType()); | ||||
13941 | |||||
13942 | CheckArgAlignment(OpLoc, FnDecl, "'this'", ThisType, | ||||
13943 | ThisTypeFromDecl); | ||||
13944 | } | ||||
13945 | |||||
13946 | checkCall(FnDecl, nullptr, ImplicitThis, ArgsArray, | ||||
13947 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl), OpLoc, TheCall->getSourceRange(), | ||||
13948 | VariadicDoesNotApply); | ||||
13949 | |||||
13950 | ExprResult R = MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); | ||||
13951 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
13952 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13953 | |||||
13954 | R = CheckForImmediateInvocation(R, FnDecl); | ||||
13955 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
13956 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13957 | |||||
13958 | // For a rewritten candidate, we've already reversed the arguments | ||||
13959 | // if needed. Perform the rest of the rewrite now. | ||||
13960 | if ((Best->RewriteKind & CRK_DifferentOperator) || | ||||
13961 | (Op == OO_Spaceship && IsReversed)) { | ||||
13962 | if (Op == OO_ExclaimEqual) { | ||||
13963 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && "unexpected operator name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_EqualEqual && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13963, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13964 | R = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, UO_LNot, R.get()); | ||||
13965 | } else { | ||||
13966 | assert(ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && "unexpected operator name") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == OO_Spaceship && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13966, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13967 | llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false); | ||||
13968 | Expr *ZeroLiteral = | ||||
13969 | IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, OpLoc); | ||||
13970 | |||||
13971 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; | ||||
13972 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship; | ||||
13973 | Ctx.Entity = FnDecl; | ||||
13974 | pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); | ||||
13975 | |||||
13976 | R = CreateOverloadedBinOp( | ||||
13977 | OpLoc, Opc, Fns, IsReversed ? ZeroLiteral : R.get(), | ||||
13978 | IsReversed ? R.get() : ZeroLiteral, /*PerformADL=*/true, | ||||
13979 | /*AllowRewrittenCandidates=*/false); | ||||
13980 | |||||
13981 | popCodeSynthesisContext(); | ||||
13982 | } | ||||
13983 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
13984 | return ExprError(); | ||||
13985 | } else { | ||||
13986 | assert(ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name")(static_cast <bool> (ChosenOp == Op && "unexpected operator name" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ChosenOp == Op && \"unexpected operator name\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 13986, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
13987 | } | ||||
13988 | |||||
13989 | // Make a note in the AST if we did any rewriting. | ||||
13990 | if (Best->RewriteKind != CRK_None) | ||||
13991 | R = new (Context) CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(R.get(), IsReversed); | ||||
13992 | |||||
13993 | return R; | ||||
13994 | } else { | ||||
13995 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||
13996 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||
13997 | // operator node. | ||||
13998 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
13999 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||
14000 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
14001 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||
14002 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14003 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||
14004 | |||||
14005 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
14006 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||
14007 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
14008 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||
14009 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14010 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||
14011 | break; | ||||
14012 | } | ||||
14013 | } | ||||
14014 | |||||
14015 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
14016 | // C++ [over.match.oper]p9: | ||||
14017 | // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no | ||||
14018 | // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the | ||||
14019 | // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5. | ||||
14020 | if (Opc == BO_Comma) | ||||
14021 | break; | ||||
14022 | |||||
14023 | // When defaulting an 'operator<=>', we can try to synthesize a three-way | ||||
14024 | // compare result using '==' and '<'. | ||||
14025 | if (DefaultedFn && Opc == BO_Cmp) { | ||||
14026 | ExprResult E = BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(OpLoc, Fns, Args[0], | ||||
14027 | Args[1], DefaultedFn); | ||||
14028 | if (E.isInvalid() || E.isUsable()) | ||||
14029 | return E; | ||||
14030 | } | ||||
14031 | |||||
14032 | // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assignment | ||||
14033 | // operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that | ||||
14034 | // no overloaded assignment operator found | ||||
14035 | ExprResult Result = ExprError(); | ||||
14036 | StringRef OpcStr = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); | ||||
14037 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, | ||||
14038 | Args, OpLoc); | ||||
14039 | DeferDiagsRAII DDR(*this, | ||||
14040 | CandidateSet.shouldDeferDiags(*this, Args, OpLoc)); | ||||
14041 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && | ||||
14042 | Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) { | ||||
14043 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||
14044 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
14045 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
14046 | if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||
14047 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_assign_lhs_incomplete) | ||||
14048 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||
14049 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
14050 | } | ||||
14051 | } else { | ||||
14052 | // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by | ||||
14053 | // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were | ||||
14054 | // defined too late to be candidates. | ||||
14055 | if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args)) | ||||
14056 | // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function. | ||||
14057 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14058 | |||||
14059 | // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will | ||||
14060 | // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates. | ||||
14061 | Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
14062 | } | ||||
14063 | assert(Result.isInvalid() &&(static_cast <bool> (Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14064, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
14064 | "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!")(static_cast <bool> (Result.isInvalid() && "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Result.isInvalid() && \"C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14064, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14065 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Args, Cands, OpcStr, OpLoc); | ||||
14066 | return Result; | ||||
14067 | } | ||||
14068 | |||||
14069 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14070 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14071 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||
14072 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
14073 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||
14074 | << Args[1]->getType() | ||||
14075 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
14076 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14077 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
14078 | OpLoc); | ||||
14079 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14080 | |||||
14081 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14082 | if (isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) { | ||||
14083 | FunctionDecl *DeletedFD = Best->Function; | ||||
14084 | DefaultedFunctionKind DFK = getDefaultedFunctionKind(DeletedFD); | ||||
14085 | if (DFK.isSpecialMember()) { | ||||
14086 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_oper) | ||||
14087 | << Args[0]->getType() << DFK.asSpecialMember(); | ||||
14088 | } else { | ||||
14089 | assert(DFK.isComparison())(static_cast <bool> (DFK.isComparison()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DFK.isComparison()", "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14089 , __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
14090 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_comparison) | ||||
14091 | << Args[0]->getType() << DeletedFD; | ||||
14092 | } | ||||
14093 | |||||
14094 | // The user probably meant to call this special member. Just | ||||
14095 | // explain why it's deleted. | ||||
14096 | NoteDeletedFunction(DeletedFD); | ||||
14097 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14098 | } | ||||
14099 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14100 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
14101 | OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
14102 | << getOperatorSpelling(Best->Function->getDeclName() | ||||
14103 | .getCXXOverloadedOperator()) | ||||
14104 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
14105 | << Args[1]->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14106 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
14107 | OpLoc); | ||||
14108 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14109 | } | ||||
14110 | |||||
14111 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||
14112 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]); | ||||
14113 | } | ||||
14114 | |||||
14115 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison( | ||||
14116 | SourceLocation OpLoc, const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||
14117 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn) { | ||||
14118 | const ComparisonCategoryInfo *Info = | ||||
14119 | Context.CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(DefaultedFn->getReturnType()); | ||||
14120 | // If we're not producing a known comparison category type, we can't | ||||
14121 | // synthesize a three-way comparison. Let the caller diagnose this. | ||||
14122 | if (!Info) | ||||
14123 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||
14124 | |||||
14125 | // If we ever want to perform this synthesis more generally, we will need to | ||||
14126 | // apply the temporary materialization conversion to the operands. | ||||
14127 | assert(LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() &&(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isGLValue() && RHS ->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14128, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
14128 | "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once")(static_cast <bool> (LHS->isGLValue() && RHS ->isGLValue() && "cannot use prvalue expressions more than once" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->isGLValue() && RHS->isGLValue() && \"cannot use prvalue expressions more than once\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14128, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14129 | Expr *OrigLHS = LHS; | ||||
14130 | Expr *OrigRHS = RHS; | ||||
14131 | |||||
14132 | // Replace the LHS and RHS with OpaqueValueExprs; we're going to refer to | ||||
14133 | // each of them multiple times below. | ||||
14134 | LHS = new (Context) | ||||
14135 | OpaqueValueExpr(LHS->getExprLoc(), LHS->getType(), LHS->getValueKind(), | ||||
14136 | LHS->getObjectKind(), LHS); | ||||
14137 | RHS = new (Context) | ||||
14138 | OpaqueValueExpr(RHS->getExprLoc(), RHS->getType(), RHS->getValueKind(), | ||||
14139 | RHS->getObjectKind(), RHS); | ||||
14140 | |||||
14141 | ExprResult Eq = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_EQ, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, true, | ||||
14142 | DefaultedFn); | ||||
14143 | if (Eq.isInvalid()) | ||||
14144 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14145 | |||||
14146 | ExprResult Less = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, LHS, RHS, true, | ||||
14147 | true, DefaultedFn); | ||||
14148 | if (Less.isInvalid()) | ||||
14149 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14150 | |||||
14151 | ExprResult Greater; | ||||
14152 | if (Info->isPartial()) { | ||||
14153 | Greater = CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, BO_LT, Fns, RHS, LHS, true, true, | ||||
14154 | DefaultedFn); | ||||
14155 | if (Greater.isInvalid()) | ||||
14156 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14157 | } | ||||
14158 | |||||
14159 | // Form the list of comparisons we're going to perform. | ||||
14160 | struct Comparison { | ||||
14161 | ExprResult Cmp; | ||||
14162 | ComparisonCategoryResult Result; | ||||
14163 | } Comparisons[4] = | ||||
14164 | { {Eq, Info->isStrong() ? ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal | ||||
14165 | : ComparisonCategoryResult::Equivalent}, | ||||
14166 | {Less, ComparisonCategoryResult::Less}, | ||||
14167 | {Greater, ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater}, | ||||
14168 | {ExprResult(), ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered}, | ||||
14169 | }; | ||||
14170 | |||||
14171 | int I = Info->isPartial() ? 3 : 2; | ||||
14172 | |||||
14173 | // Combine the comparisons with suitable conditional expressions. | ||||
14174 | ExprResult Result; | ||||
14175 | for (; I >= 0; --I) { | ||||
14176 | // Build a reference to the comparison category constant. | ||||
14177 | auto *VI = Info->lookupValueInfo(Comparisons[I].Result); | ||||
14178 | // FIXME: Missing a constant for a comparison category. Diagnose this? | ||||
14179 | if (!VI) | ||||
14180 | return ExprResult((Expr*)nullptr); | ||||
14181 | ExprResult ThisResult = | ||||
14182 | BuildDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(), VI->VD); | ||||
14183 | if (ThisResult.isInvalid()) | ||||
14184 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14185 | |||||
14186 | // Build a conditional unless this is the final case. | ||||
14187 | if (Result.get()) { | ||||
14188 | Result = ActOnConditionalOp(OpLoc, OpLoc, Comparisons[I].Cmp.get(), | ||||
14189 | ThisResult.get(), Result.get()); | ||||
14190 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
14191 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14192 | } else { | ||||
14193 | Result = ThisResult; | ||||
14194 | } | ||||
14195 | } | ||||
14196 | |||||
14197 | // Build a PseudoObjectExpr to model the rewriting of an <=> operator, and to | ||||
14198 | // bind the OpaqueValueExprs before they're (repeatedly) used. | ||||
14199 | Expr *SyntacticForm = BinaryOperator::Create( | ||||
14200 | Context, OrigLHS, OrigRHS, BO_Cmp, Result.get()->getType(), | ||||
14201 | Result.get()->getValueKind(), Result.get()->getObjectKind(), OpLoc, | ||||
14202 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14203 | Expr *SemanticForm[] = {LHS, RHS, Result.get()}; | ||||
14204 | return PseudoObjectExpr::Create(Context, SyntacticForm, SemanticForm, 2); | ||||
14205 | } | ||||
14206 | |||||
14207 | static bool PrepareArgumentsForCallToObjectOfClassType( | ||||
14208 | Sema &S, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &MethodArgs, CXXMethodDecl *Method, | ||||
14209 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation LParenLoc) { | ||||
14210 | |||||
14211 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14212 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
14213 | unsigned NumArgsSlots = | ||||
14214 | MethodArgs.size() + std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams); | ||||
14215 | // Build the full argument list for the method call (the implicit object | ||||
14216 | // parameter is placed at the beginning of the list). | ||||
14217 | MethodArgs.reserve(MethodArgs.size() + NumArgsSlots); | ||||
14218 | bool IsError = false; | ||||
14219 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter. | ||||
14220 | // Check the argument types. | ||||
14221 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; i++) { | ||||
14222 | Expr *Arg; | ||||
14223 | if (i < Args.size()) { | ||||
14224 | Arg = Args[i]; | ||||
14225 | ExprResult InputInit = | ||||
14226 | S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
14227 | S.Context, Method->getParamDecl(i)), | ||||
14228 | SourceLocation(), Arg); | ||||
14229 | IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid(); | ||||
14230 | Arg = InputInit.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
14231 | } else { | ||||
14232 | ExprResult DefArg = | ||||
14233 | S.BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i)); | ||||
14234 | if (DefArg.isInvalid()) { | ||||
14235 | IsError = true; | ||||
14236 | break; | ||||
14237 | } | ||||
14238 | Arg = DefArg.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
14239 | } | ||||
14240 | |||||
14241 | MethodArgs.push_back(Arg); | ||||
14242 | } | ||||
14243 | return IsError; | ||||
14244 | } | ||||
14245 | |||||
14246 | ExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, | ||||
14247 | SourceLocation RLoc, | ||||
14248 | Expr *Base, | ||||
14249 | MultiExprArg ArgExpr) { | ||||
14250 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> Args; | ||||
14251 | Args.push_back(Base); | ||||
14252 | for (auto *e : ArgExpr) { | ||||
14253 | Args.push_back(e); | ||||
14254 | } | ||||
14255 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
14256 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript); | ||||
14257 | |||||
14258 | SourceRange Range = ArgExpr.empty() | ||||
14259 | ? SourceRange{} | ||||
14260 | : SourceRange(ArgExpr.front()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14261 | ArgExpr.back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
14262 | |||||
14263 | // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent | ||||
14264 | // expression. | ||||
14265 | if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args)) { | ||||
14266 | |||||
14267 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators | ||||
14268 | // CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword? | ||||
14269 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||
14270 | OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||
14271 | ExprResult Fn = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr( | ||||
14272 | NamingClass, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||
14273 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
14274 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14275 | // Can't add any actual overloads yet | ||||
14276 | |||||
14277 | return CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn.get(), Args, | ||||
14278 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, RLoc, | ||||
14279 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14280 | } | ||||
14281 | |||||
14282 | // Handle placeholders | ||||
14283 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
14284 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) { | ||||
14285 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14286 | } | ||||
14287 | // Build an empty overload set. | ||||
14288 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
14289 | |||||
14290 | // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function. | ||||
14291 | |||||
14292 | // Add operator candidates that are member functions. | ||||
14293 | AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
14294 | |||||
14295 | // Add builtin operator candidates. | ||||
14296 | if (Args.size() == 2) | ||||
14297 | AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
14298 | |||||
14299 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
14300 | |||||
14301 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
14302 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14303 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) { | ||||
14304 | case OR_Success: { | ||||
14305 | // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator. | ||||
14306 | FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; | ||||
14307 | |||||
14308 | if (FnDecl) { | ||||
14309 | // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that | ||||
14310 | // operator. | ||||
14311 | |||||
14312 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], ArgExpr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14313 | |||||
14314 | // Convert the arguments. | ||||
14315 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl); | ||||
14316 | SmallVector<Expr *, 2> MethodArgs; | ||||
14317 | ExprResult Arg0 = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
14318 | Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14319 | if (Arg0.isInvalid()) | ||||
14320 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14321 | |||||
14322 | MethodArgs.push_back(Arg0.get()); | ||||
14323 | bool IsError = PrepareArgumentsForCallToObjectOfClassType( | ||||
14324 | *this, MethodArgs, Method, ArgExpr, LLoc); | ||||
14325 | if (IsError) | ||||
14326 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14327 | |||||
14328 | // Build the actual expression node. | ||||
14329 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(OpName, LLoc); | ||||
14330 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)); | ||||
14331 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr( | ||||
14332 | *this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl, Base, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
14333 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||
14334 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
14335 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14336 | |||||
14337 | // Determine the result type | ||||
14338 | QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType(); | ||||
14339 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
14340 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14341 | |||||
14342 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14343 | Context, OO_Subscript, FnExpr.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RLoc, | ||||
14344 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14345 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), LLoc, TheCall, FnDecl)) | ||||
14346 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14347 | |||||
14348 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||
14349 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||
14350 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14351 | |||||
14352 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), | ||||
14353 | FnDecl); | ||||
14354 | } else { | ||||
14355 | // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then | ||||
14356 | // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in | ||||
14357 | // operator node. | ||||
14358 | ExprResult ArgsRes0 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
14359 | Args[0], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0], | ||||
14360 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
14361 | if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid()) | ||||
14362 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14363 | Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get(); | ||||
14364 | |||||
14365 | ExprResult ArgsRes1 = PerformImplicitConversion( | ||||
14366 | Args[1], Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1], | ||||
14367 | AA_Passing, CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp); | ||||
14368 | if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid()) | ||||
14369 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14370 | Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get(); | ||||
14371 | |||||
14372 | break; | ||||
14373 | } | ||||
14374 | } | ||||
14375 | |||||
14376 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
14377 | PartialDiagnostic PD = | ||||
14378 | CandidateSet.empty() | ||||
14379 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||
14380 | << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0 | ||||
14381 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range) | ||||
14382 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript) | ||||
14383 | << Args[0]->getType() << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range); | ||||
14384 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PD), *this, | ||||
14385 | OCD_AllCandidates, ArgExpr, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14386 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14387 | } | ||||
14388 | |||||
14389 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14390 | if (Args.size() == 2) { | ||||
14391 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14392 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
14393 | LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary) | ||||
14394 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType() | ||||
14395 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range), | ||||
14396 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14397 | } else { | ||||
14398 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14399 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, | ||||
14400 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_subscript_call) | ||||
14401 | << Args[0]->getType() | ||||
14402 | << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Range), | ||||
14403 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14404 | } | ||||
14405 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14406 | |||||
14407 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14408 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14409 | PartialDiagnosticAt(LLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
14410 | << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() | ||||
14411 | << Range), | ||||
14412 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "[]", LLoc); | ||||
14413 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14414 | } | ||||
14415 | |||||
14416 | // We matched a built-in operator; build it. | ||||
14417 | return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc); | ||||
14418 | } | ||||
14419 | |||||
14420 | /// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member | ||||
14421 | /// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member | ||||
14422 | /// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the | ||||
14423 | /// arguments to the function call (not including the object | ||||
14424 | /// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member | ||||
14425 | /// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded | ||||
14426 | /// member function. | ||||
14427 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE, | ||||
14428 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
14429 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
14430 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
14431 | Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig, | ||||
14432 | bool AllowRecovery) { | ||||
14433 | assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||(static_cast <bool> (MemExprE->getType() == Context. BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14434, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
14434 | MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy)(static_cast <bool> (MemExprE->getType() == Context. BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy || MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14434, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14435 | |||||
14436 | // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object | ||||
14437 | // argument and the member function we're referring to. | ||||
14438 | Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
14439 | |||||
14440 | // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function. | ||||
14441 | if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||
14442 | assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)(static_cast <bool> (op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14442, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14443 | assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)(static_cast <bool> (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14443, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14444 | |||||
14445 | QualType fnType = | ||||
14446 | op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
14447 | |||||
14448 | const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14449 | QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context); | ||||
14450 | ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getReturnType()); | ||||
14451 | |||||
14452 | // Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the | ||||
14453 | // member function we're calling. | ||||
14454 | Qualifiers funcQuals = proto->getMethodQuals(); | ||||
14455 | |||||
14456 | QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType(); | ||||
14457 | if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI) | ||||
14458 | objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
14459 | Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
14460 | |||||
14461 | Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals; | ||||
14462 | difference.removeObjCGCAttr(); | ||||
14463 | difference.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||
14464 | if (difference) { | ||||
14465 | std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString(); | ||||
14466 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals) | ||||
14467 | << fnType.getUnqualifiedType() | ||||
14468 | << qualsString | ||||
14469 | << (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2); | ||||
14470 | } | ||||
14471 | |||||
14472 | CXXMemberCallExpr *call = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14473 | Context, MemExprE, Args, resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc, | ||||
14474 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), proto->getNumParams()); | ||||
14475 | |||||
14476 | if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getReturnType(), op->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14477 | call, nullptr)) | ||||
14478 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14479 | |||||
14480 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, nullptr, proto, Args, RParenLoc)) | ||||
14481 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14482 | |||||
14483 | if (CheckOtherCall(call, proto)) | ||||
14484 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14485 | |||||
14486 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(call); | ||||
14487 | } | ||||
14488 | |||||
14489 | // We only try to build a recovery expr at this level if we can preserve | ||||
14490 | // the return type, otherwise we return ExprError() and let the caller | ||||
14491 | // recover. | ||||
14492 | auto BuildRecoveryExpr = [&](QualType Type) { | ||||
14493 | if (!AllowRecovery) | ||||
14494 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14495 | std::vector<Expr *> SubExprs = {MemExprE}; | ||||
14496 | llvm::append_range(SubExprs, Args); | ||||
14497 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(MemExprE->getBeginLoc(), RParenLoc, SubExprs, | ||||
14498 | Type); | ||||
14499 | }; | ||||
14500 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) | ||||
14501 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, MemExprE, Args, Context.VoidTy, VK_PRValue, | ||||
14502 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14503 | |||||
14504 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
14505 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||
14506 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14507 | |||||
14508 | MemberExpr *MemExpr; | ||||
14509 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr; | ||||
14510 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_public); | ||||
14511 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr; | ||||
14512 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||
14513 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||
14514 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
14515 | FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl(); | ||||
14516 | Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||
14517 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
14518 | } else { | ||||
14519 | UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr); | ||||
14520 | Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier(); | ||||
14521 | |||||
14522 | QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType(); | ||||
14523 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification | ||||
14524 | = UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue() | ||||
14525 | : UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context); | ||||
14526 | |||||
14527 | // Add overload candidates | ||||
14528 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14529 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
14530 | |||||
14531 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||
14532 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
14533 | if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
14534 | UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
14535 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
14536 | } | ||||
14537 | |||||
14538 | for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(), | ||||
14539 | E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
14540 | |||||
14541 | NamedDecl *Func = *I; | ||||
14542 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()); | ||||
14543 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)) | ||||
14544 | Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
14545 | |||||
14546 | |||||
14547 | // Microsoft supports direct constructor calls. | ||||
14548 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||
14549 | AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), Args, | ||||
14550 | CandidateSet, | ||||
14551 | /*SuppressUserConversions*/ false); | ||||
14552 | } else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) { | ||||
14553 | // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a | ||||
14554 | // non-template member function. | ||||
14555 | if (TemplateArgs) | ||||
14556 | continue; | ||||
14557 | |||||
14558 | AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType, | ||||
14559 | ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14560 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||
14561 | } else { | ||||
14562 | AddMethodTemplateCandidate( | ||||
14563 | cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func), I.getPair(), ActingDC, | ||||
14564 | TemplateArgs, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14565 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); | ||||
14566 | } | ||||
14567 | } | ||||
14568 | |||||
14569 | DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName(); | ||||
14570 | |||||
14571 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
14572 | |||||
14573 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14574 | bool Succeeded = false; | ||||
14575 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14576 | Best)) { | ||||
14577 | case OR_Success: | ||||
14578 | Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
14579 | FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
14580 | CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14581 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||
14582 | break; | ||||
14583 | // If FoundDecl is different from Method (such as if one is a template | ||||
14584 | // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is | ||||
14585 | // called on both. | ||||
14586 | // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying | ||||
14587 | // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl | ||||
14588 | // being used. | ||||
14589 | if (Method != FoundDecl.getDecl() && | ||||
14590 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, UnresExpr->getNameLoc())) | ||||
14591 | break; | ||||
14592 | Succeeded = true; | ||||
14593 | break; | ||||
14594 | |||||
14595 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
14596 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14597 | PartialDiagnosticAt( | ||||
14598 | UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14599 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||
14600 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14601 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14602 | break; | ||||
14603 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14604 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14605 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14606 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call) | ||||
14607 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14608 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
14609 | break; | ||||
14610 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14611 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14612 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14613 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call) | ||||
14614 | << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14615 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14616 | break; | ||||
14617 | } | ||||
14618 | // Overload resolution fails, try to recover. | ||||
14619 | if (!Succeeded) | ||||
14620 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(chooseRecoveryType(CandidateSet, &Best)); | ||||
14621 | |||||
14622 | MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14623 | |||||
14624 | // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a | ||||
14625 | // non-member call based on that function. | ||||
14626 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
14627 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
14628 | ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); | ||||
14629 | } | ||||
14630 | |||||
14631 | MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens()); | ||||
14632 | } | ||||
14633 | |||||
14634 | QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
14635 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); | ||||
14636 | ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14637 | |||||
14638 | assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?")(static_cast <bool> (Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Method && \"Member call to something that isn't a method?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14638, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14639 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14640 | CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create( | ||||
14641 | Context, MemExprE, Args, ResultType, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||
14642 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), Proto->getNumParams()); | ||||
14643 | |||||
14644 | // Check for a valid return type. | ||||
14645 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14646 | TheCall, Method)) | ||||
14647 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||
14648 | |||||
14649 | // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call). | ||||
14650 | // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise | ||||
14651 | // it was done at lookup. | ||||
14652 | if (!Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
14653 | ExprResult ObjectArg = | ||||
14654 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier, | ||||
14655 | FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14656 | if (ObjectArg.isInvalid()) | ||||
14657 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14658 | MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.get()); | ||||
14659 | } | ||||
14660 | |||||
14661 | // Convert the rest of the arguments | ||||
14662 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, | ||||
14663 | RParenLoc)) | ||||
14664 | return BuildRecoveryExpr(ResultType); | ||||
14665 | |||||
14666 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||
14667 | |||||
14668 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
14669 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14670 | |||||
14671 | // In the case the method to call was not selected by the overloading | ||||
14672 | // resolution process, we still need to handle the enable_if attribute. Do | ||||
14673 | // that here, so it will not hide previous -- and more relevant -- errors. | ||||
14674 | if (auto *MemE = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) { | ||||
14675 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = | ||||
14676 | CheckEnableIf(Method, LParenLoc, Args, true)) { | ||||
14677 | Diag(MemE->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
14678 | diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call) | ||||
14679 | << Method << Method->getSourceRange(); | ||||
14680 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), | ||||
14681 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||
14682 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||
14683 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14684 | } | ||||
14685 | } | ||||
14686 | |||||
14687 | if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) || | ||||
14688 | isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) && | ||||
14689 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) { | ||||
14690 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl(); | ||||
14691 | |||||
14692 | if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()) && | ||||
14693 | MemExpr->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { | ||||
14694 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14695 | diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor) | ||||
14696 | << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext) | ||||
14697 | << MD->getParent(); | ||||
14698 | |||||
14699 | Diag(MD->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||
14700 | if (getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||
14701 | Diag(MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_pure_qualified_call_kext) | ||||
14702 | << MD->getParent() << MD->getDeclName(); | ||||
14703 | } | ||||
14704 | } | ||||
14705 | |||||
14706 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = | ||||
14707 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(TheCall->getMethodDecl())) { | ||||
14708 | // a->A::f() doesn't go through the vtable, except in AppleKext mode. | ||||
14709 | bool CallCanBeVirtual = !MemExpr->hasQualifier() || getLangOpts().AppleKext; | ||||
14710 | CheckVirtualDtorCall(DD, MemExpr->getBeginLoc(), /*IsDelete=*/false, | ||||
14711 | CallCanBeVirtual, /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/true, | ||||
14712 | MemExpr->getMemberLoc()); | ||||
14713 | } | ||||
14714 | |||||
14715 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), | ||||
14716 | TheCall->getMethodDecl()); | ||||
14717 | } | ||||
14718 | |||||
14719 | /// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class | ||||
14720 | /// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an | ||||
14721 | /// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a | ||||
14722 | /// user-defined conversion on the object argument. | ||||
14723 | ExprResult | ||||
14724 | Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj, | ||||
14725 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
14726 | MultiExprArg Args, | ||||
14727 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
14728 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj)) | ||||
14729 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14730 | ExprResult Object = Obj; | ||||
14731 | |||||
14732 | UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts; | ||||
14733 | if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) | ||||
14734 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14735 | |||||
14736 | assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType () && "Requires object type argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14737, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
14737 | "Requires object type argument")(static_cast <bool> (Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType () && "Requires object type argument") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() && \"Requires object type argument\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14737, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14738 | |||||
14739 | // C++ [over.call.object]p1: | ||||
14740 | // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax | ||||
14741 | // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of | ||||
14742 | // candidate functions includes at least the function call | ||||
14743 | // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by | ||||
14744 | // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of | ||||
14745 | // (E).operator(). | ||||
14746 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc, | ||||
14747 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
14748 | DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call); | ||||
14749 | |||||
14750 | if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(), | ||||
14751 | diag::err_incomplete_object_call, Object.get())) | ||||
14752 | return true; | ||||
14753 | |||||
14754 | const auto *Record = Object.get()->getType()->castAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
14755 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
14756 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl()); | ||||
14757 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
14758 | |||||
14759 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||
14760 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||
14761 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(), | ||||
14762 | Object.get()->Classify(Context), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
14763 | /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||
14764 | } | ||||
14765 | |||||
14766 | // C++ [over.call.object]p2: | ||||
14767 | // In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function | ||||
14768 | // declared in T of the form | ||||
14769 | // | ||||
14770 | // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier; | ||||
14771 | // | ||||
14772 | // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a | ||||
14773 | // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id | ||||
14774 | // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning | ||||
14775 | // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of | ||||
14776 | // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function | ||||
14777 | // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...] | ||||
14778 | // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly, | ||||
14779 | // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate | ||||
14780 | // functions for each conversion function declared in an | ||||
14781 | // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden | ||||
14782 | // within T by another intervening declaration. | ||||
14783 | const auto &Conversions = | ||||
14784 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions(); | ||||
14785 | for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
14786 | NamedDecl *D = *I; | ||||
14787 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()); | ||||
14788 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
14789 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
14790 | |||||
14791 | // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't | ||||
14792 | // surrogates. | ||||
14793 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||
14794 | continue; | ||||
14795 | |||||
14796 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D); | ||||
14797 | if (!Conv->isExplicit()) { | ||||
14798 | // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if | ||||
14799 | // any) to get down to what might be a function type. | ||||
14800 | QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
14801 | if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
14802 | ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
14803 | |||||
14804 | if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) | ||||
14805 | { | ||||
14806 | AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto, | ||||
14807 | Object.get(), Args, CandidateSet); | ||||
14808 | } | ||||
14809 | } | ||||
14810 | } | ||||
14811 | |||||
14812 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
14813 | |||||
14814 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
14815 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
14816 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14817 | Best)) { | ||||
14818 | case OR_Success: | ||||
14819 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call | ||||
14820 | // below. | ||||
14821 | break; | ||||
14822 | |||||
14823 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
14824 | PartialDiagnostic PD = | ||||
14825 | CandidateSet.empty() | ||||
14826 | ? (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_oper) | ||||
14827 | << Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1 | ||||
14828 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()) | ||||
14829 | : (PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call) | ||||
14830 | << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
14831 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14832 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), PD), *this, | ||||
14833 | OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14834 | break; | ||||
14835 | } | ||||
14836 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
14837 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14838 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14839 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call) | ||||
14840 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||
14841 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14842 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
14843 | break; | ||||
14844 | |||||
14845 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
14846 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
14847 | PartialDiagnosticAt(Object.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
14848 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call) | ||||
14849 | << Object.get()->getType() | ||||
14850 | << Object.get()->getSourceRange()), | ||||
14851 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
14852 | break; | ||||
14853 | } | ||||
14854 | |||||
14855 | if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) | ||||
14856 | return true; | ||||
14857 | |||||
14858 | UnbridgedCasts.restore(); | ||||
14859 | |||||
14860 | if (Best->Function == nullptr) { | ||||
14861 | // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the | ||||
14862 | // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function. | ||||
14863 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv | ||||
14864 | = cast<CXXConversionDecl>( | ||||
14865 | Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction); | ||||
14866 | |||||
14867 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, | ||||
14868 | Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14869 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc)) | ||||
14870 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14871 | assert(Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() &&(static_cast <bool> (Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl () && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
14872 | "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!")(static_cast <bool> (Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl () && "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() && \"Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14872, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14873 | // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the | ||||
14874 | // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion | ||||
14875 | // on the object argument, then let BuildCallExpr finish the job. | ||||
14876 | |||||
14877 | // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator. | ||||
14878 | // and then call it. | ||||
14879 | ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14880 | Conv, HadMultipleCandidates); | ||||
14881 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||
14882 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14883 | // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. | ||||
14884 | Call = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||
14885 | Context, Call.get()->getType(), CK_UserDefinedConversion, Call.get(), | ||||
14886 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14887 | |||||
14888 | return BuildCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc); | ||||
14889 | } | ||||
14890 | |||||
14891 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
14892 | |||||
14893 | // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr | ||||
14894 | // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object | ||||
14895 | // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments. | ||||
14896 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
14897 | |||||
14898 | // An error diagnostic has already been printed when parsing the declaration. | ||||
14899 | if (Method->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
14900 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14901 | |||||
14902 | const auto *Proto = Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
14903 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
14904 | |||||
14905 | DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo( | ||||
14906 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call), LParenLoc); | ||||
14907 | OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc)); | ||||
14908 | ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
14909 | Obj, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
14910 | OpLocInfo.getLoc(), | ||||
14911 | OpLocInfo.getInfo()); | ||||
14912 | if (NewFn.isInvalid()) | ||||
14913 | return true; | ||||
14914 | |||||
14915 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> MethodArgs; | ||||
14916 | MethodArgs.reserve(NumParams + 1); | ||||
14917 | |||||
14918 | bool IsError = false; | ||||
14919 | |||||
14920 | // Initialize the implicit object parameter if needed. | ||||
14921 | // Since C++2b, this could also be a call to a static call operator | ||||
14922 | // which we emit as a regular CallExpr. | ||||
14923 | if (Method->isInstance()) { | ||||
14924 | ExprResult ObjRes = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization( | ||||
14925 | Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
14926 | if (ObjRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
14927 | IsError = true; | ||||
14928 | else | ||||
14929 | Object = ObjRes; | ||||
14930 | MethodArgs.push_back(Object.get()); | ||||
14931 | } | ||||
14932 | |||||
14933 | IsError |= PrepareArgumentsForCallToObjectOfClassType( | ||||
14934 | *this, MethodArgs, Method, Args, LParenLoc); | ||||
14935 | |||||
14936 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". | ||||
14937 | if (Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
14938 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7). | ||||
14939 | for (unsigned i = NumParams, e = Args.size(); i < e; i++) { | ||||
14940 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod, | ||||
14941 | nullptr); | ||||
14942 | IsError |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||
14943 | MethodArgs.push_back(Arg.get()); | ||||
14944 | } | ||||
14945 | } | ||||
14946 | |||||
14947 | if (IsError) | ||||
14948 | return true; | ||||
14949 | |||||
14950 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||
14951 | |||||
14952 | // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly owned. | ||||
14953 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
14954 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
14955 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
14956 | |||||
14957 | CallExpr *TheCall; | ||||
14958 | if (Method->isInstance()) | ||||
14959 | TheCall = CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Call, NewFn.get(), | ||||
14960 | MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc, | ||||
14961 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14962 | else | ||||
14963 | TheCall = CallExpr::Create(Context, NewFn.get(), MethodArgs, ResultTy, VK, | ||||
14964 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
14965 | |||||
14966 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), LParenLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||
14967 | return true; | ||||
14968 | |||||
14969 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
14970 | return true; | ||||
14971 | |||||
14972 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); | ||||
14973 | } | ||||
14974 | |||||
14975 | /// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator-> | ||||
14976 | /// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and | ||||
14977 | /// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find. | ||||
14978 | ExprResult | ||||
14979 | Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
14980 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||
14981 | assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&(static_cast <bool> (Base->getType()->isRecordType () && "left-hand side must have class type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14982, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
14982 | "left-hand side must have class type")(static_cast <bool> (Base->getType()->isRecordType () && "left-hand side must have class type") ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Base->getType()->isRecordType() && \"left-hand side must have class type\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 14982, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
14983 | |||||
14984 | if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base)) | ||||
14985 | return ExprError(); | ||||
14986 | |||||
14987 | SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc(); | ||||
14988 | |||||
14989 | // C++ [over.ref]p1: | ||||
14990 | // | ||||
14991 | // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m | ||||
14992 | // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if | ||||
14993 | // the operator is selected as the best match function by the | ||||
14994 | // overload resolution mechanism (13.3). | ||||
14995 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
14996 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow); | ||||
14997 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); | ||||
14998 | |||||
14999 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(), | ||||
15000 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag, Base)) | ||||
15001 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15002 | |||||
15003 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
15004 | LookupQualifiedName(R, Base->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | ||||
15005 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
15006 | |||||
15007 | for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end(); | ||||
15008 | Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) { | ||||
15009 | AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context), | ||||
15010 | None, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversion=*/false); | ||||
15011 | } | ||||
15012 | |||||
15013 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
15014 | |||||
15015 | // Perform overload resolution. | ||||
15016 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
15017 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) { | ||||
15018 | case OR_Success: | ||||
15019 | // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below. | ||||
15020 | break; | ||||
15021 | |||||
15022 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: { | ||||
15023 | auto Cands = CandidateSet.CompleteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||
15024 | if (CandidateSet.empty()) { | ||||
15025 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||
15026 | if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { | ||||
15027 | // Report this specific error to the caller instead of emitting a | ||||
15028 | // diagnostic, as requested. | ||||
15029 | *NoArrowOperatorFound = true; | ||||
15030 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15031 | } | ||||
15032 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) | ||||
15033 | << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||
15034 | if (BaseType->isRecordType() && !BaseType->isPointerType()) { | ||||
15035 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) | ||||
15036 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); | ||||
15037 | } | ||||
15038 | } else | ||||
15039 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper) | ||||
15040 | << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||
15041 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, Base, Cands); | ||||
15042 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15043 | } | ||||
15044 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
15045 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
15046 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary) | ||||
15047 | << "->" << Base->getType() | ||||
15048 | << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||
15049 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Base); | ||||
15050 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15051 | |||||
15052 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
15053 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
15054 | PartialDiagnosticAt(OpLoc, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper) | ||||
15055 | << "->" << Base->getSourceRange()), | ||||
15056 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base); | ||||
15057 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15058 | } | ||||
15059 | |||||
15060 | CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, nullptr, Best->FoundDecl); | ||||
15061 | |||||
15062 | // Convert the object parameter. | ||||
15063 | CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function); | ||||
15064 | ExprResult BaseResult = | ||||
15065 | PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, | ||||
15066 | Best->FoundDecl, Method); | ||||
15067 | if (BaseResult.isInvalid()) | ||||
15068 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15069 | Base = BaseResult.get(); | ||||
15070 | |||||
15071 | // Build the operator call. | ||||
15072 | ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
15073 | Base, HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc); | ||||
15074 | if (FnExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
15075 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15076 | |||||
15077 | QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
15078 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
15079 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
15080 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = | ||||
15081 | CXXOperatorCallExpr::Create(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.get(), Base, | ||||
15082 | ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15083 | |||||
15084 | if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, Method)) | ||||
15085 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15086 | |||||
15087 | if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, | ||||
15088 | Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) | ||||
15089 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15090 | |||||
15091 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Method); | ||||
15092 | } | ||||
15093 | |||||
15094 | /// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call to | ||||
15095 | /// a literal operator described by the provided lookup results. | ||||
15096 | ExprResult Sema::BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, | ||||
15097 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, | ||||
15098 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, | ||||
15099 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, | ||||
15100 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||
15101 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = SuffixInfo.getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(); | ||||
15102 | |||||
15103 | OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||
15104 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
15105 | AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, CandidateSet, | ||||
15106 | TemplateArgs); | ||||
15107 | |||||
15108 | bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1); | ||||
15109 | |||||
15110 | // Perform overload resolution. This will usually be trivial, but might need | ||||
15111 | // to perform substitutions for a literal operator template. | ||||
15112 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
15113 | switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UDSuffixLoc, Best)) { | ||||
15114 | case OR_Success: | ||||
15115 | case OR_Deleted: | ||||
15116 | break; | ||||
15117 | |||||
15118 | case OR_No_Viable_Function: | ||||
15119 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
15120 | PartialDiagnosticAt(UDSuffixLoc, | ||||
15121 | PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||
15122 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||
15123 | *this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); | ||||
15124 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15125 | |||||
15126 | case OR_Ambiguous: | ||||
15127 | CandidateSet.NoteCandidates( | ||||
15128 | PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) | ||||
15129 | << R.getLookupName()), | ||||
15130 | *this, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args); | ||||
15131 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15132 | } | ||||
15133 | |||||
15134 | FunctionDecl *FD = Best->Function; | ||||
15135 | ExprResult Fn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FD, Best->FoundDecl, | ||||
15136 | nullptr, HadMultipleCandidates, | ||||
15137 | SuffixInfo.getLoc(), | ||||
15138 | SuffixInfo.getInfo()); | ||||
15139 | if (Fn.isInvalid()) | ||||
15140 | return true; | ||||
15141 | |||||
15142 | // Check the argument types. This should almost always be a no-op, except | ||||
15143 | // that array-to-pointer decay is applied to string literals. | ||||
15144 | Expr *ConvArgs[2]; | ||||
15145 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
15146 | ExprResult InputInit = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
15147 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)), | ||||
15148 | SourceLocation(), Args[ArgIdx]); | ||||
15149 | if (InputInit.isInvalid()) | ||||
15150 | return true; | ||||
15151 | ConvArgs[ArgIdx] = InputInit.get(); | ||||
15152 | } | ||||
15153 | |||||
15154 | QualType ResultTy = FD->getReturnType(); | ||||
15155 | ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy); | ||||
15156 | ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
15157 | |||||
15158 | UserDefinedLiteral *UDL = UserDefinedLiteral::Create( | ||||
15159 | Context, Fn.get(), llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvArgs, Args.size()), ResultTy, | ||||
15160 | VK, LitEndLoc, UDSuffixLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15161 | |||||
15162 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FD->getReturnType(), UDSuffixLoc, UDL, FD)) | ||||
15163 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15164 | |||||
15165 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FD, UDL, nullptr)) | ||||
15166 | return ExprError(); | ||||
15167 | |||||
15168 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(UDL), FD); | ||||
15169 | } | ||||
15170 | |||||
15171 | /// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the | ||||
15172 | /// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which | ||||
15173 | /// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument | ||||
15174 | /// dependent lookup. | ||||
15175 | /// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success, | ||||
15176 | /// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value | ||||
15177 | /// is returned. | ||||
15178 | Sema::ForRangeStatus | ||||
15179 | Sema::BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
15180 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, | ||||
15181 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
15182 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, | ||||
15183 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, | ||||
15184 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr) { | ||||
15185 | Scope *S = nullptr; | ||||
15186 | |||||
15187 | CandidateSet->clear(OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
15188 | if (!MemberLookup.empty()) { | ||||
15189 | ExprResult MemberRef = | ||||
15190 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Range, Range->getType(), Loc, | ||||
15191 | /*IsPtr=*/false, CXXScopeSpec(), | ||||
15192 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||
15193 | /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr, | ||||
15194 | MemberLookup, | ||||
15195 | /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); | ||||
15196 | if (MemberRef.isInvalid()) { | ||||
15197 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
15198 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
15199 | } | ||||
15200 | *CallExpr = BuildCallExpr(S, MemberRef.get(), Loc, None, Loc, nullptr); | ||||
15201 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid()) { | ||||
15202 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
15203 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
15204 | } | ||||
15205 | } else { | ||||
15206 | ExprResult FnR = CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(/*NamingClass=*/nullptr, | ||||
15207 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | ||||
15208 | NameInfo, UnresolvedSet<0>()); | ||||
15209 | if (FnR.isInvalid()) | ||||
15210 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
15211 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnR.get()); | ||||
15212 | |||||
15213 | bool CandidateSetError = buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, Fn, Range, Loc, | ||||
15214 | CandidateSet, CallExpr); | ||||
15215 | if (CandidateSet->empty() || CandidateSetError) { | ||||
15216 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
15217 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||
15218 | } | ||||
15219 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
15220 | OverloadingResult OverloadResult = | ||||
15221 | CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getBeginLoc(), Best); | ||||
15222 | |||||
15223 | if (OverloadResult == OR_No_Viable_Function) { | ||||
15224 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
15225 | return FRS_NoViableFunction; | ||||
15226 | } | ||||
15227 | *CallExpr = FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, Fn, Loc, Range, | ||||
15228 | Loc, nullptr, CandidateSet, &Best, | ||||
15229 | OverloadResult, | ||||
15230 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/false); | ||||
15231 | if (CallExpr->isInvalid() || OverloadResult != OR_Success) { | ||||
15232 | *CallExpr = ExprError(); | ||||
15233 | return FRS_DiagnosticIssued; | ||||
15234 | } | ||||
15235 | } | ||||
15236 | return FRS_Success; | ||||
15237 | } | ||||
15238 | |||||
15239 | |||||
15240 | /// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to | ||||
15241 | /// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and | ||||
15242 | /// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function | ||||
15243 | /// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to | ||||
15244 | /// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr. | ||||
15245 | Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||
15246 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||
15247 | if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15248 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15249 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15250 | if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15251 | return PE; | ||||
15252 | |||||
15253 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr); | ||||
15254 | } | ||||
15255 | |||||
15256 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15257 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15258 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15259 | assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15261, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
15260 | SubExpr->getType()) &&(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15261, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
15261 | "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload")(static_cast <bool> (Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr ()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(), SubExpr->getType()) && \"Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15261, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
15262 | assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?")(static_cast <bool> (ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ICE->path_empty() && \"fixing up hierarchy conversion?\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15262, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
15263 | if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15264 | return ICE; | ||||
15265 | |||||
15266 | return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), | ||||
15267 | SubExpr, nullptr, ICE->getValueKind(), | ||||
15268 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15269 | } | ||||
15270 | |||||
15271 | if (auto *GSE = dyn_cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15272 | if (!GSE->isResultDependent()) { | ||||
15273 | Expr *SubExpr = | ||||
15274 | FixOverloadedFunctionReference(GSE->getResultExpr(), Found, Fn); | ||||
15275 | if (SubExpr == GSE->getResultExpr()) | ||||
15276 | return GSE; | ||||
15277 | |||||
15278 | // Replace the resulting type information before rebuilding the generic | ||||
15279 | // selection expression. | ||||
15280 | ArrayRef<Expr *> A = GSE->getAssocExprs(); | ||||
15281 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs(A.begin(), A.end()); | ||||
15282 | unsigned ResultIdx = GSE->getResultIndex(); | ||||
15283 | AssocExprs[ResultIdx] = SubExpr; | ||||
15284 | |||||
15285 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||
15286 | Context, GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), | ||||
15287 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs, GSE->getDefaultLoc(), | ||||
15288 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(), | ||||
15289 | ResultIdx); | ||||
15290 | } | ||||
15291 | // Rather than fall through to the unreachable, return the original generic | ||||
15292 | // selection expression. | ||||
15293 | return GSE; | ||||
15294 | } | ||||
15295 | |||||
15296 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||
15297 | assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&(static_cast <bool> (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15298, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
15298 | "Can only take the address of an overloaded function")(static_cast <bool> (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && "Can only take the address of an overloaded function") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && \"Can only take the address of an overloaded function\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15298, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
15299 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) { | ||||
15300 | if (Method->isStatic()) { | ||||
15301 | // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different | ||||
15302 | // from non-member functions. | ||||
15303 | } else { | ||||
15304 | // Fix the subexpression, which really has to be an | ||||
15305 | // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function | ||||
15306 | // or template. | ||||
15307 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15308 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15309 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15310 | return UnOp; | ||||
15311 | |||||
15312 | assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)(static_cast <bool> (isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
15313 | && "fixed to something other than a decl ref")(static_cast <bool> (isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && "fixed to something other than a decl ref") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr) && \"fixed to something other than a decl ref\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15313, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
15314 | assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()(static_cast <bool> (cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)-> getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )) | ||||
15315 | && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier")(static_cast <bool> (cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)-> getQualifier() && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier() && \"fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier\"" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15315, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ )); | ||||
15316 | |||||
15317 | // We have taken the address of a pointer to member | ||||
15318 | // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the | ||||
15319 | // appropriate pointer to member type. | ||||
15320 | QualType ClassType | ||||
15321 | = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext())); | ||||
15322 | QualType MemPtrType | ||||
15323 | = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr()); | ||||
15324 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||
15325 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||
15326 | (void)isCompleteType(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), MemPtrType); | ||||
15327 | |||||
15328 | return UnaryOperator::Create( | ||||
15329 | Context, SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||
15330 | UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), false, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
15331 | } | ||||
15332 | } | ||||
15333 | Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), | ||||
15334 | Found, Fn); | ||||
15335 | if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr()) | ||||
15336 | return UnOp; | ||||
15337 | |||||
15338 | // FIXME: This can't currently fail, but in principle it could. | ||||
15339 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), UO_AddrOf, SubExpr) | ||||
15340 | .get(); | ||||
15341 | } | ||||
15342 | |||||
15343 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15344 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||
15345 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
15346 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
15347 | ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
15348 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
15349 | } | ||||
15350 | |||||
15351 | QualType Type = Fn->getType(); | ||||
15352 | ExprValueKind ValueKind = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_LValue : VK_PRValue; | ||||
15353 | |||||
15354 | // FIXME: Duplicated from BuildDeclarationNameExpr. | ||||
15355 | if (unsigned BID = Fn->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||
15356 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isDirectlyAddressable(BID)) { | ||||
15357 | Type = Context.BuiltinFnTy; | ||||
15358 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||
15359 | } | ||||
15360 | } | ||||
15361 | |||||
15362 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||
15363 | Fn, Type, ValueKind, ULE->getNameInfo(), ULE->getQualifierLoc(), | ||||
15364 | Found.getDecl(), ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||
15365 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||
15366 | return DRE; | ||||
15367 | } | ||||
15368 | |||||
15369 | if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
15370 | // FIXME: avoid copy. | ||||
15371 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
15372 | if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
15373 | MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer); | ||||
15374 | TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
15375 | } | ||||
15376 | |||||
15377 | Expr *Base; | ||||
15378 | |||||
15379 | // If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an | ||||
15380 | // implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref. | ||||
15381 | if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) { | ||||
15382 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||
15383 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = BuildDeclRefExpr( | ||||
15384 | Fn, Fn->getType(), VK_LValue, MemExpr->getNameInfo(), | ||||
15385 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), Found.getDecl(), | ||||
15386 | MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), TemplateArgs); | ||||
15387 | DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); | ||||
15388 | return DRE; | ||||
15389 | } else { | ||||
15390 | SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc(); | ||||
15391 | if (MemExpr->getQualifier()) | ||||
15392 | Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||
15393 | Base = | ||||
15394 | BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, MemExpr->getBaseType(), /*IsImplicit=*/true); | ||||
15395 | } | ||||
15396 | } else | ||||
15397 | Base = MemExpr->getBase(); | ||||
15398 | |||||
15399 | ExprValueKind valueKind; | ||||
15400 | QualType type; | ||||
15401 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) { | ||||
15402 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
15403 | type = Fn->getType(); | ||||
15404 | } else { | ||||
15405 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; | ||||
15406 | type = Context.BoundMemberTy; | ||||
15407 | } | ||||
15408 | |||||
15409 | return BuildMemberExpr( | ||||
15410 | Base, MemExpr->isArrow(), MemExpr->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
15411 | MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), Fn, Found, | ||||
15412 | /*HadMultipleCandidates=*/true, MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(), | ||||
15413 | type, valueKind, OK_Ordinary, TemplateArgs); | ||||
15414 | } | ||||
15415 | |||||
15416 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid reference to overloaded function" , "clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp", 15416); | ||||
15417 | } | ||||
15418 | |||||
15419 | ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E, | ||||
15420 | DeclAccessPair Found, | ||||
15421 | FunctionDecl *Fn) { | ||||
15422 | return FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E.get(), Found, Fn); | ||||
15423 | } | ||||
15424 | |||||
15425 | bool clang::shouldEnforceArgLimit(bool PartialOverloading, | ||||
15426 | FunctionDecl *Function) { | ||||
15427 | if (!PartialOverloading || !Function) | ||||
15428 | return true; | ||||
15429 | if (Function->isVariadic()) | ||||
15430 | return false; | ||||
15431 | if (const auto *Proto = | ||||
15432 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getFunctionType())) | ||||
15433 | if (Proto->isTemplateVariadic()) | ||||
15434 | return false; | ||||
15435 | if (auto *Pattern = Function->getTemplateInstantiationPattern()) | ||||
15436 | if (const auto *Proto = | ||||
15437 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Pattern->getFunctionType())) | ||||
15438 | if (Proto->isTemplateVariadic()) | ||||
15439 | return false; | ||||
15440 | return true; | ||||
15441 | } |